WO2022188680A1 - Display device and display method - Google Patents

Display device and display method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022188680A1
WO2022188680A1 PCT/CN2022/078873 CN2022078873W WO2022188680A1 WO 2022188680 A1 WO2022188680 A1 WO 2022188680A1 CN 2022078873 W CN2022078873 W CN 2022078873W WO 2022188680 A1 WO2022188680 A1 WO 2022188680A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
display
animation
height
shutdown
controller
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/078873
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
崔文华
甄凌云
王学磊
程晋
付友苹
李金昆
Original Assignee
海信视像科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 海信视像科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 海信视像科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2022188680A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022188680A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/4302—Content synchronisation processes, e.g. decoder synchronisation
    • H04N21/4307—Synchronising the rendering of multiple content streams or additional data on devices, e.g. synchronisation of audio on a mobile phone with the video output on the TV screen
    • H04N21/43074—Synchronising the rendering of multiple content streams or additional data on devices, e.g. synchronisation of audio on a mobile phone with the video output on the TV screen of additional data with content streams on the same device, e.g. of EPG data or interactive icon with a TV program
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B19/00—Programme-control systems
    • G05B19/02—Programme-control systems electric
    • G05B19/04—Programme control other than numerical control, i.e. in sequence controllers or logic controllers
    • G05B19/042—Programme control other than numerical control, i.e. in sequence controllers or logic controllers using digital processors
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G3/00—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
    • G09G3/20—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
    • G09G3/34—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters by control of light from an independent source
    • G09G3/36—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters by control of light from an independent source using liquid crystals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
    • H04N21/4223—Cameras
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/426—Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/443—OS processes, e.g. booting an STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in an STB or power management in an STB
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/488—Data services, e.g. news ticker
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/488—Data services, e.g. news ticker
    • H04N21/4884—Data services, e.g. news ticker for displaying subtitles
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00—Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60—Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00—Details of television systems
    • H04N5/64—Constructional details of receivers, e.g. cabinets or dust covers
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to social television, and in particular, to a display device and a display method.
  • TVs have been widely used in home life and work, and the use of voice functions on TVs is increasing day by day. Users use voice to watch local programs, search for online videos, and control the content of the whole machine.
  • the current display device includes a display, and all the displayed contents are displayed on one display.
  • the prompt information may block the display screen, and the user experience is poor.
  • the purpose of the present application is to provide a display device.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • a display screen used for displaying prompt information, can be arranged above or behind the first display in a liftable manner. When the display screen is raised, the display screen is arranged above the first display; when the display screen is raised When the display screen is retracted, the display screen is arranged behind the first display, and the top of the display is at the same height as the top of the first display;
  • a driving component connected with the display screen, for driving the display screen to rise or fall;
  • a second controller connected with the drive assembly, for controlling the movement of the drive assembly; connected with the display screen, for controlling the display screen to display prompt information;
  • a first controller connected with the first controller, used for communication with the second controller, connected with the first display, and used for controlling the first display to display a play interface.
  • the display device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a first display for displaying a playback interface picture; and a second display for displaying prompt information. Since the playback interface screen and the prompt information are displayed on different monitors, the problem of the prompt information blocking the display screen can be avoided, and the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • the second display is used to display a recommendation interface, the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, the recommendation information is the information that plays a prompting role for the user and can be further displayed on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or information pushed by other devices;
  • Controller configured as:
  • the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display
  • the second display displays a recommendation interface
  • control the first display in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a first interface, where the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information
  • control the first display in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment includes a controller, a first display and a second display.
  • the first display displays the recommendation interface
  • the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller.
  • the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized.
  • the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display method, including:
  • the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information is Play a prompting role for the user, and can further display the information on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or the information pushed by other devices;
  • the second display displays the recommendation information
  • the first display is controlled to display a first interface, and the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information
  • control the first display to display a second interface in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  • the display method shown in this embodiment When the first display displays the recommendation interface, the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller. On the one hand, the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized. On the other hand, the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • a first display where the first display is used to play a first shutdown animation during shutdown
  • a display screen arranged at the top or bottom of the first display, with a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play the second shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
  • a controller configured with a first thread and a second thread
  • the first thread is configured to, in response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification to the second thread, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation animation;
  • the second thread is configured to, according to the instruction of the playing notification, control the second display to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment includes a first display, a second display, and a controller, wherein the controller is configured with a first thread and a second thread.
  • the first thread can control the first display to play the first shutdown animation in response to the shutdown instruction, and can send a playback notification to the second thread at the same time.
  • the second thread controls the second display to play a second shutdown animation according to the instruction of the playback notification. It can be seen that the display device shown in this embodiment, when receiving a shutdown command, can simultaneously control the first display to play the first shutdown animation and the second display to play the second shutdown animation, thereby realizing the simultaneous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation. the goal of.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display method, including:
  • the second display is controlled to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • a display screen which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, and the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
  • a drive assembly connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display the rear of the display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is covered by the The first display is blocked;
  • a controller configured to execute:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the controller controls the second display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height of the second display leaking from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive component drives the display screen to drop to the first display. The rear of the display has a better user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • a display screen which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process, and the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, and the The first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface, and during the playback of the first sub-animation, the height of the first frame interface decreases sequentially with the extension of the playback time;
  • a drive assembly is connected to the display screen and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the lower part of the display At the rear, the height of the second display leaking out of the first display gradually decreases;
  • a controller configured to execute:
  • the control driving component drives the display screen to descend, and reads the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display leaking out of the first display;
  • the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display leaking out of the first display, controlling the second display to display the first frame interface;
  • the second display If the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface in the next frame and the height of the second display.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • a first display which is used to play a shutdown animation during shutdown
  • a display screen which can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner
  • a drive assembly connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display Behind the display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the display screen leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the display screen is blocked by the first display. Display occlusion;
  • a controller configured to execute:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the controller controls the first display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive assembly drives the display screen to drop to the first display. At the rear, the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a control method, and the method is applicable to a display device, where the display device includes a first display, a display screen, and a driving component, and the method includes:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the controller controls the first display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive assembly drives the display screen to drop to the first display. At the rear, the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
  • a display screen which can be raised and lowered on the upper side or the back side of the first display, and has a built-in camera for image acquisition;
  • a drive assembly connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall, and when the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to the upper side of the first display, the camera is higher than the a first display device, when the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display, the camera is blocked by the first display;
  • the controller is configured as:
  • the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
  • the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display; control the camera to capture images.
  • the display device shown in the embodiments of the present application includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component.
  • the controller can decide to control the camera according to the running state of the camera (also called the calling authority) and the lifting state (also called the relative position with the first display). Whether to capture images or control the drive components to drive the camera to move, the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application shows a method for controlling a camera, including:
  • the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
  • the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display;
  • the camera control method shown in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a display device, and the display device includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component.
  • the controller can decide to control the camera to capture images or control the driving component to drive the camera to move according to the running state and the lifting state of the camera, which provides a better user experience.
  • FIG. 1 is a rear view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a front view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a front view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating a change of a display page of a display device during a boot process according to a feasible embodiment
  • 5A is a schematic diagram of a display device displaying a home page according to a feasible embodiment
  • 5B is a schematic diagram of a display device displaying a home page according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a display area displaying a boot smart home page according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a display area showing a homepage of voice skills provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a display area displaying a content recommendation home page provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays a music interface, and the second display displays prompt information;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays live TV, and the second display displays prompt information;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the application scenario is that the magic mirror application is activated;
  • FIG. 13 is an application scenario diagram of entering a speaker mode provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a cutscene provided according to a possible embodiment
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of a setting page provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 19 exemplarily shows a flow chart of the interaction between the display device and the user
  • FIG. 20 is an exemplary schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control instruction
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary provided display device showing content
  • Figure 22 is an exemplary schematic diagram of changes in displayed content of a display device before and after receiving a first control instruction
  • 24 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided by way of example when the network connection state is a disconnected state;
  • 25 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary provided display device
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart of an exemplary provided display device page presentation
  • 27 is a schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a raised state, according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a retracted state, according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart of an exemplary method for presenting recommended information
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of the change of the displayed content of the display device before and after the exemplary provided first time reaches the preset time;
  • 31 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by a display device when the first control command is received again within the preset time, according to a feasible embodiment
  • 32 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by a display device when the first control command is received again within the preset time, according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment
  • 34 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment
  • 35 is a schematic diagram of the position change of the first display and the display screen during the shutdown process provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 36 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a first shutdown animation and a second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 38 is a first thread and second thread interaction diagram applicable to the method provided in Figure 37;
  • 39 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment
  • 41 is a flow chart of playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 42 is an interaction diagram of a first thread and a second thread provided by a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device during the shutdown process
  • Figure 44 is an interaction diagram of a first thread and a second thread provided by a feasible embodiment
  • 45 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a frame of a first shutdown animation and a frame of a second sub-animation on two displays according to a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 46 is a first thread and a second thread interaction diagram applicable to the method provided in Figure 45;
  • 47 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a frame of a first shutdown animation and a frame of a second sub-animation on two displays according to a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 48 is a first thread and second thread interaction diagram suitable for the method provided in Figure 47;
  • FIG. 49 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided by a feasible embodiment
  • 51 is a flowchart of a display screen control method provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 52 is a schematic diagram of the change of the first frame during the playback of the first sub-animation provided by way of example;
  • 53 is a flowchart of a method for displaying a first frame of images provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of frame changes during the playback of a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment
  • 55 is a flowchart of a method for calculating remaining time provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • 57 is a flowchart of a method for controlling the descending of a display screen provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 58 is a flow chart of the operation of the display device shown in a possible embodiment
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device during a shutdown process provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device during a shutdown process provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 61 is an interaction flow chart of various components of a display device according to a feasible embodiment
  • 63 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 64 is an exemplary flow chart of adjusting the shutdown animation playback process according to the first remaining time
  • 65 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 66 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 67 is a flow chart of interaction between a display device and a user according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 68 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • Figure 69 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 70 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 71 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment
  • 72 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the camera is located above the first display according to a feasible embodiment
  • 73 is a schematic diagram of a change in the display device provided by a feasible embodiment in an application scenario where the camera is located behind the first display;
  • 74 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the camera cannot be invoked provided by a feasible embodiment
  • 76 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode is the first mode provided by a feasible embodiment
  • 77 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to lift up when the setting mode is the second mode provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 78 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment
  • 79 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the second mode;
  • 80 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise when the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the third mode;
  • 81 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the third mode;
  • FIG. 82 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the third mode.
  • FIG. 1 is schematic diagrams of the display device provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the display device includes:
  • a display screen 3 which can be raised and lowered above or behind the first display, the display screen includes a second display 2, the display screen is raised when the power is turned on, and the display screen is arranged above the first display, The bottom end of the second display is at the same height as the top of the first display; when the display screen is folded, the display screen is arranged behind the first display, and when the display is turned off, the display screen falls down , the top of the display screen is not higher than the top of the first display;
  • a driving component (not shown in the figure), connected with the display screen, for driving the display screen to rise or fall;
  • the drive assembly may be a motor.
  • a controller (not shown in the figure), including a first controller and a second controller;
  • a second controller (not shown in the figure), connected with the drive assembly, for controlling the movement of the drive assembly; connected with the display screen, for controlling the display screen to display prompt information;
  • a first controller (not shown in the figure), connected with the second controller, for communication with the second controller; connected with the first display, for controlling the first display to display a play interface .
  • FIG. 1 is a rear view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, and it can be seen that the top of the display screen 3 is not higher than the top of the first display 1 .
  • the display screen assembly rises until the bottom of the second display 2 is located above the top of the first display.
  • FIG. 2 is a front view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, and it can be seen that the bottom end of the second display 2 is located above the top end of the first display. During normal operation, the bottom end of the second display 2 is always located above the first display.
  • the first controller and the second controller may be integrated into one controller, and the corresponding display device includes a first display, a display screen, a driving component and a controller. Wherein, the controller is connected to the first display and the display screen at the same time.
  • the display screen display device further includes: a camera 22.
  • a camera 22 for details, please refer to FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment. The camera is located in the second below the display.
  • the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a power-on command output by a user, send a start-up command to the second controller; the second controller is further configured to: In response to the start-up instruction sent by the first controller, the drive assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to rise to a first height, and the first height is not less than the height of the second display so that the bottom end of the second display and all The top of the first display has the same height.
  • the first controller is connected to the user interface, and is used for receiving a power-on instruction input by the user.
  • the first controller sends a start-up command to the second controller.
  • the second controller in response to the start instruction sent by the first controller, controls the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a first height, where the first height is the height of the display screen.
  • the camera does not leak out of the first display, that is, the camera is still set behind the first display, and only when the magic mirror application is activated, the camera is higher than the first display. (that is, the bottom end of the camera is the same height as the top end of the first display).
  • the second controller is further configured to, in response to the activation of the magic mirror application, control the driving component to drive the display screen to rise to a second height, where the second height is the height of the camera.
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend by a second height, and the second height is not less than the height of the camera.
  • the height of the camera is 2 cm
  • the second controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise by 2 cm in response to the activation of the magic mirror application.
  • the second controller controls the driving assembly to drive the display screen to descend by 2 cm.
  • the first controller may send a feedback information of pulling up the magic mirror application to the second controller.
  • the prompt information generated by the second controller in response to the feedback information may be "try to save, end, etc.”.
  • the second controller is connected to the user interface for receiving a power-on instruction input by the user through the user interface, and the second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving the power-on instruction output by the user, The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to rise, so that the bottom end of the second display is at the same height as the top end of the first display.
  • the implementation process of the second controller controlling the driving component to drive the display screen to rise may refer to the above-mentioned embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the first controller and the second controller may be integrated into one controller, and the controller is provided with a user interface for receiving a power-on instruction input by a user.
  • the controller controls the driving assembly to drive the display screen to rise so that the bottom end of the second display is at the same height as the top end of the first display.
  • the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a booting instruction output by the user, control the first display to display the first booting animation,
  • the display time of the first boot animation is equal to the first time, and the first time is not less than the time required for the display screen to rise to the first height.
  • the first display plays a first boot animation, thereby enriching the display content of the display device, and the display time of the first boot animation is not less than the time required for the display screen to rise to the first height. time.
  • the user can feel the cooperation between the first boot animation and the rising process of the display screen. User experience is better.
  • the display screen displays a second startup animation, which can further enrich the display content of the display device. Further, because the second startup animation is linked with the first startup animation , the user can feel the cooperation between the first boot animation and the second boot animation, and the user experience is better.
  • the first controller and the second controller can be integrated into one controller, and the controller controls the first display to display the first startup animation, and controls the second display to display the Second boot animation, the second boot animation is linked with the first boot animation.
  • the start-up process is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • the user presses the start-up button of the remote control the controller receives the start-up command, and controls the first display to play the first start-up animation.
  • the company logo1 is displayed as the first startup screen.
  • the controller controls the display screen to rise.
  • the first display shows the change process of the first boot animation as shown in effect 2 and effect 3 in Fig. 4.
  • the animation of the first boot animation Elements jump directly from the first display to the display.
  • the content displayed on the first display and the content displayed on the display are synchronized to achieve linkage, especially in the process of raising the display.
  • the white dot in the first boot animation is displayed on the first display when the main screen starts.
  • the white point is transferred from the first display to the display display.
  • the display screen rises to full-screen display, and the white dots are converted into particles on the secondary screen, and then into virtual sprites, as shown in effect 4 in Figure 4.
  • the first startup animation is transformed into corporate logo 2.
  • the animation displayed on the display screen is transformed from the virtual sprite image into particles, and then disappears, as shown in effect 5 in FIG. 4 .
  • the animation displayed on the first display and the animation displayed on the display screen are finished, the first display displays the home page of the main screen, and the display screen displays the home page information of the secondary screen, as shown in effect 6 in FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of a display device displaying a home page according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that after the first boot animation and the second boot animation are played, the first display The home page of the main screen is displayed, and the second display of the display screen displays the home page of the secondary screen.
  • the home page of the main screen includes some function items of the display device, and the function items include my, channel, VIP, shopping, education, etc.
  • the home page of the main screen includes some types of programs, such as: movies, TV series, variety shows, etc.; the home page of the main screen It also includes some recommended programs, such as: recently updated TV series, users' historical viewing records, etc.
  • the home page of the home screen includes: the boot smart home page, the voice skill home page, and the content recommendation home page. It is worth noting that, in the display device shown in this embodiment, when the display device is powered on for the first time, the second display of the display screen sequentially displays the boot smart home page, the voice skill home page, and the content recommendation home page; When the device enters the normal working mode from the speaker mode, the second display of the display screen is followed by the voice skill homepage and the content recommendation homepage.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a second display showing a power-on smart homepage according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the device When powering on, the device is in a disconnected state by default, and the power-on smart homepage is used to prompt the user to connect to the Internet.
  • the second display is divided into two lines, the first line is used to display information such as time, date, week, etc., and the second line is used to display the weather quality, weather, and calendar in a rolling manner. , Living Index, etc.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a second display displaying a voice skill homepage, provided according to a feasible embodiment, where the content displayed on the voice skill homepage is used to prompt the user for searchable content.
  • the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skills may be "Try to say, XX small gathering, I want to watch financial news"; in a feasible embodiment, the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skills may be "Try to say, XX small gathering, I want to watch this year's suspense movie.”
  • the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skill may be "Try to say, XX small gathering, I want to watch “Little Pig XX””. It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an exemplary display of the content displayed on the homepage of several voice skills. In the process of practical application, the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage may be but not limited to the above-mentioned methods.
  • the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skill is recommended in a circular manner, and each content is displayed for a preset time.
  • This embodiment does not limit the preset time, and the preset time can be set according to requirements.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a display area displaying a content recommendation home page according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the content displayed on the content recommendation home page is related to the content displayed on the home screen.
  • the home page of the main screen displays the recently broadcast TV series "XX Story”.
  • the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage can be ""XX has been updated, go and try it".
  • the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage is related to the user's historical search content.
  • the user recently watched "Detective XXX”.
  • the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage may be "whether to continue watching "Detective XXX”. It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an exemplary display of the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage.
  • the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage may be but not limited to the above-mentioned methods.
  • the second display completes the display of the power-on smart homepage, and the second display starts to display the voice skill homepage or the content recommendation homepage.
  • the first display is used to display the screen of the program being played at that time (it may also be called a play screen in the solution shown in this embodiment), and the display screen is used to display prompt information, the prompt The information is related to the currently playing program.
  • the first controller is further configured to: send the program information of the currently playing program to the second controller every first preset time interval; the second controller is It is further configured to draw prompt information based on the program information.
  • the program information is information related to the currently playing program, for example, the program information may be the program type of the currently playing program, and the program type may be live video, online video, music program, etc.
  • the first controller and the second controller can be integrated into one controller: in response to detecting a control instruction input by the user, drawing prompt information according to the control instruction, and controlling the display screen to display the prompt information.
  • the controller may be control commands such as adjusting sound, changing channels, playing multiple times, and switching clarity.
  • the prompt information is further described below with reference to specific examples.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays network video, and the display screen displays prompt information.
  • the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the fast-forward instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, fast-forward".
  • the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting that the cursor stay time is equal to the preset time, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, continue playing".
  • the preset time may be 2 minutes.
  • the program information is "network video"
  • the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, louder voice”, “Try to say : XX small gathering, adjust the voice to XX”, “Try saying: XX small gathering, lower the voice”, “Try saying: XX small gathering, turn up the voice 40%” and some other sound-related prompts.
  • the program information is "Internet video", and in response to detecting the instruction to play the next episode input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, play the next episode”.
  • the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting an instruction to play the previous episode input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, play the previous episode”.
  • the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the selection instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, play episode 2".
  • the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the pause instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, pause playback”.
  • the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user in the actual application process. Prompt information, the applicant does not make too many restrictions here.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays a music interface, and the display screen displays prompt information.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information can be “Try to say: XX small gathering, single song loop”, “Try to say: A series of prompt information related to the play mode, such as “XX small gathering, play in sequence”, “Try to say: XX small gathering, random play”, “Try to say: XX small gathering, loop playback”.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, continue playing".
  • the preset time may be 2 minutes.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, louder voice”, “Try to say: XX small gathering, adjust the voice to XX”, “Try to say: XX small gathering, lower the voice”, “Try to say: XX small gathering, turn up the voice 40%” and some other sound-related prompts.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, change a song”.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, the previous song”.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, next song”.
  • the program information is "music"
  • the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, favorite”.
  • the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user in the actual application process. Information, the applicant does not make too many restrictions.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display shows live TV, and the display screen shows prompt information.
  • the program information is "live TV"
  • the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, louder voice”, “Try to say : XX small gathering, adjust the voice to XX”, “Try saying: XX small gathering, lower the voice”, “Try saying: XX small gathering, turn up the voice 40%” and some other sound-related prompts.
  • the program information is "live TV", and in response to the detection of the channel change instruction, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, open XX satellite TV”.
  • the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user in the actual application process. Prompt information, the applicant does not make too many restrictions here.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment is installed with a magic mirror application.
  • the control driving component drives the display screen to rise, so that the camera is higher than the first display (that is, the bottom of the camera and the top of the first display). the same height, or the bottom of the camera is higher than the top of the first display).
  • the second controller/controller is further configured to, in response to the activation of the magic mirror application, control the driving component to drive the display screen to rise to a second height, and the second height is not less than the The height of the camera.
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a second height.
  • the controller controls the activation of the camera. At this time, the user can use the camera to capture images or videos and conduct video chats with friends.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the application scenario used in this embodiment is that the magic mirror application is activated.
  • the program information is "Magic Mirror application has been started", and in response to the photo saving instruction, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, save”.
  • the program information is "Magic Mirror application has been started", and in response to the re-shooting instruction, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, re-shoot".
  • the program information is "Magic Mirror application has been started", and in response to the instruction to end the shooting, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, end shooting".
  • the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user during the actual application process. , the applicant does not make too many restrictions here.
  • the display device is provided with a speaker mode.
  • the speaker mode is turned on, the first display is turned off and the display screen is turned on.
  • the speaker mode in this application belongs to a mode after the screen is turned off. Different from the normal mode, the first display is turned off. In this mode, the screen can be switched on and off quickly to improve the user experience.
  • speaker mode uses the overall process:
  • Step 1 The user triggers the condition to enter the speaker mode
  • Figure 13 is an application scenario diagram of entering the speaker mode provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that the user can enter the speaker mode through voice.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a cutscene provided according to a feasible embodiment, a total of 4 application scenarios are shown in the figure, and it is judged whether the current business scenario is a non-interrupting scenario;
  • the current business scenario is a non-interrupted scenario, and the music does not stop playing.
  • the non-interrupted scenario includes XX music, media center, XXX music, and music screen-casting applications;
  • the current business scenario is an interrupt scenario (for example, the current scenario is the video playback page under JUUI), and it is necessary to send a transition broadcast and mutate the sound;
  • Step 3 Send a broadcast of entering the speaker mode, and other applications cannot make sound in the application scenario where the first display screen is turned off.
  • the sound may include a notification center and the like.
  • Step 4 Voice interaction in speaker mode
  • Step 5 The user exits the speaker mode, and the first display is turned on.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a setting page provided according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the display screen when in the speaker mode, displays the relevant information of the currently playing music.
  • Step 1 The display device enters the speaker mode
  • Step 2 Whether the non-interrupting service is triggered in the speaker mode, as an achievable method, the interrupting service can be the XX music service; in the speaker mode, the display content of the non-interrupting service needs to be transferred from the first display to the display screen.
  • Step 2.1 In the speaker mode, the currently playing song is XX music, and the screen displays the audio and video UI home page;
  • Step 2.1.1 The controller obtains XX Music Token and authenticates with XX Music. If the authentication is unsuccessful, it will re-authenticate after 2s, and retries a total of 3 times. After 3 times of failure, it will notify the display to display the default audio content;
  • Step 2.1.2 The controller obtains the XX music song, singer name, and sends the information to the display screen through the serial communication mechanism, and the audio and video UI of the display screen is updated;
  • Step 2.1.3 The controller obtains the XX music lyrics, and sends the lyrics start time, end time and lyrics path to the display screen. After the display screen obtains the time information and the lyrics path, it displays the lyrics content; for details, please refer to Figure 16. 16 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment.
  • Step 2.1.4 The controller synchronizes the lyrics information every 1s to facilitate the correction of the lyrics timestamp
  • Step 2.2 The audio and video content currently playing in speaker mode is non-XX music
  • Step 2.2.1 The controller sends the current audio and video name, audio and video details (including poster, progress bar timestamp) serial communication to the display screen through the serial port;
  • Step 2.2.2 The display screen displays ordinary audio and video content, and the controller synchronizes the audio and video information every preset time;
  • Step 3 The controller determines whether the user exits the speaker mode
  • Step 3.1 If the user has not exited the speaker mode, continue to step 2;
  • Step 3.2 The user has exited the speaker mode
  • Step 3.2.1 The controller sends a broadcast to the display screen, the display screen displays the home page of the secondary screen, and exits the audio and video display;
  • Step 3.2.2 The first display shows the home page of the main screen. At this time, the controller will no longer synchronize the stop information to save CPU consumption.
  • the first display acquires the focus
  • the display acquires the focus
  • Step 1 When the display device is working normally, the focus is distributed to the first display by default (also referred to as a key in this embodiment), and key interaction is performed in the first display;
  • Step 2 Display whether the device has entered the speaker mode
  • Step 2.1 Display enters speaker mode
  • Step 2.1.1 As a feasible embodiment, the controller can receive the key processing on the display screen through serial communication;
  • Step 2.1.2 The display screen receives the key processing logic, switches songs left and right, confirms the key to "pause”, and "starts to play” the song, as shown by keys 123 in Figure 17;
  • Figure 17 shows a speaker provided according to a feasible embodiment A schematic diagram of the display device in mode.
  • Step 2.1.3 The controller determines whether the display device exits the dual-screen speaker mode
  • Step 2.1.3.1 The TV does not exit the dual-screen speaker mode, and the key distribution is still on the display;
  • Step 2.1.3.2 The TV has exited the dual-screen speaker mode, and the display screen no longer receives buttons;
  • Step 2.1.4 The first display receives the key and processes the key logic.
  • the first display screen When entering the dual-screen speaker mode, the first display screen is turned off. For details, please refer to Figure 17. At this time, the display screen shows focus 123, and the user can press 1 pause, start playing the song, press 2 or the "left" button twice in a row to switch to the previous song, press 3 or the "right” button twice in a row to switch to the next song, at this time the first display does not process the key logic . In addition, if a message pops up on the current display device, the display screen will prompt the user to press the "Menu" key to view the details. At this time, after the display screen receives the menu key, it will notify the first display to turn on the screen, and then display the first display on the first display. View details (weather, video, etc.);
  • the first display gets the focus, the user can switch songs in the first display, and the display shows the "secondary screen home page", at the same time the first display is turned on and gets the focus, see Figure 18 for details 18 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment, it can be seen that the first display has a focus 456.
  • the display screen is further configured to: recognize the voice command input by the user; when the voice command is an electrical appliance control command, send the electrical appliance to control the target electrical appliance, so that the target electrical appliance is based on the control signal.
  • the electrical appliance control instruction includes at least an electrical appliance name and a control signal, and the target electrical appliance is an electrical appliance corresponding to the electrical appliance name.
  • the second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving an interactive message sent by another electrical appliance, draw prompt information based on the interactive message, the other electrical appliance interacting with the display device An electrical appliance for communication; controlling the display screen to display the prompt information.
  • the first display when the display device is in the speaker mode, the first display is turned off, and the display screen remains turned on.
  • the prompt information related to other electrical appliances is displayed on the display screen.
  • the prompt information can prevent the currently playing program from being blocked by the prompt information.
  • the display device can still use the second controller to communicate with Interact with other electrical appliances, and display the prompt information generated during the interaction on the display.
  • the name of the electrical appliance is an air conditioner
  • the control signal is ON
  • the second controller responds to receiving an electrical appliance control instruction of "turn on the air conditioner" (the target electrical appliance is an air conditioner in this embodiment).
  • the second controller The control signal "ON” is sent directly to the air conditioner so that the air conditioner is activated in response to the control signal.
  • the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a shutdown command output by a user, send a shutdown command to the second controller; the second controller is further configured to: In response to the closing instruction sent by the first controller, a third height is read, and the third height is not less than the height difference between the top of the first display and the top of the display; the second controller controls the The driving component drives the display screen to descend to a third height.
  • the first controller and the second controller can be integrated into one controller, and the controller is configured to read the third height in response to receiving the shutdown command, and then control the drive assembly to drive the display screen Descend to a third altitude.
  • the third height can be obtained by: the second controller, in response to the closing instruction sent by the first controller, determines whether the magic mirror application is in the open state at this time, and if the magic mirror application is in the open state, the third height is equal to the third height. The sum of a height and a second height. If the Magic Mirror application is closed, the third height is equal to the second height.
  • the way to read the third height can be that the closing command carries the second height. If the magic mirror application is open, the third height is equal to the sum of the first height and the second height; if the magic mirror application is closed, the third height is equal to the sum of the first height and the second height; The third height is equal to the second height.
  • This embodiment merely introduces several ways of obtaining the third height by way of example, and in the process of practical application, the ways of obtaining the third height may be, but not limited to, the above-mentioned ways.
  • the second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a shutdown command output by the user, read a third height, where the third height is not less than the top of the first display and all The height difference between the top ends of the display screen is controlled; the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a third height.
  • the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a shutdown instruction output by the user, control the first display to display a first shutdown animation, and the display time of the first shutdown animation is equal to the first shutdown animation. Two times, the second time is not less than the time required for the display screen to descend to a third height.
  • the first controller and the second controller may be integrated into one controller, and the controller is configured to control the first display to display the first shutdown animation in response to receiving the shutdown instruction output by the user, the said The display time of the first shutdown animation is not less than the second time.
  • the first display plays a first shutdown animation, thereby enriching the display content of the display device, and the display time of the first shutdown animation is not less than the time required for the display screen to drop to the third height. time.
  • the user can feel the cooperation between the first shutdown animation and the descending process of the display screen. User experience is better.
  • the second controller is further configured to, in response to receiving the shutdown instruction, control the display screen to display a second shutdown animation, and the second shutdown animation is linked with the first shutdown animation.
  • the display screen displays a second shutdown animation, which can further enrich the display content of the display device. Further, because the second shutdown animation is linked with the first shutdown animation , the user can feel the cooperation between the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation, and the user experience is better.
  • the second display is used to display a recommendation interface, and the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information serves as a reminder to the user and can be further displayed on the first display.
  • Information including information actively generated by the display device or information pushed by other devices; the controller is specifically used for:
  • the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display
  • the second display displays a recommendation interface
  • control the first display in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a first interface, where the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information
  • control the first display in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  • the first display is used to play the first shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
  • the second display is used to play the second shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
  • Embedded in the display screen the display screen is arranged on the top or bottom of the first display; the controller is specifically used for:
  • the first thread is configured to, in response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification to the second thread, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation animation;
  • the second thread is configured to, according to the instruction of the playing notification, control the second display to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  • the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
  • the second display is embedded in the display screen, and the display screen can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner ;
  • the drive assembly is connected to the display screen, and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; in the process of shutting down, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the Behind the first display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked.
  • the first display is blocked;
  • the controller is specifically used for:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the first display is used to play a shutdown animation during shutdown;
  • the second display can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner;
  • the driving component is connected to the second display connected to drive the second display to rise or fall; in the process of shutting down, the driving component drives the second display to descend from the top of the first display to the back of the first display.
  • the second display When the second display is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the second display is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked by the first display ;
  • the controller is specifically used for:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the second display to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation finishes playing, the driving component drives the second display to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the display screen can be raised and lowered on the upper side or the back side of the first display, and a camera for image acquisition is embedded;
  • the drive assembly is connected to the display screen for Drive the display screen to rise or fall, when the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to the top of the first display, the camera is higher than the first display, and when the drive assembly drives the display When the display screen is lowered to the back of the first display, the camera is blocked by the first display;
  • the controller is specifically used for:
  • the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
  • the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display; control the camera to capture images.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a display device, the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display and a second display monitor.
  • the operation process of the display device is described below in conjunction with the specific drawings:
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of interaction between a display device and a user according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the display device includes a first display, a second display and a controller.
  • the first display is used to display the playback interface
  • the first display displays a playback interface.
  • the playback interface can display different content in different application scenarios.
  • the content displayed on the playback interface may be, but is not limited to: boot animation, media assets, and system homepage.
  • the playback interface can display the booting animation; when the display device completes the preparations for booting, the playback interface jumps from the booting animation to the large-screen homepage.
  • the display content of the large-screen homepage is not limited.
  • the large-screen homepage may display the icon of the application installed on the display device.
  • the large-screen homepage may Display the search interface.
  • the playback interface can play media assets. It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an exemplary display of the content displayed on several playback pages, and the above content does not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, the content displayed on the playback interface may be but not limited to the above-mentioned several kinds of content. .
  • the first display is also used to display the first interface and the second interface (the contents of the display of the first interface and the second interface will be described in detail later).
  • the first interface/second interface may be a floating layer window located above the playback interface.
  • the position of the floating window can be set according to requirements, for example, the floating window can be located in the upper left corner of the playing interface; for another example, the floating window can be located in the center of the playing interface.
  • the applicant does not limit the position of the floating window too much.
  • the first interface/second interface may be overlaid on the upper layer of the playback interface in the form of a floating layer, wherein the display priority of the first interface/second interface is higher than the display priority of the playback interface.
  • the second display is used to display the recommendation interface.
  • the second display displays different contents in different application scenarios.
  • the content of the second display may be, but is not limited to, a boot animation, a recommended interface, a small screen home page, and the like.
  • the second display can play a boot animation.
  • the boot animation displayed on the first display and the boot animation displayed on the second display can be linked to improve the user's sense of experience. For example, the animation character in the boot animation can be jumped by the first display.
  • the display device completes the preparation for booting, and the content displayed on the second display jumps from the boot animation to the small-screen homepage.
  • the display content of the small-screen homepage is not limited.
  • the small-screen homepage can display the weather forecast, and in some feasible embodiments, the small-screen homepage can display some Social News.
  • the second display is also used to display the recommendation interface.
  • the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, where the recommendation information serves as a reminder to the user and is further displayed on the first display based on the user's operation.
  • the recommended information includes status information of the display device.
  • the recommended information may be networking information of the display device, and the networking information is used to remind the user of the network connection status of the display device.
  • the recommendation information can be push information sent by other devices. For example, when the device was turned off last time, the content displayed on the playback interface of the display device is the 45th episode of "XX Biography".
  • This information can be stored on the server side, and when the user opens it again When the device is displayed, the recommended information may be "whether to continue playing the 46th episode of "XX Biography". For another example, when an external device is connected to the display device, the recommended information may be "an external device tries to connect with the display device, whether to configure the device".
  • This embodiment is only an exemplary display of several kinds of recommended information, and the above-mentioned recommended information does not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, it usually serves as a reminder to the user, and is further displayed on the first display based on the user's operation. All can be applied to the display device shown in this embodiment as recommended information.
  • the second display can display the homepage of the small screen, and the homepage of the small screen can include real-time news such as weather forecast or current affairs news.
  • the second display can always be in a raised state, so that the user can know the real-time information at any time through the real-time information displayed by the second display.
  • the second display can be raised and lowered at the top or the back of the first display.
  • the display device is turned on, the second display is set at the top of the first display, and the user can display the display through the second display.
  • Real-time news know real-time news at any time.
  • the second display in order to achieve the purpose of saving space, when the display device is in a closed state, the second display can be retracted to the rear of the first display (that is, the top of the second display is not higher than the first display). top).
  • the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device. Or put away time.
  • step S191 The user executes step S191 to output the first control instruction.
  • the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation interface needs to be displayed on the first display.
  • the first control instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementation manners for the user to trigger the first control instruction.
  • the user can trigger the first control command by touching a preset button on the remote control.
  • the preset button may be an original button on the remote control. , such as the "Menu" button, the preset button can also be an additional button based on the existing remote control buttons.
  • the user can trigger the first control instruction through the user's voice.
  • This embodiment merely introduces several implementation manners of triggering the first control instruction by the user, and the implementation manners of triggering the first control instruction in the actual application process may be but not limited to the above two manners.
  • the controller is configured to perform step S192 in response to the first control instruction, to control the first display to display the first interface.
  • the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information
  • the recommended information may be a recommended advertisement delivered by the server. Since the display space of the second display is limited, the second display may only display the name of the advertisement.
  • the displayed content of the first interface may be the detailed information of the advertisement, and the detailed information may be the promotion video of the advertisement, and information such as the manufacturer and spokesperson of the corresponding product of the advertisement.
  • the recommended information may be a recommended video delivered by the server. Since the display space of the second display is limited, the second display may only display the name of the video.
  • the displayed content of the first interface may be detailed information of the video, and the detailed information may be information such as the video, the leading actor of the video, and the production unit of the video.
  • the recommended information may display the network connection status of the device. Since the display space of the second display is limited, the second display may only display the network connection status.
  • the displayed content of the first interface may be a network configuration interface, and the user can complete the network configuration on the network configuration interface.
  • this embodiment is only an example to introduce the display content of several first interfaces, and the above display content does not constitute a limitation.
  • the display content of the first interface may be, but not limited to. Limited to the above several ways, the applicant does not make too many limitations here.
  • the recommendation interface further includes prompt information, and the prompt information is related information to guide the user's operation.
  • the prompt information is related information to guide the user's operation.
  • the prompt information may be to instruct the user how to display the relevant content of the recommended information on the first display.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the display content of the display device provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that the second display displays a prompt interface, and the prompt interface includes recommendation information "there is an advertisement” and prompt information "touch the menu button to view the details of the advertisement”.
  • the controller is configured to perform step S193 to control the first display to display the second interface in response to the first control instruction.
  • the content displayed on the second interface is related to playing content
  • the playing content is the content displayed on the first display when the controller receives the first control instruction.
  • the playing content may be the home page of the system.
  • the displayed content of the second interface may be a setting page of the system.
  • the playback content may be video data.
  • the displayed content of the second interface may be a video setting page.
  • the playing content may be the home page of the application.
  • the displayed content of the second interface may be a setting page of the application.
  • this embodiment is only an example to introduce the display content of several second interfaces, and the above-mentioned display content does not constitute a limitation.
  • the display content of the second interface may be, but not limited to. Limited to the above several ways, the applicant does not make too many limitations here.
  • FIG. 22 is a feasible embodiment before and after receiving the first control command, A schematic diagram of the changes in the display device's display content. It can be seen that in the initial state, the second display does not display the recommended information and displays a small-screen homepage. In this embodiment, the small-screen homepage is real time. The first display displays a large-screen homepage, and the display at this time can refer to the effect 221 . The user touches the "menu" button of the remote control to make the remote control output the first control command. At this time, the controller controls the first display to display the second interface in response to the first control command, and the second interface is used for displaying The system settings page 223, the display at this time can refer to the effect 222.
  • the controller in response to the second control instruction, is configured to execute step S194 to control the playback interface displayed by the first display to respond to the second control instruction.
  • the second control instruction is different from the first control instruction, and the specific second control instruction is a control instruction other than the first control instruction.
  • the second control instruction may be, but not limited to, a channel change instruction, a voice adjustment instruction, a fast-forward instruction, and the like.
  • the content displayed by the second controller will respond to the first control instruction only when the second display displays the recommended interface, and in other cases, the playback interface displayed by the first display Respond to the second control instruction.
  • the process of the playback interface responding to the second control instruction will be described below with reference to specific examples.
  • the controller in response to a fast-forward instruction output by the user, controls the video displayed on the playback interface to fast-forward.
  • the controller in response to a channel change instruction output by the user, controls the content displayed on the playing interface to switch from a program played on one channel to a program played on another channel.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment includes a controller, a first display and a second display.
  • the first display displays the recommendation interface
  • the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller.
  • the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized.
  • the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
  • the technical solution shown in this embodiment will make a judgment on whether the display device is in a networked state every time the device is turned on, and then The judgment result is displayed to the user, so that the user can know the network connection status of the display device in time, and make corresponding operations according to the requirements, so as to improve the user's experience.
  • the operation process of the display device will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart of a network setting method provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured to perform steps S231-S232:
  • S231 reads the network connection state in response to the power-on instruction
  • the power-on command can be output by the user.
  • the user can trigger the remote control to output the power-on command by touching the power-on button of the remote control.
  • the user may output a voice-type power-on command.
  • This embodiment merely introduces two implementation manners in which the user directly or indirectly outputs the power-on instruction. In the actual application process, the implementation manner in which the user outputs the power-on instruction may be but not limited to the above two manners.
  • the power-on command can also be actively generated by the display device.
  • the user can set the boot time, and when the system time of the display device is equal to the boot time, the display device generates a boot instruction.
  • This embodiment is merely an example to introduce an implementation manner of the display device generating the boot command, and the implementation manner of the display device generating the boot command in the process of practical application may be but not limited to the above-mentioned one.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a display device when the network connection state is a disconnected state according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the network connection state is disconnected.
  • the second display displays a network connection recommendation interface, and the network connection recommendation interface includes recommendation information "the network connection is disconnected" and prompt information "pass Touch the treasure key to call up the network setting interface".
  • the second display does not display the prompt message "The network setting interface can be invoked by touching the treasure key”
  • the user touches the treasure key
  • the controller intercepts the playback interface displayed on the first display.
  • the second display may not display any recommended interface.
  • the second display may not display the recommendation interface, and the recommendation information included in the recommendation interface may be that the display device is in a networked state.
  • the first display in response to the user's operation of invoking the network setting interface, the first display is controlled to display the network setting interface.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a possible embodiment.
  • the first display is used to display the network setting interface, and the user can complete the network setting on the network setting interface.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment will make a judgment on whether the display device is in a networked state every time it is turned on, and display the judgment result to the user, so that the user can know the network connection state of the display device in time, and according to The user needs to make corresponding operations, and the user experience is better.
  • the controller in response to the user's operation of invoking the network setting interface, is further configured to: intercept the interface currently displayed by the first display.
  • the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device, and the user can set the raising time of the second display or the retracting time according to requirements .
  • This will cause a problem.
  • the top height of the second display is smaller than the top height of the first display, the second display cannot be seen from the user's angle.
  • the display displays the second interface, but if the second controller displays a recommended interface at this time, the controller may control the first display to display the first interface. At this time, the content displayed by the user is contrary to the user's original intention, and the user experience is poor.
  • the embodiments of the present application further optimize the display device provided by the above embodiments. The operation process of the display device will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart of displaying a page of a display device provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured to perform steps S261-S262:
  • S261 reads the height of the bottom end of the second display in response to the first control instruction.
  • the implementation manner of reading the height of the bottom end of the second display may adopt a conventional information reading manner in the art, and the applicant does not make additional limitations here.
  • the controller controls the first display Display the second interface.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a raised state, according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that in the initial state in this embodiment, the second display is in a raised state, and the second display displays a recommendation interface.
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 271 .
  • the user triggers the first display to display the first interface 273 by triggering the menu button, wherein the first interface is used to display the detailed information of the advertisement.
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 272 .
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a retracted state, according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that, in the initial state in this embodiment, the second display is in a retracted state, and the display device can refer to the effect diagram 281 at this time.
  • the user triggers the first display to display the second interface 283 by triggering the menu button, wherein the second interface is used to display the setting interface of the system, and the display device can refer to the effect diagram 282 at this time.
  • Recommended information is information that reminds users.
  • the recommended information is related to the content displayed on the display interface or the current state of the display device. For example, if the display device is disconnected from the network when it is turned on, then The recommendation information may be "the display device is disconnected from the network"; for another example, if the user searches for a TV series by using the display device, the recommendation information may be the starring role of the TV series. Because the content displayed on the playback interface changes in real time. Therefore, the recommended information related to the content does not need to be displayed on the second display all the time. Based on this, this embodiment shows a method for displaying recommended information. The operation process of the display device is described below with reference to the specific drawings.
  • Fig. 29 is a flowchart of a method for displaying recommended information provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured to perform steps S291-S294:
  • the first time starts from the controller receiving the first control instruction
  • This embodiment does not limit the second preset time, and the user can set the duration of the second preset time according to requirements.
  • the second preset time may be 1 minute.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram showing the change of the displayed content of the display device before and after the first time reaches the second preset time according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the second display displays the recommendation interface, and at this time, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 301 .
  • the first time is equal to the preset time, and the content displayed on the second display jumps to the preset page.
  • the preset page is the real-time time.
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 302 .
  • the controller is further configured to control the first display to display a second interface in S293.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by the display device when the first control instruction is received again within the preset time, according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the display device in the initial state, the second display displays a recommendation interface (with an advertisement), and the first display displays a playback interface.
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 311 .
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 312.
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 313 at this time.
  • the controller is further configured to not respond to the first control instruction in S294.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by the display device when the first control instruction is received again within the second preset time, according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the second display displays a recommendation interface (with an advertisement), and the first display displays a playback interface.
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 321 .
  • the display device can refer to the effect diagram 322.
  • the preset time is equal to 1 minute in this embodiment
  • the user touches the menu button again, and the In response to a control command, the display device can continue to refer to the effect diagram 322 at this time.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application shows a display method, including:
  • the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information is Play a prompting role for the user, and can further display the information on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or the information pushed by other devices;
  • the second display displays the recommendation information
  • the first display is controlled to display a first interface, and the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information
  • control the first display to display a second interface in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  • the display method shown in this embodiment When the first display displays the recommendation interface, the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller. On the one hand, the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized. On the other hand, the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a display device, wherein the The display device includes at least: a controller, a first display, and a display screen.
  • the display screen includes at least a second display.
  • a second display is embedded in the display screen, and the second display displays different contents in different application scenarios.
  • the content of the second display can be, but is not limited to, a boot animation, a recommended interface, a small screen home page, and a second shutdown animation played during the shutdown process (the playback process of the second shutdown animation will be described in detail later), etc.
  • the second display can play a boot animation.
  • the boot animation displayed on the first display and the boot animation displayed on the second display can be linked to improve the user's sense of experience.
  • the animation character in the boot animation can be jumped by the first display. Enter the second display; the display device completes the preparation for booting, and the content displayed on the second display jumps from the boot animation to the small-screen homepage.
  • the display content of the small-screen homepage is not limited.
  • the small-screen homepage can display the weather forecast, and in some feasible embodiments, the large-screen homepage can be displayed in a scrolling form some social news.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment. In this embodiment, the display screen 3 is disposed at the bottom of the first display 1 .
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment. In this embodiment, the display screen 3 is arranged on the top of the first display 1 .
  • the display screen is further embedded with a camera; the camera is arranged below the second display.
  • a second display 2 and a camera 22 are embedded in the display screen, wherein the camera 22 is arranged below the second display 2 .
  • the camera is used for image acquisition.
  • the camera may include a front camera and a rear camera, wherein the front camera may capture an image located in front of the first display, and the rear camera may capture an image located behind the first display.
  • the controller may determine whether to use the front camera to capture the image or the rear camera to capture the image according to the currently activated application.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment can meet the user's requirement for capturing images by using the display device, and the user experience is better.
  • the display device may further include a driving component.
  • the drive assembly is connected to the display screen, and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; in this application, the type of the drive assembly is not limited.
  • the components that drive the display screen to rise or fall can be applied to the solution shown in this embodiment as a driving component.
  • the driving component can be a motor.
  • the driving assembly drives the display screen to descend from above the first display to the rear of the first display.
  • the second display When the display screen is located above the first display, the second display The display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked by the first display; A schematic diagram of the position change of the display and the display screen.
  • the display screen 3 When the display device is running normally, the display screen 3 is located above the first display. For details, please refer to effect 351 in FIG. 35 .
  • the drive assembly (not shown in the figure) drives the display screen to descend. During the process of descending the display screen, the height of the display screen leaking from the first display gradually decreases.
  • the driving component drives the display screen to drop to the rear of the first display.
  • effect 353 in FIG. 35 from the user's point of view, the display screen cannot be seen.
  • FIG. 36 is an interactive flowchart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment:
  • the controller is configured with a first thread and a second thread
  • the first thread is configured to execute S361 and S362;
  • the shutdown instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementations for the user to trigger the shutdown instruction.
  • the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the remote control; as a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the display device.
  • the shutdown command is actively triggered by the display device. For example, a user can set a shutdown time, and when the system time of the display device is equal to the shutdown time, the display device actively triggers a shutdown instruction.
  • This embodiment is only an example to introduce several implementations of the user-triggered shutdown instruction, and the implementation of the shutdown instruction in the actual application process may be but not limited to the above-mentioned manners.
  • the first thread controls the first display to play a first shutdown animation
  • the play notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation
  • the notification transmission mode between the first thread and the second thread is not limited.
  • the first thread and the second thread can use RPC (emote Procedure Call, remote procedure call) Delivery of notifications.
  • the second thread is configured to execute S363, and control the second display to play a second shutdown animation according to the instruction of the playback notification, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment includes a first display, a second display, and a controller, wherein the controller is configured with a first thread and a second thread.
  • the first thread can control the first display to play the first shutdown animation in response to the shutdown instruction, and can send a playback notification to the second thread at the same time.
  • the second thread controls the second display to play a second shutdown animation according to the instruction of the playback notification. It can be seen that the display device shown in this embodiment, when receiving a shutdown command, can simultaneously control the first display to play the first shutdown animation and the second display to play the second shutdown animation, thereby realizing the simultaneous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation. the goal of.
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a first shutdown animation and a second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 38 is an interaction diagram of a first thread and a second thread applicable to the method provided in FIG. 37 .
  • the first thread is further configured as S371-S373:
  • the first thread in response to the shutdown instruction, sends the first notification to the second thread, so that the second thread feeds back the second notification when receiving the first notification;
  • the first notification is used to prompt the second thread, the first thread needs to communicate with the second thread, and the second thread needs to feed back a notification.
  • the first thread calculates the first delay time BST according to the sending time of sending the first notification and the receiving time of receiving the second notification, and sends the third notification to the second notification a thread, so that when the second thread receives the third notification, it controls the second display to play a second shutdown animation;
  • the delay time is the delay time.
  • the first thread controls the first display to play a first shutdown animation.
  • the first thread is used to issue a third notification, and after the BST issued by the third notification, the third notification just reaches the second thread.
  • the second thread controls the second display to play the second shutdown animation.
  • the first thread controls the first display to play a first shutdown animation.
  • the first thread uses the OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation
  • the second thread uses the image loading method to call the frame interface of the second shutdown animation.
  • the first thread uses an OpenGL (Open Graphics Library) mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation in 2D or 3D.
  • OpenGL Open Graphics Library
  • the first shutdown animation is first converted into a collection of triangles. OpenGL determines the position of each vertex in each triangle on the first display, indicating which points on the first display can be called pixels.
  • each triangle consists of three vertices, and it is necessary to associate some numerical data for each vertex in advance, and transmit the vertex data from the CPU to the graphics hardware. Then, store the vertex data in a vertex buffer.
  • the above work is called the preparation work of OpenGL.
  • the image frame drawing stage of the first shutdown animation can be entered only after the preparations for OpenGL are completed. It takes a certain amount of time for the OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation in the preparation of OpenGL.
  • the second thread invokes the frame interface of the second shutdown animation by means of image loading, and draws the frame interface of the second shutdown animation by means of image loading, and can directly enter the image frame drawing stage.
  • the first thread uses the OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation
  • the second thread uses the image loading method to call the frame interface of the second shutdown animation
  • the OpenGL mechanism draws the first shutdown animation
  • the frame interface needs to spend a certain amount of time in the preparation of OpenGL.
  • this embodiment shows a second shutdown animation
  • the second shutdown animation includes the first sub-animation and the second sub animation.
  • the second sub-animation plays after the first sub-animation.
  • the frame interface included in the first sub-animation is not related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation
  • the frame interface included in the second sub-animation is related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, in which the second display 2 of the display device plays a first sub-animation 391 .
  • the content displayed by the first sub-animation is not limited.
  • the first sub-animation may be some scattered bubbles.
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the first display 1 of the display device plays a first shutdown animation 401
  • the second display 2 of the display device plays a second sub-animation 402 .
  • the frame interface of the first shutdown animation 401 is the word "Goodbye”
  • the frame interface of the second sub-animation 402 is a picture of the elf beckoning related to the word "Goodbye”.
  • FIG. 40 is only an exemplary style showing a first shutdown animation and a second sub-animation, and the above styles do not constitute a limitation.
  • the first shutdown animation and the second sub-animation can be configured according to requirements.
  • the style of the second child animation can be configured according to requirements.
  • FIG. 41 is a flow chart of the playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the second thread is further configured to execute S411 to S413:
  • the second thread when receiving the third notification, controls the second display to play the first sub-animation, and calculates the second delay time SST according to the time of sending the second notification and the time of receiving the third notification;
  • the second thread sends a fourth notification to the first thread, so that the first thread enters the OpenGL preparation stage in response to the fourth notification .
  • the second preset time is not limited, but the second preset time needs to satisfy the following relationship: the sum of the second preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is less than or Equal to the play time of the first sub-animation.
  • FIG. 42 is an interaction diagram of the first thread and the second thread provided by a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device during the shutdown process.
  • the sum of the second preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is equal to the playing time of the first sub-animation.
  • the specific interaction process is: when receiving the third notification, the second thread controls the second display to play the first sub-animation, and the display device at this time can refer to effect 431 in FIG. 43, and the second display plays the first sub-animation. animation.
  • the second thread sends a fourth notification to the first thread.
  • the first thread enters the OpenGL preparation phase in response to the fourth notification.
  • the first display may continue to display the play interface before receiving the shutdown command.
  • the play interface displayed by the first display is a large-screen homepage.
  • the second thread controls the frame interface for drawing the second sub-animation.
  • the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation. Since in this embodiment, the sum of the second preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage, and the SST is equal to the playback time of the first sub-animation, the time to complete the OpenGL preparation is equal to the end of playing the first sub-animation. The time of the sub-animation.
  • the second thread controls to draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation and the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation synchronously.
  • the display device at this time can refer to effect 432 in FIG. 43, and the second display shows the second sub-animation.
  • the frame interface of the animation, the first display displays the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
  • FIG. 44 is an interaction diagram of the first thread and the second thread provided by a possible embodiment.
  • the sum of the preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is less than the playing time of the first sub-animation.
  • the specific interaction process is: when receiving the third notification, the second thread controls the second display to play the first sub-animation, and the display device at this time can refer to the effect 431 in FIG. 43 .
  • the second thread sends a fourth notification to the first thread.
  • the first thread enters the OpenGL preparation phase in response to the fourth notification, and in the OpenGL preparation phase, the first display may continue to display the playback interface before receiving the shutdown instruction.
  • the playback interface displayed by the first display is a large-screen homepage, and when the OpenGL preparation work is completed, the first display continues to display the large-screen homepage.
  • the second thread sends a fifth notification to the first thread before the SST is completed before the first sub-animation is played.
  • the first thread receives the fifth notification, it draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
  • the second thread controls the frame interface for drawing the second sub-animation. Since in this embodiment, the second thread of SST has sent the fifth notification to the first thread before the completion of the first sub-animation playing, the time when the first thread receives the fifth notification is the same as the time when the first sub-animation is played.
  • the second thread controls the frame interface for drawing the second sub-animation and the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation synchronously, and the display device at this time can refer to the effect 432 in FIG.
  • the second display displays the frame interface of the second sub-animation
  • the first display displays the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
  • this embodiment further illustrates a method for synchronizing the frame interface.
  • the synchronization method of the frame interface can be Using the notification interaction between the first thread and the second thread, the synchronization between the frame interface for displaying the first shutdown animation on the first display and the frame interface for displaying the second sub-animation on the second display are further improved.
  • the synchronization process of the first display displaying the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the second display displaying the frame interface of the second sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
  • FIG. 45 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the frame interface of the second sub-animation displayed on two displays according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 46 is a first thread and a first thread applicable to the method provided in FIG. 45 .
  • the first thread is further configured as S451 to S453:
  • the sixth notification is a notification actively sent by the first thread when the first thread finishes drawing a frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and is used to inform the second thread that it is ready to start the next frame of the second sub-animation.
  • the drawing of the frame interface After the second thread receives the sixth notification, it will send a seventh notification to the first thread.
  • the seventh notification is used to inform the first thread that the second thread has received the sixth notification and can start to draw the next frame.
  • the frame interface of the sub-animation is a notification actively sent by the first thread when the first thread finishes drawing a frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and is used to inform the second thread that it is ready to start the next frame of the second sub-animation.
  • the drawing of the frame interface After the second thread receives the sixth notification, it will send a seventh notification to the first thread.
  • the seventh notification is used to inform the first thread that the second thread has received the sixth notification and can start to draw the next frame.
  • the frame interface of the sub-animation The frame interface of the sub-animation.
  • the first thread waits for the seventh notification fed back by the second thread before starting the drawing of the frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation, so as to ensure that the drawing time of the frame interface of the first shutdown animation is as close as possible to that of the first shutdown animation.
  • the frame interface of the two sub animations is as close as possible.
  • the seventh notification is not received within 2*BST when the sixth notification is sent, it proves that the second thread has not received the sixth notification, or the seventh notification sent by the second thread failed to reach the first thread successfully, In this case, in order to prevent frame loss, the first thread starts to draw the frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation at 2*BST after the sixth notification is sent.
  • the first thread is further configured to execute S454, if the eighth notification sent by the second thread is received before the sixth notification is sent, the first thread will receive the The BST after the eight notification, draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation of the next frame.
  • the eighth notification is a notification actively sent by the second thread when the second thread finishes drawing a frame interface of the second sub-animation, and is used to inform the first thread that it is ready to start the next frame of the first shutdown animation. The drawing of the frame interface.
  • the first thread will also feed back the sixth notification to the second thread when receiving the eighth notification.
  • the second thread can receive the sixth notification.
  • the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and the second thread Draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation.
  • this embodiment further illustrates a method for synchronizing the frame interface.
  • the synchronization method of the frame interface can be Using the notification interaction between the first thread and the second thread, the synchronization between the frame interface for displaying the first shutdown animation on the first display and the frame interface for displaying the second sub-animation on the second display are further improved.
  • the synchronization process of the first display displaying the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the second display displaying the frame interface of the second sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
  • FIG. 47 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the frame interface of the second sub-animation displayed on two displays according to a feasible embodiment
  • FIG. 48 is a first thread and a first thread suitable for the method provided in FIG. 47
  • Two-thread interaction diagram, based on the display device shown in the above embodiment, the second thread is further configured as S461-S463:
  • the second thread waits for the ninth notification fed back by the first thread before starting the drawing of the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation. In order to ensure that the drawing time of the frame interface of the second sub-animation is as close as possible to the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
  • the ninth notification is not received within 2*SST sent by the eighth notification, it proves that the first thread did not receive the eighth notification, or the ninth notification sent by the first thread failed to reach the second thread successfully, In this case, in order to prevent frame loss, the second thread starts to draw the frame interface of the next frame of the first sub-animation at 2*BST after the eighth notification is sent.
  • the first thread is further configured to execute S474, and the second thread is further configured to: if the sixth notification sent by the first thread is received before the eighth notification is sent , then at the SST after receiving the sixth notification, the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation is drawn.
  • the second thread will also feed back the eighth notification to the first thread when receiving the sixth notification.
  • the first thread can receive the eighth notification.
  • the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and the second thread Draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a display device, the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display, a display screen, and a driving component .
  • the display screen includes at least a second display.
  • the second display is used to display the shutdown animation. (The shutdown animation will be explained in detail later).
  • the display device shown in this embodiment can set the raising or lowering of the second display according to the needs of the user.
  • the raised or retracted state of the second display may be related to the opening or closing of the display device.
  • Status synchronization that is, when the display device is turned on, the second display is controlled to rise above the first display.
  • the second display can always be located above the first display, so that the user can pass the second display.
  • Display real-time news know real-time news at any time.
  • the second display is controlled to be retracted to the back of the first display, so as to achieve the purpose of saving space.
  • the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device.
  • the raised or retracted state of the second display can be described in synchronization with the open or closed state of the display device.
  • FIG. 49 is an interactive flowchart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment:
  • the controller is configured to perform S491: in response to the shutdown instruction, control the second display to play a shutdown animation;
  • the shutdown instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementations for the user to trigger the shutdown instruction.
  • the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the remote control; as a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the display device.
  • the shutdown command is actively triggered by the display device. For example, a user can set a shutdown time, and when the system time of the display device is equal to the shutdown time, the display device actively triggers a shutdown instruction.
  • This embodiment is only an example to introduce several implementations of the user-triggered shutdown instruction, and the implementation of the shutdown instruction in the actual application process may be but not limited to the above-mentioned manners.
  • the controller is configured to perform S492: calculate the screen drop speed according to the remaining play time and the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display;
  • the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display is a relative value, specifically, the difference between the height of the top of the second display and the height of the top of the first display.
  • the height of the top of the first display is a fixed value. Therefore, the controller only needs to read the height of the top of the second display, and then subtract the height of the top of the first display from the height of the top of the second display. The second display leaks the height of the first display.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that the height 501 of the second display that leaks out of the first display is the height difference between the top of the second display and the top of the first display.
  • the remaining play time is equal to the play time of the shutdown animation.
  • the controller controls the second display to play the shutdown animation, it controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend.
  • the remaining playback time is equal to the playback duration of the shutdown animation (in this embodiment, Can be called the total playback time).
  • the screen drop speed Speed can be calculated according to formula 1.
  • LeftTime is the remaining playing time and can be abbreviated as LT.
  • the controller is configured to perform S493: control the driving component to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the first level. behind a monitor.
  • the controller controls the second display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height of the second display leaking from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive component drives the display screen to drop to the first display. The rear of the display has a better user experience.
  • Fig. 51 is a flowchart of a display screen control method provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured to perform: S511-S512:
  • a real-time screen drop speed is calculated every preset time interval
  • the preset time may be predefined according to requirements, for example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be 0, 1s, and in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be 0, 2s. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be half of the playback time.
  • the remaining playback time is equal to the difference between the playback duration of the shutdown animation and the current playback duration.
  • the playback duration of the shutdown animation is equal to 60s
  • the current playback duration is 2s
  • the calculated real-time screen drop speed 25cm/58s.
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to drop according to the real-time screen drop speed.
  • the controller may recalculate a real-time screen drop speed every preset time interval. Then, the controller adjusts the falling speed of the display screen at any time based on the real-time screen falling speed. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the drop of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can adjust the drop process of the display screen according to the real-time screen drop speed to ensure that The playback of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the display drop.
  • the drive assembly drives the display assembly to descend during the shutdown process.
  • the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display gradually decreases. If the height of the frame interface included in the shutdown animation remains unchanged, part of the content of the frame interface will inevitably be blocked by the first display during the descending process of the display screen, resulting in poor user experience.
  • this embodiment further adjusts the shutdown animation.
  • the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation
  • the first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface.
  • the first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface.
  • display The height of the first frame interface on the second display decreases sequentially.
  • FIG. 52 is a schematic diagram of changes in the interface of the first frame during the playback of the first sub-animation provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that with the extension of the playback time, the height of the first frame interface decreases sequentially.
  • FIG. 53 is a flowchart of a method for displaying a first frame interface provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured to execute S531-S533:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, and read the height of the first frame interface and the leakage of the first frame from the second display. the height of the display;
  • the implementation manner of controlling the driving component to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed can refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the reading method of the height of the first frame interface may be, but not limited to, preconfiguring a height identifier for each first frame interface.
  • the controller may determine the height of the first frame of interface by reading the height identifier.
  • the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display that leaks out of the first display, all the content contained in the first frame interface can be displayed on the part of the second display that leaks out of the first display, thereby ensuring that the user can Watch the full content of the first frame interface.
  • the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height of the second display that leaks out of the first display, the content contained in the first frame interface cannot be fully displayed on the part of the second display that leaks out of the first display, and cannot be seen from the user's point of view. To a complete interface in one frame, it affects the user's sense of experience.
  • the second display is controlled not to display the first frame interface, and the next frame of the first frame is read.
  • the embodiment of the present application also shows a shutdown animation, where the shutdown animation includes a first sub-animation and a second sub-animation, wherein the second sub-animation is played before the first sub-animation, and the second sub-animation is played before the first sub-animation.
  • the animation includes at least one second frame interface, and during the playing process of the second sub-animation, the height of the second frame interface remains unchanged with the extension of the playing time.
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of changes in the frame interface during the playback of the shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the shutdown animation includes a first sub-animation and a second sub-animation.
  • the frame interface includes a first frame interface and a second frame interface.
  • the second sub-animation is played first.
  • the height of the second frame interface remains unchanged.
  • Effects 541 to 543 in 54 After the second sub-animation is played, the first sub-animation starts to be played.
  • the first frame interface decreases in sequence.
  • FIG. 55 is a flowchart of a method for calculating remaining time according to a feasible embodiment, and the method is applicable to the display device shown in the above embodiment, wherein the controller is further configured to execute S551-S553:
  • the total number of frames is the number of frame interfaces included in the shutdown animation, and the frame interfaces include a first frame interface and a second frame interface; the total number of frames may be pre-stored in a memory.
  • the controller retrieves the total number of frames in memory.
  • the second display starts to play the first sub-animation and subtracts the current frame number from the total frame number every preset time interval to obtain the remaining frame number, where the current frame number is the first sub-animation The number of frames corresponding to the frame interface currently displayed on the second monitor;
  • a specific implementation manner may be as follows: the controller pre-stores the number of interfaces in the first frame and the number of interfaces in the second frame included in the shutdown animation. In response to the shutdown command, the controller starts to count the number of played frame interfaces, and when the number of played frame interfaces is equal to the number of the second frame interface, the controller calculates a remaining frame number every preset time interval.
  • the specific implementation can be as follows: the first frame interface and the second frame interface carry different identifiers, the controller reads the identifiers in real time, and when the identifier of the first frame interface is read, the controller calculates the interval preset time A number of frames remaining.
  • the remaining playing time is calculated according to the remaining frame number and the display time of the frame interface.
  • the controller pre-stores the number (Size 1 ) of the first frame interface, the number (Size 2 ) of the second frame interface, and the presentation time (PT) of the frame interface.
  • the controller can calculate the total playing time T according to formula 2, and calculate the remaining playing time LeftTime using formula 3.
  • Size is currently the current frame number.
  • Fig. 56 is a flowchart of a method for calculating the remaining time provided according to a feasible embodiment, and the method is applicable to the display device shown in the above-mentioned embodiment, wherein the controller is further configured to execute S561-S563:
  • a specific implementation manner may be as follows: the controller pre-stores the total duration of the shutdown animation, and the total duration includes the playback duration of the first sub-animation and the playback duration of the second sub-animation.
  • the second display starts to play the first sub-animation, reads the current play time every preset time, and the current play time takes the time when the shutdown instruction is received as a starting point;
  • the controller may take the playback duration of the shutdown animation equal to the playback duration of the second sub-animation as a starting point, and read the current playback time every preset time interval.
  • the current playback time takes the time when the shutdown instruction is received as a time starting point.
  • the display screen is further embedded with a camera; the camera is arranged below the second display.
  • the camera is used for image acquisition.
  • the camera may include a front camera and a rear camera, wherein the front camera may capture an image located in front of the first display, and the rear camera may capture an image located behind the first display.
  • the controller may determine whether to use the front camera to capture the image or the rear camera to capture the image according to the currently activated application.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment can meet the user's requirement for capturing images by using the display device, and the user experience is better.
  • the camera is set as a liftable camera in this embodiment.
  • the camera is controlled to rise to achieve the purpose of image collection; when the camera does not need to be used to collect images , control the camera to stow away to achieve the purpose of rational use of space. Therefore, the position of the camera (whether the camera is located above the first display or the rear of the first display) cannot be known when the device is turned off. Whether the camera is located above or behind the first display will have a certain impact on the screen drop speed of the display during the shutdown process.
  • FIG. 57 is a flowchart of a method for controlling the drop of the display screen provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be applied to the display devices shown in the above embodiments, wherein the improvement lies in that the controller is further configured to perform steps S571-S572:
  • step (11) reads the first height; in this embodiment, the first height is the height of the bottom end of the camera , the first height is a relative value, and this embodiment does not limit the reference point.
  • the first height may take the height of the bottom of the display device as the reference point, or other heights as the reference point. If the first height is not less than the second height, step (12) determines that the camera is higher than the first display; in this embodiment, the second height is the height of the top of the first display, and the second height is As a relative value, this embodiment does not limit the reference point, and the same reference point may be used for the first height and the second height.
  • step (13) determines that the camera is blocked by the first display. If the first height is smaller than the second height, it means that the camera is located behind the first display.
  • step (21) reads the identification position of the camera lift switch; in this embodiment, the camera can be configured The camera lift switch, when the camera lift switch is on, the camera is located on the top of the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the first identification position at this time. When the camera lift switch is in an off state, the camera is located behind the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the second identification position at this time. Therefore, the controller can determine the position of the camera by reading the identification position of the camera lift switch. If the identification bit is the first identification bit, step (22) determines that the camera is located on the upper side of the first display; step (23) if the identification bit is the second identification bit, determine that the camera is located at the top of the first display behind.
  • this embodiment only exemplarily introduces two implementations of reading the position of the camera.
  • the implementation of reading the position of the camera may be but not limited to The above two implementation manners are not limited too much by the applicant here.
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a preset position.
  • the second display when the display screen is lowered to a preset position, the second display is located above the first display, and the camera is located behind the first display;
  • the time taken for the top edge of a display to drop to the back edge of the first display is less than or equal to the playing time of the second sub-animation.
  • FIG. 58 is a flow chart of the operation of the display device shown in one possible embodiment.
  • 59 to 60 are schematic diagrams illustrating changes of a display device during a shutdown process according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the controllers shown in Fig. 59 to Fig. 60 may include an animation playing module and a lifting module.
  • the animation playback module executes S5811 to control the second display to play the shutdown animation.
  • the shutdown animation includes a second shutdown animation and a first shutdown animation, and the second display preferentially plays the second shutdown animation.
  • the animation playback module executes S5812 to calculate the remaining playback time.
  • S5813 calculates the screen drop speed, and sends the screen drop speed to the lift module in the form of a notification.
  • the lifting module determines whether the camera is in a rising state. In this embodiment, the camera is in a raised state, and the lifting module executes S5821 to control the display screen to drop to a preset position. And wait for the animation playback module notification. During this process, you can refer to Effect 591 to Effect 594 for the change of display device;
  • the lifting module controls and executes S5822 to control the driving component to drive the display screen to drop according to the screen dropping speed.
  • the animation playback module judges in real time whether the height (IH) of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height (SH) of the second display leaking out of the first display; if so, execute S5814 (2) to control the second display to display the first One frame interface. If not executing S5814(1), control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display in the next frame, so that the shutdown animation ends
  • the driving assembly drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display. During this process, you can refer to effect 594 to effect 596 for the change of the display device.
  • the animation playback module executes S5811 to control the second display to play the shutdown animation.
  • the shutdown animation includes a second shutdown animation and a first shutdown animation, and the second display preferentially plays the second shutdown animation.
  • the animation playback module executes S5812 to calculate the remaining playback time.
  • S5813 calculates the screen drop speed, and sends the screen drop speed to the lift module in the form of a notification.
  • the lifting module determines whether the camera is in a rising state. In this embodiment, the camera is in a retracted state, and the lifting module executes S5821 (2) and waits for a notification from the animation playback module (waiting for the first sub-animation to be played). During this process, the change of the display device can refer to effect 601 to effect 603;
  • the lifting module controls and executes S5822 to control the driving component to drive the display screen to drop according to the screen dropping speed.
  • the animation playback module judges in real time whether the height (IH) of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height (SH) of the second display leaking out of the first display; if so, execute S5814 (2) to control the second display to display the first One frame interface, if S5814(1) is not executed to control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display in the next frame, so that all
  • the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the changes of the display device can be referred to effect 604 to effect 606 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also shows a display device, including: a first display;
  • a display screen which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process, and the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, and the The first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface, and during the playback of the first sub-animation, the height of the first frame interface displayed on the second display decreases sequentially with the extension of the playback time;
  • a drive assembly is connected to the display screen and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the lower part of the display At the rear, the height of the second display leaking out of the first display gradually decreases;
  • FIG. 61 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is configured to execute S611 ⁇ S613:
  • control driving component drives the display screen to descend, and reads the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display leaking out of the first display;
  • the second display is controlled not to display the first frame interface, and the next frame of the first frame is read.
  • the camera control method shown in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a display device, and the display device includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component.
  • the controller can decide whether to control the camera to capture images or control the driving component to drive the camera to move according to the running state and the lifting state of the camera, which provides a better user experience.
  • the playback time of the shutdown animation may be pre-stored in the controller, or pre-stored in the cloud server.
  • the controller can directly call the playback time of the shutdown animation.
  • FIG. 62 is a flowchart of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, and the controller is configured to execute: S621-S624:
  • the preset time is a time smaller than the playback time.
  • the preset time may be half of the playback time; for example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be one third of the playback time.
  • a first remaining time is calculated according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed, and a second remaining time is calculated according to the playing time and the preset time.
  • LT 1 LeftTime 1 , the first remaining time
  • LH LeftHight, the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display
  • Speed is the screen lowering speed
  • LT 2 LeftTime 2 , the second remaining time
  • T S is the playback time of the shutdown animation
  • T preset is the preset time
  • the preset range may be set as required.
  • the preset range may be ⁇ -2s to +2s ⁇ .
  • the adjusted screen drop speed is: LH/LT2.
  • the controller can control the driving component to drive the display down according to the adjusted screen lowering speed.
  • the controller may recalculate a screen drop speed. Then, the controller adjusts the descending speed of the display screen based on the recalculated descending speed. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback process of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the descending process of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can also adjust the descending process of the display screen according to the recalculated screen descending speed. It can be adjusted to ensure that the playback process of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the falling process of the display screen.
  • FIG. 63 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured For execution: S631 ⁇ S634:
  • the preset time is a time smaller than the playback time.
  • a first remaining time is calculated according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen dropping speed, and a second remaining time is calculated according to the playback time and the preset time;
  • the calculation methods of the first remaining time and the second remaining time may refer to the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the implementation process of controlling the first display to complete the playback of the remaining shutdown animation within the first remaining time may be: adjusting the display time of the shutdown animation including the frame interface according to the first remaining time.
  • Fig. 64 is a flowchart of adjusting the shutdown animation playback process according to the first remaining time according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured to execute: S641 ⁇ S644:
  • the controller counts the number of frames currently displayed on the frame interface in real time; the specific statistical process may be, but not limited to, each time the first display displays a frame interface of the shutdown animation, the corresponding frame number increases by 1.
  • the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface may be pre-stored in the controller, or pre-stored in the cloud server.
  • the controller can directly call the shutdown animation including the total frame number of the frame interface.
  • the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface is 1000, and the number of frames currently displaying the frame interface is 500, so the remaining frames are equal to 1000-500.
  • the adjusted frame interface display time (NST adjustment ) can be calculated by using formula 6.
  • the first display is controlled to continue to play the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface presentation time.
  • the controller after the controller calculates the adjusted display time of the frame interface, the controller adjusts the display time of each undisplayed frame interface to the NST adjustment .
  • the controller when the shutdown animation is played to the preset time, the controller can decide whether to adjust the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the playback situation of the shutdown animation and the decline of the display screen. If adjustment is required, the adjusted frame interface display time is calculated according to the first remaining time and the remaining frame number, and the first display is controlled to continue to play the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface display time. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback process of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the descending process of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can display the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface display time. Make adjustments to ensure that the playback process of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the descending process of the display.
  • FIG. 65 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment.
  • the controller is further configured For execution: S651 ⁇ S653:
  • the first remaining time is calculated according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed
  • the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface may be pre-stored in the controller, or pre-stored in the cloud server.
  • the controller can directly call the shutdown animation including the total frame number of the frame interface.
  • the controller reads the frame number of the frame interface currently displayed on the first display in real time, and when the frame number is equal to the total number of frames, the previous display frame interface is the last frame interface.
  • the implementation manner of calculating the first remaining time according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen lowering speed may refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • the controller controls the first display to end the playback of the shutdown animation.
  • the controller controls the first display to end the shutdown animation 's playback.
  • the first display is controlled to continue to display the last frame of interface, and the display time of the last frame of interface is the same as the display time of the last frame of interface.
  • the first remaining time is related to the adjusted display time of the frame interface.
  • the controller controls the first display to extend the display time of the last frame of the interface. as a feasible way.
  • the extension time of the last frame interface may be equal to the difference between the first remaining time and the adjusted display time of the frame interface.
  • the controller decides whether to adjust the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the playback situation of the shutdown animation and the decline of the display screen.
  • the display screen descends slowly, and the controller may control the first display to extend the display time of the last frame of the interface.
  • the controller can display the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface display time. Make adjustments to ensure that the playback process of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the descending process of the display.
  • the controller includes: a first sub-controller (also referred to as a first controller in this embodiment) and a second sub-controller (also referred to as a first controller in this embodiment) for the second controller).
  • a first sub-controller also referred to as a first controller in this embodiment
  • a second sub-controller also referred to as a first controller in this embodiment
  • FIG. 66 is an interaction flowchart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment.
  • the first sub-controller executes step S661, and in response to the shutdown instruction, sends a message carrying the play time to the second sub-controller.
  • the second sub-controller executes step S662, and in response to receiving the message with the play time, calculates the screen drop speed according to the play time and the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display;
  • the second sub-controller executes step S663, and sends a feedback message to the first controller.
  • the first sub-controller executes step S664, if receiving the feedback message sent by the second controller, calculates the delay time, and sends a screen down instruction to the second controller.
  • the delay time is equal to half of the message delivery time, and the message delivery time starts from the time corresponding to sending the message carrying the play time, and ends at the time corresponding to the feedback message received.
  • the delay time ET can be calculated according to formula 7.
  • T2 is the time corresponding to the first sub-controller receiving the feedback message
  • T1 is the time corresponding to the first sub-controller sending the message carrying the play time
  • the second sub-controller executes step S665, and in response to the screen dropping instruction, controls the driving component to drive the display screen to drop according to the screen dropping speed;
  • the first sub-controller executes step S676, and controls the first display to play a shutdown animation with a delay time after sending the screen lowering instruction.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment controls the first display to play a shutdown animation with a delay time after sending the screen lowering command, so that the shutdown animation is played at the same time as the display screen is lowered, so as to ensure the shutdown animation playback.
  • the process is synchronized with the descending process of the display.
  • the first sub-controller when the shutdown animation is played to a preset time, the first sub-controller sends a message R3 to the second sub-controller . After receiving R3, the second sub-controller calculates the first remaining time LT 1 . The second sub-controller determines whether the display screen descending process and the shutdown animation playback process are synchronized based on LT 1. The above determination process is described below with reference to specific examples.
  • the preset time is equal to half of the play time (ST).
  • ST/2 the first sub-controller sends a message R3 to the second sub-controller.
  • the second sub-controller receives R3, it calculates LT 1 .
  • the difference between LT 1 and ST/2 is allowed to vary between ⁇ -A ⁇ +A ⁇ , that is, the second sub-controller determines whether LT 1 satisfies the range in Formula 8.
  • ET is the delay time, which can be calculated by formula 7. If LT 1 +ET is greater than (ST/2)+A, the playback speed of the shutdown animation is fast: the second controller calculates a correction time CT according to formula 9; if LT 1 +ET is less than (ST/2)-A, then The display screen falls faster, the second controller calculates a correction time CT according to formula 10; if LT 1 +ET is greater than (ST/2)+A or if LT 1 +ET is less than (ST/2)-A, the second controller The sub-controller sends a message S2 carrying the CT to the first sub-controller.
  • the first sub-controller receives S2, and calculates the adjusted frame interface display time NST adjustment according to the CT value: Specifically, if LT 1 +ET is greater than (ST/2) + A, it is necessary to reduce the display screen's descending process and shutdown animation. After the first sub-controller receives S2, it needs to finish playing the remaining frame interface within the LT 1 -ST/2 time period, that is, the adjusted frame interface display time can use formula 11 and formula 12 calculations.
  • the first sub-controller when the shutdown animation is played to the last frame of the interface, the first sub-controller sends a message R4 to the second sub-controller device. After receiving R4, the second sub-controller calculates the first remaining time LT1. The second sub-controller determines, based on LT1, whether the display screen descending process is synchronized with the shutdown animation playback process.
  • the first sub-controller when the shutdown animation is played to the last frame of the interface, the first sub-controller sends a message R4 to the second sub-controller. After the second sub-controller receives R4, it calculates LT 1 .
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application shows a control method, and the method is applicable to a display device, where the display device includes a first display, a display screen, and a driving component, and the method includes:
  • the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  • the controller controls the first display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive assembly drives the display screen to drop to the first display. At the rear, the user experience is better.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a display device, the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display, and a second display, wherein the display screen at least Including camera.
  • a display device the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display, and a second display, wherein the display screen at least Including camera.
  • FIG. 67 is a flow chart of interaction between a display device and a user according to a feasible embodiment.
  • the display device includes at least a first display, a camera and a controller.
  • the camera is used for image acquisition.
  • the camera may include a front camera and a rear camera, wherein the front camera may capture an image located in front of the first display, and the rear camera may capture an image located behind the first display.
  • the controller may determine whether to use the front camera to capture the image or the rear camera to capture the image according to the currently activated first application.
  • the first application is an application that requires a camera to capture images during operation; for example, the first application may be a video call application.
  • the controller needs to control the camera to capture the local user's data. video, and send the image of the user on the local end to the display device on the opposite end, so that the user on the opposite end can video chat with the user on the local end. Therefore, in the video call application scenario, the controller controls the front camera to capture images.
  • the first application may be a remote housekeeping application, and the remote housekeeping application allows a user to remotely control a camera to collect images at home.
  • the controller needs to control the camera to collect the home image and send the collected home image to the user's mobile device, so that the user can use the mobile device to watch the home image and watch the home remotely.
  • the controller can control the front camera/rear camera to capture images according to the user's settings. It is worth noting that this example is only an exemplary introduction of two first applications. In the process of practical application, the first application may be but not limited to the above two applications. In the process of practical application, camera capture is required during operation. The application of the image can be used as the first application, and the applicant does not limit it too much here.
  • step S671 The user executes step S671 to output a startup instruction of the first application.
  • the activation instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementations for the user to trigger the activation instruction.
  • the user can trigger the start instruction by touching the preset button on the remote control.
  • the button may be an original button on the remote control, such as an "OK" button, and the preset button may also be an additional button on the basis of the existing remote control button.
  • the user can trigger the start instruction through the user's voice.
  • This embodiment is merely an example to introduce several implementation manners of triggering a start instruction by a user, and the implementation manner of triggering a start instruction in an actual application process may be, but not limited to, the above two manners.
  • the controller is configured to execute step S672 to read the calling authority of the camera.
  • the first application is an application that requires a camera to capture images during operation
  • the calling authority can include callable and non-callable.
  • Callable means that the display device is configured with a camera on the local end, and the camera is in an idle state, and the controller can control the camera to capture images; non-callable means that the controller cannot pass the The camera captures images of the surrounding environment.
  • the controller can determine whether the camera can be called or not by reading the identification bit corresponding to the camera start switch.
  • the controller is configured to perform step S673 to read the position of the camera.
  • the position of the camera includes that the camera is located on the top of the first display or on the back of the first display; if the camera is located on the top of the first display, the height of the bottom of the camera is not less than the height of the top of the first display. Height, the corresponding camera has the conditions for image acquisition. If the camera is located behind the first display, the height of the bottom of the camera is smaller than the height of the top of the first display, and the corresponding camera does not have the conditions for image acquisition.
  • 68 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment, it can be seen that the controller is configured to perform steps S681-S683;
  • the first height is the height of the bottom end of the camera, and the first height is a relative value.
  • the first height may take the height of the bottom end of the display device as the reference point, or Other heights can be used as reference points. In the actual statistical process, the same reference point can be used for the first height, the second height, the third height, the fourth height, the fifth height and the sixth height.
  • S682 determines that the camera is higher than the first display
  • the second height is the height of the top of the first display, and the second height is a relative value.
  • This embodiment does not limit the reference point, and the same reference point can be used for the first height and the second height. .
  • first height is not less than the second height, it means that the camera is located on the upper side of the first display, and the camera meets the conditions for image capture.
  • S683 determines that the camera is blocked by the first display.
  • the first height is smaller than the second height, it means that the camera is located behind the first display, that is, from the user's point of view, the first display blocks the camera, and the camera does not have the conditions for image capture.
  • FIG. 69 is a display device (the front side of the display device) shown in a feasible embodiment.
  • the first height and the second height take the bottom end of the display device as a reference point, and it can be seen that the first height 691 is equal to the second height 692, the camera 22 is located on the upper side of the first display 1, and the camera has the conditions for image acquisition.
  • FIG. 70 shows a display device (the back side of the display device) shown in a feasible embodiment.
  • the first height and the second height take the bottom of the display device as a reference point, and it can be seen that the first height 691 is smaller than the second height 692, the camera 22 is located behind the first display 1, the camera is blocked by the first display, and the camera does not have the conditions for image acquisition.
  • 71 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment, it can be seen that the controller is configured to perform steps S711-S713;
  • S711 reads the identification bit of the camera lift switch
  • a camera lift switch can be configured for the camera, and when the camera lift switch is on, the camera is located on the top of the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the first identification position at this time. When the camera lift switch is in an off state, the camera is located behind the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the second identification position at this time. Therefore, the controller can determine the position of the camera by reading the identification position of the camera lift switch.
  • S712 determines that the camera is located on the top of the first display
  • S713 determines that the camera is located behind the first display.
  • this embodiment only exemplarily introduces two implementations of reading the position of the camera.
  • the implementation of reading the position of the camera may be but not limited to The above two implementation manners are not limited too much by the applicant here.
  • step S674 If the camera is located above the first display, the controller executes step S674 to control the camera to capture images
  • FIG. 72 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the camera is located above the first controller provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the first height is equal to the second height. For details, please refer to effect 721 in FIG. 72.
  • the controller controls the camera to collect images. In this embodiment, the images collected by the camera are real-time images of the user. The captured image can be displayed on the first display. For details, please refer to effect 722 in FIG. 72 .
  • step S675 If the camera is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S675 to control the driving assembly to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height.
  • the S676 controls the camera to capture images.
  • FIG. 73 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the camera is located behind the first display according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the first height is smaller than the second height. For details, please refer to effect 731 in FIG. 73 .
  • the controller controls the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise until the first height is not less than the second height. For details, please refer to effect 732 in FIG. 73 .
  • the controller then controls the camera to capture images.
  • the images captured by the cameras are real-time images of users, and the images captured by the cameras can be displayed on the first display. For details, see effect 733 in FIG. 73 .
  • the controller may also control the first display to display a prompt interface, the prompt interface is used to prompt the user for the start-up process of the camera. For details, refer to FIG. 67 . If the camera cannot be called, the controller executes step S676 to control the first display to display a prompt interface for prompting the user to turn on the camera.
  • FIG. 74 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the camera cannot be called according to a feasible embodiment. Initially, the camera cannot be called. For details, please refer to the schematic diagram 741 in FIG. 74.
  • the controller receives the start instruction, and the controller controls the first display to display a prompt interface 743.
  • the camera needs to go to AI-Settings-Camera Settings to turn on the camera.
  • the schematic diagram 742 in Figure 74 The user can turn on the camera based on the prompt of the prompt information.
  • Figure 74 is only an exemplary introduction of a kind of prompt information, and the content of the above prompt information does not constitute a limitation.
  • the content of the prompt information can be configured according to the requirements.
  • the contents of the camera startup process described above can be applied to this embodiment as prompt information.
  • the display screen further includes a second display, and the second display is disposed on the top of the camera.
  • the second display is used to display the recommendation interface.
  • the second display can always be in the It is located above the first display, so that the user can know the real-time information at any time through the real-time information displayed on the second display.
  • the specific implementation may be that the second display can be arranged in a liftable manner at the top or the back of the first display.
  • the second display is arranged at the top of the first display, and the user can display the real-time display through the second display.
  • News know real-time news at any time.
  • the second display When the display device is closed, the second display can be stowed behind the first display (ie, the top of the second display is not higher than the top of the first display). Some users hope that the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device, and the user can set the raised time or retracted time of the second display as required.
  • the display device shown in this embodiment is configured with different setting modes.
  • the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise.
  • the specific implementation process may be as follows: the controller reads the setting mode of the display device; then, the controller determines the height at which the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise according to the setting mode.
  • controller 75 is a flow chart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise when the setting mode is the first mode provided by a feasible embodiment, and the controller is further configured to perform steps S751-S752:
  • step S751 the controller executes step S751 to read the setting mode of the display device
  • step S752 the controller executes step S752 to control the camera to capture images
  • the first mode is that the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to a first height not less than the second height when the power is turned on, and the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to a third height that is not higher than the second height when the power is turned off.
  • the third height is the top height of the second display.
  • the setting mode is the first mode.
  • the driving component drives the display screen to rise.
  • the second display and the camera are both located on the top of the first display, that is, the camera always has Therefore, when the controller receives the start command of the first application, the controller only needs to know whether it can control the camera to collect images according to the running state of the camera. In this process, the controller does not need to read the camera's
  • the calling authority reduces the data processing volume of the controller to a certain extent.
  • Fig. 76 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device under the application scenario provided by a feasible embodiment that the setting mode is the first mode; when the display device is turned on, the driving component drives the display screen 3 to rise, and when the display device is in the on state, the first Both the two displays 2 and the camera 22 are located on the upper side of the first display 1, that is, the camera always has the conditions for image acquisition.
  • the camera can be called, and when the controller receives the start instruction of the first application, the controller controls the camera to capture images. For details, see effect 762 in FIG.
  • the first display displays the images captured by the camera.
  • the driving component drives the display screen 3 to drop, and the second display 2 and the camera 22 are located behind the first display 1 .
  • effect 763 in FIG. 76 please refer to effect 763 in FIG. 76 .
  • 77 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to lift up when the setting mode is the second mode provided by a feasible embodiment, and the controller is further configured to perform steps S771-S774:
  • step S771 the controller executes step S771 to read the setting mode of the display device
  • step S772 the controller executes step S772 to read the position of the camera
  • the second mode is that the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to a fourth height equal to the second height when the power is turned on, and the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the third height and is not higher than the second height when the power is turned off.
  • the third height is the top height of the second display
  • the fourth height is the bottom height of the second display
  • Fig. 78 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment.
  • the fourth height takes the bottom of the display device as a reference point. It can be seen that when the fourth height is equal to the second height, the second display 2 is located at the first display 1 On the upper side of , the camera (not shown in the figure) is located at the back of the first display 1, and you can refer to the effect 781 in FIG. 78 (the front side of the display device).
  • the third height is not higher than the second height, both the second display (not shown in the figure) and the camera are located behind the first display. Please refer to effect 782 (the back of the display device) in FIG. 78 .
  • step S773 If the camera is located above the first display, the controller executes step S773 to control the camera to capture images
  • step S774 If the camera is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S774 to control the driving assembly to drive the display to rise.
  • the setting mode is the second mode.
  • the driving component drives the display screen to rise.
  • the second display is located on the top of the first display, and the camera is located behind the first display. That is, the camera always has the conditions for image acquisition.
  • the user may control the camera to rise, so each time the controller receives the start instruction of the first application, it cannot know the calling authority of the camera in advance, so when the controller receives the start of the first application When instructing, the controller does not need to read the position of the second display but needs to read the position of the camera, which reduces the data processing amount of the controller to a certain extent.
  • 79 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device in the application scenario where the setting mode is the second mode provided by a feasible embodiment; when the display device is turned on, the driving component drives the display screen to rise, and the second display 2 is located on the side of the first display 1 On the upper side, the camera (not shown in the figure) is located behind the first display.
  • the effect 791 in FIG. 79 please refer to the effect 791 in FIG. 79 .
  • the camera can be called, and when the controller receives the start instruction of the first application, the controller reads that the camera is located behind the first display, and the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise to the camera 22
  • the first display 1 is leaked out, at this time, please refer to effect 792 in FIG. 79 for details. Then, the controller controls the camera to capture images. For details, please refer to effect 793 in FIG. 79 .
  • the first display displays the image captured by the camera.
  • controller 80 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen when the setting mode is the third mode provided by a feasible embodiment, and the controller is further configured to perform steps S801-S806:
  • step S801 the controller executes step S801 to read the setting mode of the display device
  • step S802 the controller executes step S802 to read the position of the second display, and the third mode is different from the first mode and the second mode;
  • the setting mode is the third mode, and the user can control the raising of the second display or the raising of the camera at any time according to the requirements. Therefore, every time the controller receives the start command of the first application, it cannot pre-determine the lifting state of the second display and the camera. Therefore, when the controller receives the start command of the first application, the controller needs to read the second display. The lifting status and the lifting status of the camera.
  • step S803 If the second display is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S803 to control the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a fifth height;
  • step S804 If the second display is located above the first display, the controller executes step S804 to read the position of the camera;
  • step S805 If the camera is located above the first display, the controller executes step S805 to control the camera to capture images;
  • step S806 control the driving assembly to drive the display to rise to a sixth height, and the fifth height is greater than the sixth height.
  • FIG. 81 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device in the application scenario provided by a feasible embodiment where the setting mode is the third mode; in this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display 2 and the camera 22 are located behind the first display, For details, please refer to effect 811 (the back of the display device) in FIG. 81 .
  • the camera can be called.
  • the controller receives the startup instruction of the first application, the controller reads that the second display is located behind the first display. At this time, the controller does not need to read the lifting state of the camera.
  • the second display 2 and the camera 22 are both located on the top of the first display 1, at this time the display device can refer to the effect 812 in Figure 81, and then, the controller controls the camera to capture For details, please refer to effect 813 in FIG. 81 .
  • the first display 1 displays the image captured by the camera.
  • Fig. 82 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device under the application scenario provided by a feasible embodiment that the setting mode is the third mode; in this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display 2 is located on the top of the first display, and the camera (Fig. (not shown in the figure) is located behind the first display, for details, please refer to the effect 821 (the front side of the display device) in FIG. 82 . In this embodiment, the camera can be called.
  • the controller receives the startup instruction of the first application, the controller reads that the second display device is located on the top of the first display. At this time, the controller needs to continue to read the position of the camera.
  • the camera is located behind the first display, and the controller controls the drive assembly to drive the display to rise to a sixth height.
  • the second display 2 and the camera 22 are both located on the upper side of the first display 1.
  • the controller controls the camera to capture images.
  • the first display displays the images captured by the camera.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application shows a method for controlling a camera, including:
  • the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
  • the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display;
  • the camera control method shown in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a display device, and the display device includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component.
  • the controller can decide to control the camera to capture images or control the driving component to drive the camera to move according to the running state and the lifting state of the camera, which provides a better user experience.
  • the present invention also provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium can store a program, and when the program is executed, the program can include any of the methods in the embodiments of the method for customizing a control button and the method for starting the key provided by the present invention. some or all of the steps.
  • the storage medium can be a magnetic disk, an optical disc, a read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviated: ROM) or a random access memory (English: random access memory, abbreviated: RAM), etc.
  • the technology in the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform.
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention may be embodied in the form of software products in essence or the parts that make contributions to the prior art, and the computer software products may be stored in a storage medium, such as ROM/RAM , magnetic disk, optical disk, etc., including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform the methods of various embodiments or parts of embodiments of the present invention.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

A display device is provided, which comprises: a first display (1), which is used for showing a played image, and a second display (2), which is used to show notification information. Due to the played image and the notification information being separately shown on different displays, the problem of notification information blocking an image being shown can thus be prevented, and a better user experience is provided.

Description

一种显示设备及显示方法A display device and display method
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2021年03月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110265405.8、申请名称为“一种显示设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2021年06月23日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110698063.9、申请名称为“一种显示设备及显示方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2021年06月24日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110703589.1、申请名称为“一种显示设备及摄像头的控制方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2021年07月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110794482.2、申请名称为“一种显示设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2021年07月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110796325.5、申请名称为“一种显示设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2021年07月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110795236.9、申请名称为“一种显示设备及控制方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110265405.8 and the application name "a display device" filed with the China Patent Office on March 11, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference; this application Claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on June 23, 2021 with the application number 202110698063.9 and titled "A display device and display method", the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference; The application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on June 24, 2021 with the application number 202110703589.1 and the application title is "a method for controlling a display device and a camera", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in; this application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110794482.2 and the application name "a display device" submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on July 14, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference; This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110796325.5 and the application name "a display device" filed with the China Patent Office on July 14, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference; this application Claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on July 14, 2021 with the application number 202110795236.9 and titled "A Display Device and Control Method" with the Chinese Patent Office, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本发明涉及社交电视，特别涉及一种显示设备及显示方法。The present invention relates to social television, and in particular, to a display device and a display method.
背景技术Background technique
电视已经被广泛应被配置为家庭生活和工作中，电视上的语音功能使用场景日益渐增，用户使用语音观看本地节目，搜索网络视频，操控整机内容。TVs have been widely used in home life and work, and the use of voice functions on TVs is increasing day by day. Users use voice to watch local programs, search for online videos, and control the content of the whole machine.
目前的显示设备包括一个显示器，全部的展示内容均展示在一个显示器，当显示设备同时展示提示信息和播放画面时，可能导致提示信息遮挡展示画面的问题，用户体验感较差。The current display device includes a display, and all the displayed contents are displayed on one display. When the display device displays the prompt information and the playback screen at the same time, the prompt information may block the display screen, and the user experience is poor.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
基于上述技术问题，本申请的目的在于提供一种显示设备。Based on the above technical problems, the purpose of the present application is to provide a display device.
第一方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；a first display for displaying a playback interface;
显示屏，用于展示提示信息，可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上方或后方，当所述显示屏升起时，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的上方；当所述显示屏收起时，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的后方，所述显示屏的顶端与所述第一显示器的顶端等高；A display screen, used for displaying prompt information, can be arranged above or behind the first display in a liftable manner. When the display screen is raised, the display screen is arranged above the first display; when the display screen is raised When the display screen is retracted, the display screen is arranged behind the first display, and the top of the display is at the same height as the top of the first display;
驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；a driving component, connected with the display screen, for driving the display screen to rise or fall;
第二控制器，与所述驱动组件连接，用于控制所述驱动组件运动；与所述显示屏连接，用于控制所述显示屏展示提示信息；a second controller, connected with the drive assembly, for controlling the movement of the drive assembly; connected with the display screen, for controlling the display screen to display prompt information;
第一控制器，与所述第一控制器连接，用于所述第二控制器通信，与所述第一显示器连接，用于控制所述第一显示器展示播放界面。A first controller, connected with the first controller, used for communication with the second controller, connected with the first display, and used for controlling the first display to display a play interface.
本申请实施例提供的显示设备，包括：第一显示器，用于展示播放界面画面；第二显示器，用于展示提示信息。由于播放界面画面和提示信息分别展示在不同的显示器上，因此可以避免提示信息遮挡展示画面问题的出现用户体验感较好。The display device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a first display for displaying a playback interface picture; and a second display for displaying prompt information. Since the playback interface screen and the prompt information are displayed on different monitors, the problem of the prompt information blocking the display screen can be avoided, and the user experience is better.
第二方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；a first display for displaying a playback interface;
第二显示器，用于展示推荐界面，所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成 的信息或其他设备推送的信息；The second display is used to display a recommendation interface, the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, the recommendation information is the information that plays a prompting role for the user and can be further displayed on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or information pushed by other devices;
控制器，被配置为：Controller, configured as:
接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；receiving a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display;
如果所述第二显示器展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays a recommendation interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a first interface, where the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display the recommended interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
本实施例示出的显示设备，包括控制器，第一显示器和第二显示器。当第一显示器显示推荐界面时，用户通过输出第一控制器指令，可以将推荐界面上推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上。一方面可以实现第二显示器显示内容与第一显示器展示内容的交互。另一方面推荐信息首先展示在第二显示器上，在一定程度上可以避免推荐信息对播放内容的遮挡，用户体验感较好。The display device shown in this embodiment includes a controller, a first display and a second display. When the first display displays the recommendation interface, the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller. On the one hand, the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized. On the other hand, the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
第三方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示方法，包括：In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display method, including:
接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成的信息或其他设备推送的信息；Receive a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display; the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information is Play a prompting role for the user, and can further display the information on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or the information pushed by other devices;
如果所述第二显示器展示推荐信息，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays the recommendation information, in response to the first control instruction, the first display is controlled to display a first interface, and the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐信息，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display recommended information, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
本实施例示出的显示方法。当第一显示器显示推荐界面时，用户通过输出第一控制器指令，可以将推荐界面上推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上。一方面可以实现第二显示器显示内容与第一显示器展示内容的交互。另一方面推荐信息首先展示在第二显示器上，在一定程度上可以避免推荐信息对播放内容的遮挡，用户体验感较好。The display method shown in this embodiment. When the first display displays the recommendation interface, the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller. On the one hand, the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized. On the other hand, the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
第四方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第一关机动画；a first display, where the first display is used to play a first shutdown animation during shutdown;
显示屏，设置于所述第一显示器的顶端或底端，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第二关机动画；a display screen, arranged at the top or bottom of the first display, with a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play the second shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
控制器，配置有第一线程和第二线程；a controller, configured with a first thread and a second thread;
所述第一线程被配置为，响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画，发送播放通知至第二线程，所述播放通知用于指示所述第二线程播放第二关机动画；The first thread is configured to, in response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification to the second thread, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation animation;
所述第二线程被配置为，根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。The second thread is configured to, according to the instruction of the playing notification, control the second display to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
本实施例示出的显示设备，包括第一显示器、第二显示器和控制器，其中，控制器配置有第一线程和第二线程。其中第一线程响应于关机指令，可以控制第一显示器播放第一关机动画，同时可以发送播放通知至第二线程。第二线程根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画。可见本实施例示出的显示设备，在接收到关机指令时，可以同时控制第一显示器播放第一关机动画和第二显示器播放第二关机动画，进而实现第一关机动画和第二关机动画同步播放的目的。The display device shown in this embodiment includes a first display, a second display, and a controller, wherein the controller is configured with a first thread and a second thread. The first thread can control the first display to play the first shutdown animation in response to the shutdown instruction, and can send a playback notification to the second thread at the same time. The second thread controls the second display to play a second shutdown animation according to the instruction of the playback notification. It can be seen that the display device shown in this embodiment, when receiving a shutdown command, can simultaneously control the first display to play the first shutdown animation and the second display to play the second shutdown animation, thereby realizing the simultaneous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation. the goal of.
第五方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示方法，包括：In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display method, including:
响应于关机指令，控制第一显示器播放第一关机动画，发送播放通知，所述播放通知用于指示第二显示器播放第二关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second display to play the second shutdown animation;
根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。According to the instruction of the playing notification, the second display is controlled to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
第六方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器；the first display;
显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；a display screen, which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, and the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display the rear of the display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is covered by the The first display is blocked;
控制器，被配置为执行：A controller, configured to execute:
响应于关机指令，控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the second display to play a shutdown animation;
读取所述关机动画的剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器的高度，所述剩余播放时间为到结束关机动画的播放所需的时间；Read the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the second display leaks from the first display, and the remaining playback time is the time required to end the playback of the shutdown animation;
根据所述剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the remaining playing time and the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display;
控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
本实施例示出的显示设备，在关机的过程中，控制器控制第二显示器播放关机动画，同时控制驱动组件带动显示屏下降，其中，显示屏按照降屏速度下降。由于，降屏速度与关机动画的剩余播放时间和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度相关，进而可以保证所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方，用户体验感较好。In the display device shown in this embodiment, during the shutdown process, the controller controls the second display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height of the second display leaking from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive component drives the display screen to drop to the first display. The rear of the display has a better user experience.
第七方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器；the first display;
显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画，所述关机动画至少包括第一子动画，所述第一子动画包括至少一个第一帧界面，在所述第一子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第一帧界面的高度依次降低；A display screen, which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process, and the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, and the The first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface, and during the playback of the first sub-animation, the height of the first frame interface decreases sequentially with the extension of the playback time;
驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述显示器的后方，第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度逐渐降低；A drive assembly is connected to the display screen and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the lower part of the display At the rear, the height of the second display leaking out of the first display gradually decreases;
控制器，被配置为执行：A controller, configured to execute:
当所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画时，控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降，读取第一帧界面的高度和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度；When the second display plays the first sub-animation, the control driving component drives the display screen to descend, and reads the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display leaking out of the first display;
如果所述第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示展示所述第一帧界面；If the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display leaking out of the first display, controlling the second display to display the first frame interface;
如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度。If the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface in the next frame and the height of the second display.
第八方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；a first display, which is used to play a shutdown animation during shutdown;
显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接；a display screen, which can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner;
驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述显示屏被所述第一显示器遮挡；A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display Behind the display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the display screen leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the display screen is blocked by the first display. Display occlusion;
控制器，被配置为执行：A controller, configured to execute:
响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display;
控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
本实施例示出的显示设备，在关机的过程中，控制器控制第一显示器播放关机动画，同时控制驱动组件带动显示屏下降，其中，显示屏按照降屏速度下降。由于，降屏速度与关机动画的播放时间和显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度相关，进而可以保证所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方，用户体验感较好。In the display device shown in this embodiment, during the shutdown process, the controller controls the first display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive assembly drives the display screen to drop to the first display. At the rear, the user experience is better.
第九方面，本申请实施例示出一种控制方法，所述方法适用于显示设备，所述显示设备包括第一显示器、显示屏及驱动组件，所述方法包括：In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a control method, and the method is applicable to a display device, where the display device includes a first display, a display screen, and a driving component, and the method includes:
响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display;
控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
本实施例示出的控制方法，在关机的过程中，控制器控制第一显示器播放关机动画，同时控制驱动组件带动显示屏下降，其中，显示屏按照降屏速度下降。由于，降屏速度与关机动画的播放时间和显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度相关，进而可以保证所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方，用户体验感较好。In the control method shown in this embodiment, during the shutdown process, the controller controls the first display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive assembly drives the display screen to drop to the first display. At the rear, the user experience is better.
第十方面，本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，包括：In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a display device, including:
第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；a first display for displaying a playback interface;
显示屏，可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上边或后边，内嵌有用于影像采集的摄像头；a display screen, which can be raised and lowered on the upper side or the back side of the first display, and has a built-in camera for image acquisition;
驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏升起或下降，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏上升至所述第一显示器的上边时，所述摄像头高出所述第一显示设备，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后边时，所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡；A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall, and when the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to the upper side of the first display, the camera is higher than the a first display device, when the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display, the camera is blocked by the first display;
控制器被配置为：The controller is configured as:
响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
如果所述摄像头可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the camera can be called, read the position of the camera;
如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二 高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；控制所述摄像头采集影像。If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display; control the camera to capture images.
本申请实施例示出的显示设备包括控制器，第一显示器，摄像头及驱动组件。响应于用户输出的第一应用的启动指令，控制器可以根据摄像头的运行状态(也可称之为调用权限)及升降状态(也可称之为与第一显示器的相对位置)，决定控制摄像头采集影像还是控制驱动组件带动摄像头移动，用户体验感较好。The display device shown in the embodiments of the present application includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component. In response to the start instruction of the first application output by the user, the controller can decide to control the camera according to the running state of the camera (also called the calling authority) and the lifting state (also called the relative position with the first display). Whether to capture images or control the drive components to drive the camera to move, the user experience is better.
第十一方面，本申请实施例示出一种摄像头的控制方法，包括：In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application shows a method for controlling a camera, including:
响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
如果所述调用权限为可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the calling permission is callable, read the position of the camera;
如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display;
控制所述摄像头采集影像。Control the camera to capture images.
本申请实施例示出的摄像头的控制方法，适用于显示设备，显示设备包括控制器，第一显示器，摄像头及驱动组件。响应于用户输出的第一应用的启动指令，控制器可以根据摄像头的运行状态及升降状态，决定控制摄像头采集影像还是控制驱动组件带动摄像头移动，用户体验感较好。The camera control method shown in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a display device, and the display device includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component. In response to the start command of the first application output by the user, the controller can decide to control the camera to capture images or control the driving component to drive the camera to move according to the running state and the lifting state of the camera, which provides a better user experience.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, the accompanying drawings required in the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. In the embodiments, for those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained according to these drawings without any creative effort.
图1为根据一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的后视图；1 is a rear view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment;
图2为根据一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的主视图；2 is a front view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment;
图3为根据一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的主视图；3 is a front view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment;
图4为根据一可行性实施例示出的开机过程中显示设备展示页面的变化示意图；4 is a schematic diagram illustrating a change of a display page of a display device during a boot process according to a feasible embodiment;
图5A为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有首页的显示设备的示意图；5A is a schematic diagram of a display device displaying a home page according to a feasible embodiment;
图5B为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有首页的显示设备的示意图；5B is a schematic diagram of a display device displaying a home page according to a feasible embodiment;
图6为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有开机智能首页的展示区域的示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a display area displaying a boot smart home page according to a feasible embodiment;
图7为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有语音技能首页的展示区域的示意图；7 is a schematic diagram of a display area showing a homepage of voice skills provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图8为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有内容推荐首页的展示区域的示意图；8 is a schematic diagram of a display area displaying a content recommendation home page provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图9为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图；9 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图10为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，其中第一显示器展示有音乐界面，第二显示展示有提示信息；10 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays a music interface, and the second display displays prompt information;
图11为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，其中第一显示器展示有直播电视，第二显示展示有提示信息；11 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays live TV, and the second display displays prompt information;
图12根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，其中，应用场景为魔镜应用被启动；12 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the application scenario is that the magic mirror application is activated;
图13为一可行性实施例提供的进入音箱模式的应用场景图；13 is an application scenario diagram of entering a speaker mode provided by a feasible embodiment;
图14为根据一可行性实施例提供的过场动画的示意图；14 is a schematic diagram of a cutscene provided according to a possible embodiment;
图15为根据一可行性实施例提供的设置页面的示意图；15 is a schematic diagram of a setting page provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图16为根据一可行性实施例提供的音箱模式下显示设备的示意图；16 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图17为根据一可行性实施例提供的音箱模式下显示设备的示意图；17 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图18为根据一可行性实施例提供的音箱模式下显示设备的示意图；18 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图19示例性示出的显示设备与用户的交互流程图；FIG. 19 exemplarily shows a flow chart of the interaction between the display device and the user;
图20为示例性提供的接收第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；FIG. 20 is an exemplary schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control instruction;
图21为示例性提供的显示设备展示内容的示意图；21 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary provided display device showing content;
图22为示例性提供的接收第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；Figure 22 is an exemplary schematic diagram of changes in displayed content of a display device before and after receiving a first control instruction;
图23为示例性提供的网络设置方法的流程图；23 is a flowchart of an exemplary provided network setting method;
图24为示例性提供的在所述网络连接状态为断开状态的情况下，显示设备的示意图；24 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided by way of example when the network connection state is a disconnected state;
图25为示例性提供的显示设备的示意图；25 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary provided display device;
图26为示例性提供的显示设备页面展示的流程图；FIG. 26 is a flowchart of an exemplary provided display device page presentation;
图27为根据一可行性实施例提供的当第二显示器处于升起状态时，接收到第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；27 is a schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a raised state, according to a feasible embodiment;
图28为根据一可行性实施例提供的当第二显示器处于收起状态时，接收到第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；28 is a schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a retracted state, according to a feasible embodiment;
图29为示例性提供的一种推荐信息的展示方法的流程图；FIG. 29 is a flowchart of an exemplary method for presenting recommended information;
图30为示例性提供的第一时间达到预置时间前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of the change of the displayed content of the display device before and after the exemplary provided first time reaches the preset time;
图31为根据一可行性实施例提供的在所述预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；31 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by a display device when the first control command is received again within the preset time, according to a feasible embodiment;
图32为根据一可行性实施例提供的在所述预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图；32 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by a display device when the first control command is received again within the preset time, according to a feasible embodiment;
图33为根据一可行实施例示出的显示设备的示意图；33 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment;
图34为根据一可行实施例示出的显示设备的示意图；34 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment;
图35为一可行性实施例提供的在关机过程中，第一显示器和显示屏位置变化示意图；35 is a schematic diagram of the position change of the first display and the display screen during the shutdown process provided by a feasible embodiment;
图36为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图；FIG. 36 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment;
图37为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画与第二关机动画同步方法的流程图；37 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a first shutdown animation and a second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment;
图38为适用于图37提供的方法的第一线程和第二线程交互图；Figure 38 is a first thread and second thread interaction diagram applicable to the method provided in Figure 37;
图39为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的示意图；39 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment;
图40为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的示意图；40 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment;
图41为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画及第二关机动画的播放流程图；41 is a flow chart of playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment;
图42为一可行性实施例提供的第一线程和第二线程的交互图；Figure 42 is an interaction diagram of a first thread and a second thread provided by a feasible embodiment;
图43为关机过程中，显示设的变化示意图；Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device during the shutdown process;
图44为一可行性实施例提供的第一线程和第二线程的交互图；Figure 44 is an interaction diagram of a first thread and a second thread provided by a feasible embodiment;
图45为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画的帧画面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧画面同步方法的流程图；45 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a frame of a first shutdown animation and a frame of a second sub-animation on two displays according to a feasible embodiment;
图46为适用于图45提供的方法的第一线程和第二线程交互图；Figure 46 is a first thread and a second thread interaction diagram applicable to the method provided in Figure 45;
图47为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画的帧画面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧画面同步方法的流程图；47 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a frame of a first shutdown animation and a frame of a second sub-animation on two displays according to a feasible embodiment;
图48为适用于图47提供的方法的第一线程和第二线程交互图；Figure 48 is a first thread and second thread interaction diagram suitable for the method provided in Figure 47;
图49为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图；FIG. 49 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment;
图50为一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图；FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided by a feasible embodiment;
图51为一可行性实施例提供的显示屏控制方法的流程图；51 is a flowchart of a display screen control method provided by a feasible embodiment;
图52为示例性提供的在第一子动画播放的过程中，第一帧画面的变化示意图；52 is a schematic diagram of the change of the first frame during the playback of the first sub-animation provided by way of example;
图53为一可行性实施例提供的第一帧画面展示方法的流程图；53 is a flowchart of a method for displaying a first frame of images provided by a feasible embodiment;
图54为一可行性实施例提供的在关机动画播放的过程中，帧画面的变化示意图；FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of frame changes during the playback of a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment;
图55为根据一可行性实施例提供的剩余时间计算方法的流程图；55 is a flowchart of a method for calculating remaining time provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图56为根据一可行性实施例提供的剩余时间计算方法的流程图；56 is a flowchart of a method for calculating remaining time according to a feasible embodiment;
图57为一可行性实施例提供的控制显示屏下降方法的流程图；57 is a flowchart of a method for controlling the descending of a display screen provided by a feasible embodiment;
图58为一可行性实施例中示出的显示设备的作业流程图；FIG. 58 is a flow chart of the operation of the display device shown in a possible embodiment;
图59为根据一可行性实施例提供的关机过程中，显示设备的变化示意图；FIG. 59 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device during a shutdown process provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图60为根据一可行性实施例提供的关机过程中，显示设备的变化示意图；FIG. 60 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device during a shutdown process provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图61为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图；FIG. 61 is an interaction flow chart of various components of a display device according to a feasible embodiment;
图62为一可行性实施例提供的显示屏控制方法的流程图；62 is a flowchart of a display screen control method provided by a feasible embodiment;
图63为一可行性实施例提供的关机动画调整方法的流程图；63 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment;
图64为示例性提供的根据所述第一剩余时间调整关机动画播放过程的流程图；Figure 64 is an exemplary flow chart of adjusting the shutdown animation playback process according to the first remaining time;
图65为一可行性实施例提供的关机动画调整方法的流程图；65 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment;
图66为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图；FIG. 66 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment;
图67为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备与用户的交互流程图；FIG. 67 is a flow chart of interaction between a display device and a user according to a feasible embodiment;
图68为根据一可行性实施例提供的读取所述摄像头的位置实现方式的流程图；FIG. 68 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图69为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备；Figure 69 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment;
图70为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备；FIG. 70 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment;
图71为根据一可行性实施例提供的读取所述摄像头的位置实现方式的流程图；FIG. 71 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment;
图72为一可行性实施例提供的所述摄像头位于第一显示器上边的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；72 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the camera is located above the first display according to a feasible embodiment;
图73为一可行性实施例提供的所述摄像头位于第一显示器后边的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；73 is a schematic diagram of a change in the display device provided by a feasible embodiment in an application scenario where the camera is located behind the first display;
图74为一可行性实施例提供的摄像头不可被调用的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；74 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the camera cannot be invoked provided by a feasible embodiment;
图75为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第一模式时，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程的流程图；75 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to lift up when the setting mode is the first mode provided by a feasible embodiment;
图76为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第一模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；76 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode is the first mode provided by a feasible embodiment;
图77为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第二模式时，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程的流程图；77 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to lift up when the setting mode is the second mode provided by a feasible embodiment;
图78为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备；FIG. 78 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment;
图79为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第二模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；79 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the second mode;
图80为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第三模式时，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程的流程图；80 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise when the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the third mode;
图81为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第三模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；81 is a schematic diagram of a change in a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the third mode;
图82为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第三模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图。FIG. 82 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the setting mode provided by a feasible embodiment is the third mode.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整的描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
本申请实施例示出一种显示设备，下面结合附图对本实施例提供的显示设备作以说明， 图1及2为一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，显示设备包括：The embodiment of the present application shows a display device. The following describes the display device provided by the present embodiment with reference to the accompanying drawings. Figures 1 and 2 are schematic diagrams of the display device provided by a feasible embodiment. The display device includes:
第一显示器1； first display 1;
显示屏3，可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上方或后方，显示屏包括第二显示器2，开机时所述显示屏升起，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的上方，所述第二显示器的底端与所述第一显示器的顶端等高；当所述显示屏收起时，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的后方，关机时，所述显示屏落下，所述显示屏的顶端不高于所述第一显示器的顶端；A display screen 3, which can be raised and lowered above or behind the first display, the display screen includes a second display 2, the display screen is raised when the power is turned on, and the display screen is arranged above the first display, The bottom end of the second display is at the same height as the top of the first display; when the display screen is folded, the display screen is arranged behind the first display, and when the display is turned off, the display screen falls down , the top of the display screen is not higher than the top of the first display;
驱动组件(图中未示出)，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；a driving component (not shown in the figure), connected with the display screen, for driving the display screen to rise or fall;
作为一种可行性实施例驱动组件可以是电机。As a possible embodiment, the drive assembly may be a motor.
控制器(图中未示出)，包括第一控制器和第二控制器；a controller (not shown in the figure), including a first controller and a second controller;
第二控制器(图中未示出)，与所述驱动组件连接，用于控制所述驱动组件运动；与所述显示屏连接，用于控制所述显示屏展示提示信息；a second controller (not shown in the figure), connected with the drive assembly, for controlling the movement of the drive assembly; connected with the display screen, for controlling the display screen to display prompt information;
第一控制器(图中未示出)，与所述第二控制器连接，用于所述第二控制器通信；与所述第一显示器连接，用于控制所述第一显示器展示播放界面。A first controller (not shown in the figure), connected with the second controller, for communication with the second controller; connected with the first display, for controlling the first display to display a play interface .
本实施例公开的显示设备，关机时，显示屏位于第一显示器的后方，具体的，可以参阅图1示出的显示设备。图1为根据一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的后视图，可以看出所述显示屏3的顶端不高于所述第一显示器1的顶端。开机时，显示屏组件上升直至第二显示器2的底端位于第一显示器顶端的上方，具体的，可以参阅图2示出的显示设备。图2为根据一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的主视图，可以看出第二显示器2的底端位于第一显示器顶端的上方。正常工作时，第二显示器2的底端始终位于第一显示器的上方。In the display device disclosed in this embodiment, when the device is turned off, the display screen is located behind the first display. For details, please refer to the display device shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a rear view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, and it can be seen that the top of the display screen 3 is not higher than the top of the first display 1 . When powered on, the display screen assembly rises until the bottom of the second display 2 is located above the top of the first display. For details, please refer to the display device shown in FIG. 2 . FIG. 2 is a front view of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, and it can be seen that the bottom end of the second display 2 is located above the top end of the first display. During normal operation, the bottom end of the second display 2 is always located above the first display.
在实际应用的过程中，第一控制器和第二控制器可以集成成一个控制器，相应的显示设备包括第一显示器、显示屏、驱动组件和控制器。其中，控制器同时连接第一显示器和显示屏。During practical application, the first controller and the second controller may be integrated into one controller, and the corresponding display device includes a first display, a display screen, a driving component and a controller. Wherein, the controller is connected to the first display and the display screen at the same time.
作为一种可行性实施例，显示屏显示设备还包括：摄像头22，具体的可以请参阅图3，图3为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，所述摄像头位于所述第二显示器的下方。As a feasible embodiment, the display screen display device further includes: a camera 22. For details, please refer to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment. The camera is located in the second below the display.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，发送一启动指令至第二控制器；所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于所述第一控制器发送的启动指令，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升第一高度，所述第一高度不小于所述第二显示器的高度以使得第二显示器的底端与所述第一显示器的顶端等高。As a feasible embodiment, the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a power-on command output by a user, send a start-up command to the second controller; the second controller is further configured to: In response to the start-up instruction sent by the first controller, the drive assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to rise to a first height, and the first height is not less than the height of the second display so that the bottom end of the second display and all The top of the first display has the same height.
本实施例示出的技术方案，第一控制器与用户接口连接，用于接收用户输入的开机指令。响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，第一控制器发送一启动指令至第二控制器。第二控制器，响应于所述第一控制器发送的启动指令，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升第一高度，所述第一高度为所述显示屏的高度。In the technical solution shown in this embodiment, the first controller is connected to the user interface, and is used for receiving a power-on instruction input by the user. In response to receiving the power-on command output by the user, the first controller sends a start-up command to the second controller. The second controller, in response to the start instruction sent by the first controller, controls the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a first height, where the first height is the height of the display screen.
值得注意的是，本实施例示出的技术方案开机后，摄像头并不漏出第一显示器即摄像头依然设置与第一显示器的后方，只有在魔镜应用处于启动状态时，摄像头才高出第一显示器(即摄像头的底端与第一显示器的顶端等高)。具体的实现过程可以是所述第二控制器被进一步配置为，响应于魔镜应用的启动，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升第二高度，所述第二高度为所述摄像头的高度。响应于魔镜应用的关闭，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第二高度，所述第二高度不小于所述摄像头的高度。It is worth noting that after the technical solution shown in this embodiment is turned on, the camera does not leak out of the first display, that is, the camera is still set behind the first display, and only when the magic mirror application is activated, the camera is higher than the first display. (that is, the bottom end of the camera is the same height as the top end of the first display). A specific implementation process may be that the second controller is further configured to, in response to the activation of the magic mirror application, control the driving component to drive the display screen to rise to a second height, where the second height is the height of the camera. In response to the closing of the magic mirror application, the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend by a second height, and the second height is not less than the height of the camera.
举例说明，在一可行性实施例中摄像头的高度为2cm，第二控制器响应于魔镜应用的启动，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升2cm。第二控制器响应于魔镜应用的关闭，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降2cm。For example, in a feasible embodiment, the height of the camera is 2 cm, and the second controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise by 2 cm in response to the activation of the magic mirror application. In response to the closing of the magic mirror application, the second controller controls the driving assembly to drive the display screen to descend by 2 cm.
作为一种可行性实施例，在魔镜应用拉起的应用场景下，第一控制器可以发送一魔镜应用拉起反馈信息至第二控制器。第二控制器响应于所述反馈信息生成的提示信息可以是“试试说保存、结束等”。As a feasible embodiment, in the application scenario of pulling up the magic mirror application, the first controller may send a feedback information of pulling up the magic mirror application to the second controller. The prompt information generated by the second controller in response to the feedback information may be "try to save, end, etc.".
作为一种可行性实施例，第二控制器与用户接口连接，用于接收用户通过用户接口输 入的开机指令，所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升以使得第二显示器的底端与所述第一显示器的顶端等高。As a feasible embodiment, the second controller is connected to the user interface for receiving a power-on instruction input by the user through the user interface, and the second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving the power-on instruction output by the user, The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to rise, so that the bottom end of the second display is at the same height as the top end of the first display.
第二控制器控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升的实现过程可以参阅上述实施例在此便不赘述。The implementation process of the second controller controlling the driving component to drive the display screen to rise may refer to the above-mentioned embodiments and will not be repeated here.
作为一种可实现方式，第一控制器和第二控制可以集成在一控制器，控制器上设置有用户接口，用于接收用户输入的开机指令。响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，响应于所述开机指令，控制器控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升以使得第二显示器的底端与所述第一显示器的顶端等高。As an achievable manner, the first controller and the second controller may be integrated into one controller, and the controller is provided with a user interface for receiving a power-on instruction input by a user. In response to receiving a power-on command output by a user, in response to the power-on command, the controller controls the driving assembly to drive the display screen to rise so that the bottom end of the second display is at the same height as the top end of the first display.
可选择的，为了提升用户的体验感，在一可行性实施例中，所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，控制第一显示器展示第一开机动画，所述第一开机动画的展示时间等于第一时间，所述第一时间不小于所述显示屏上升第一高度所需的时间。Optionally, in order to improve the user's sense of experience, in a feasible embodiment, the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a booting instruction output by the user, control the first display to display the first booting animation, The display time of the first boot animation is equal to the first time, and the first time is not less than the time required for the display screen to rise to the first height.
本实施例提供的技术方案，开机过程中，第一显示器播放第一开机动画，进而可以丰富显示设备的展示内容，所述第一开机动画的展示时间不小于显示屏上升第一高度所需的时间。采用本实施例示出的方案，用户可以感受到第一开机动画与显示屏上升过程的配合。用户体验感较好。According to the technical solution provided by this embodiment, during the boot process, the first display plays a first boot animation, thereby enriching the display content of the display device, and the display time of the first boot animation is not less than the time required for the display screen to rise to the first height. time. With the solution shown in this embodiment, the user can feel the cooperation between the first boot animation and the rising process of the display screen. User experience is better.
本实施例提供的技术方案，显示屏上升的过程中，显示屏展示第二开机动画，进一步可以丰富显示设备的展示内容，进一步的，由于所述第二开机动画与所述第一开机动画联动，用户可以感受到第一开机动画与第二开机动画的配合，用户体验感较好。In the technical solution provided by this embodiment, during the process of the display screen rising, the display screen displays a second startup animation, which can further enrich the display content of the display device. Further, because the second startup animation is linked with the first startup animation , the user can feel the cooperation between the first boot animation and the second boot animation, and the user experience is better.
作为一种可实现方式，第一控制器和第二控制可以集成在一控制器，控制器响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，控制第一显示器展示第一开机动画，控制第二显示器展示第二开机动画，所述第二开机动画与所述第一开机动画联动。As an achievable manner, the first controller and the second controller can be integrated into one controller, and the controller controls the first display to display the first startup animation, and controls the second display to display the Second boot animation, the second boot animation is linked with the first boot animation.
下面结合附图对开机过程作以说明，用户按遥控器开机键，控制器接收到开机指令，控制第一显示器播放第一开机动画，如图4中效果1所示，展示企业logo1作为第一开机画面。同时控制器控制显示屏上升，在第二控制器上升的过程第一显示器展示第一开机动画的变化过程如图4中效果2及效果3所示，在此过程中，第一开机动画的动画元素由第一显示器直接跳转到显示屏。第一显示器展示的内容和显示屏展示的内容两者同步实现联动，尤其在显示屏升起的过程中具备连贯性，比如第一开机动画中的白点，在主屏开始显示在第一显示器上，在显示屏升起的过程中，白点由第一显示器转至显示屏展示。显示屏上升至全屏展示，白点在副屏转化为粒子，进而再转化为虚拟精灵形象，如图4中效果4所示，此时第一开机动画转化为企业logo2，当第一开机动画播放即将结束，显示屏展示的动画由虚拟精灵形象转化为粒子，进而消失，如图4中效果5所示。第一显示器展示的动画和显示屏展示的动画播放结束，第一显示器展示主屏首页，显示屏展示副屏首页信息，如图4中效果6所示。The start-up process is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The user presses the start-up button of the remote control, the controller receives the start-up command, and controls the first display to play the first start-up animation. As shown in effect 1 in Figure 4, the company logo1 is displayed as the first startup screen. At the same time, the controller controls the display screen to rise. During the rising process of the second controller, the first display shows the change process of the first boot animation as shown in effect 2 and effect 3 in Fig. 4. During this process, the animation of the first boot animation Elements jump directly from the first display to the display. The content displayed on the first display and the content displayed on the display are synchronized to achieve linkage, especially in the process of raising the display. For example, the white dot in the first boot animation is displayed on the first display when the main screen starts. , in the process of raising the display screen, the white point is transferred from the first display to the display display. The display screen rises to full-screen display, and the white dots are converted into particles on the secondary screen, and then into virtual sprites, as shown in effect 4 in Figure 4. At this time, the first startup animation is transformed into corporate logo 2. When the first startup animation is played About to end, the animation displayed on the display screen is transformed from the virtual sprite image into particles, and then disappears, as shown in effect 5 in FIG. 4 . The animation displayed on the first display and the animation displayed on the display screen are finished, the first display displays the home page of the main screen, and the display screen displays the home page information of the secondary screen, as shown in effect 6 in FIG. 4 .
第一开机动画和第二开机动画播放结束后，第一显示器进入主屏首页，显示屏的第二显示器进入副屏首页具体的可以参阅图5A和图5B，图5A为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有首页的显示设备的示意图，图5B为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有首页的显示设备的示意图，可以看出，第一开机动画和第二开机动画播放结束后，第一显示器展示主屏首页，显示屏的第二显示器展示副屏首页。After the first boot animation and the second boot animation are played, the first display enters the home page of the main screen, and the second display of the display screen enters the home page of the sub screen. For details, please refer to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B , and FIG. 5A is provided according to a feasible embodiment. FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a display device displaying a home page according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that after the first boot animation and the second boot animation are played, the first display The home page of the main screen is displayed, and the second display of the display screen displays the home page of the secondary screen.
本实例中主屏首页包括显示设备的一些功能项，所述功能项包括我的、频道、VIP、购物、教育、等，主屏首页包括一些节目的类型，例如：电影，电视剧，综艺等；主屏首页还包括一些推荐节目，例如：最近更新的电视剧，用户的历史观看记录等。In this example, the home page of the main screen includes some function items of the display device, and the function items include my, channel, VIP, shopping, education, etc., and the home page of the main screen includes some types of programs, such as: movies, TV series, variety shows, etc.; the home page of the main screen It also includes some recommended programs, such as: recently updated TV series, users' historical viewing records, etc.
本实例中主屏首页包括：开机智能首页、语音技能首页及内容推荐首页。值得注意的是，本实施例示出的显示设备，在首次开机的情况下，显示屏的第二显示器依次展示开机智能首页、语音技能首页及内容推荐首页；在非首次开机的情况下，例如显示设备由音箱模式进入正常工作模式的情况下，显示屏的第二显示器依次语音技能首页及内容推荐首页。In this example, the home page of the home screen includes: the boot smart home page, the voice skill home page, and the content recommendation home page. It is worth noting that, in the display device shown in this embodiment, when the display device is powered on for the first time, the second display of the display screen sequentially displays the boot smart home page, the voice skill home page, and the content recommendation home page; When the device enters the normal working mode from the speaker mode, the second display of the display screen is followed by the voice skill homepage and the content recommendation homepage.
图6为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有开机智能首页的第二显示器的示意图，开机时，默认显示设备处于断网状态，开机智能首页用于提示用户联网。作为一种可行性是实现方式联网后，第二显示器分割为两行，其中第一行用于展示时间，日期，星期等信息，第二行用于以滚动的方式展示天气质量，天气，日历，生活指数等信息。6 is a schematic diagram of a second display showing a power-on smart homepage according to a feasible embodiment. When powering on, the device is in a disconnected state by default, and the power-on smart homepage is used to prompt the user to connect to the Internet. As a possibility, after the network is implemented, the second display is divided into two lines, the first line is used to display information such as time, date, week, etc., and the second line is used to display the weather quality, weather, and calendar in a rolling manner. , Living Index, etc.
图7为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有语音技能首页的第二显示器的示意图，所述语音技能首页展示的内容用于提示用户可以搜索的内容。例如，在一可行性实施例中，语音技能首页展示的内容可以是“试试说，XX小聚，我想看财经新闻”；在一可行性实施例中，语音技能首页展示的内容可以是“试试说，XX小聚，我想看今年的悬疑电影”。在一可行性实施例中，语音技能首页展示的内容可以是“试试说，XX小聚，我想看《小猪XX》”。值得注意的是，本实施例仅是示例性的展示几种语音技能首页展示的内容，在实际应用的过程中，内容推荐首页展示的内容可以是但不限于上述几种方式。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a second display displaying a voice skill homepage, provided according to a feasible embodiment, where the content displayed on the voice skill homepage is used to prompt the user for searchable content. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skills may be "Try to say, XX small gathering, I want to watch financial news"; in a feasible embodiment, the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skills may be "Try to say, XX small gathering, I want to watch this year's suspense movie." In a feasible embodiment, the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skill may be "Try to say, XX small gathering, I want to watch "Little Pig XX"". It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an exemplary display of the content displayed on the homepage of several voice skills. In the process of practical application, the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage may be but not limited to the above-mentioned methods.
作为一种可实现方式，语音技能首页展示的内容循环推荐，每条内容展示预置时间，本实施例并不对预置时间作以限定，可以根据需求设定预置时间。As an achievable manner, the content displayed on the homepage of the voice skill is recommended in a circular manner, and each content is displayed for a preset time. This embodiment does not limit the preset time, and the preset time can be set according to requirements.
图8为根据一可行性实施例提供的展示有内容推荐首页的展示区域的示意图，作为一种可实现方式所述内容推荐首页展示的内容与主屏首页展示的内容相关，例如，在一可行性实施例中，主屏首页展示有最近热播的电视剧《XX记》。在XX记更新时，内容推荐首页展示的内容可以是“《XX记》已更新，快去试试吧”。作为一种可实现方式所述内容推荐首页展示的内容与用户历史搜素内容相关，例如，在一可行性实施例中，用户最近观看《神探XXX》。内容推荐首页展示的内容可以是“是否继续观看《神探XXX》”。值得注意的是，本实施例仅是示例性的展示几种内容推荐首页展示的内容，在实际应用的过程中，内容推荐首页展示的内容可以是但不限于上述几种方式。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a display area displaying a content recommendation home page according to a feasible embodiment. As a possible implementation, the content displayed on the content recommendation home page is related to the content displayed on the home screen. For example, in a feasible manner In an embodiment, the home page of the main screen displays the recently broadcast TV series "XX Story". When XX is updated, the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage can be ""XX has been updated, go and try it". As an implementation manner, the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage is related to the user's historical search content. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the user recently watched "Detective XXX". The content displayed on the content recommendation homepage may be "whether to continue watching "Detective XXX". It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an exemplary display of the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage. In the process of practical application, the content displayed on the content recommendation homepage may be but not limited to the above-mentioned methods.
第二显示器完成开机智能首页的展示，第二显示器开始展示语音技能首页或内容推荐首页，作为一种可实现方式，语音技能首页的内容或内容推荐首页的内容循环展示。The second display completes the display of the power-on smart homepage, and the second display starts to display the voice skill homepage or the content recommendation homepage.
当用户需要利用显示设备播放节目时，第一显示器用于展示当时播放节目的画面(在本实施例示出的方案中也可以称之为播放画面)，显示屏用于展示提示信息，所述提示信息与所述当时播放节目相关。When the user needs to use the display device to play a program, the first display is used to display the screen of the program being played at that time (it may also be called a play screen in the solution shown in this embodiment), and the display screen is used to display prompt information, the prompt The information is related to the currently playing program.
作为一种可实现方式，所述第一控制器被进一步配置为：每间隔第一预置时间，发送所述当前播放节目的节目信息至所述第二控制器；所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：基于所述节目信息绘制提示信息。As an achievable manner, the first controller is further configured to: send the program information of the currently playing program to the second controller every first preset time interval; the second controller is It is further configured to draw prompt information based on the program information.
本申请中，节目信息为与当前播放节目相关的信息，例如，节目信息可以是当前播放节目的节目类型，所述节目类型可以直播视频、网络视频、音乐节目等。In this application, the program information is information related to the currently playing program, for example, the program information may be the program type of the currently playing program, and the program type may be live video, online video, music program, etc.
作为一种可实现方式，第一控制器和第二控制可以集成为一个控制器：响应于检测到用户的输入的控制指令，根据所述控制指令绘制提示信息，并控制显示屏展示所述提示信息。As an achievable manner, the first controller and the second controller can be integrated into one controller: in response to detecting a control instruction input by the user, drawing prompt information according to the control instruction, and controlling the display screen to display the prompt information.
本申请中，控制器可以为：调节声音、换台、倍数播放、切换清晰度等控制指令。In this application, the controller may be control commands such as adjusting sound, changing channels, playing multiple times, and switching clarity.
下面结合具体的实例，对提示信息做进一步的说明。The prompt information is further described below with reference to specific examples.
图9为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，其中第一显示器展示有网络视频，显示屏展示有提示信息。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays network video, and the display screen displays prompt information.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到用户输入的快进指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，快进”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the fast-forward instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, fast-forward".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到光标停留的时间等于预置时间，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，继续播放”。本实施例并不对预置时间作以限定，例如，在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以是2分钟。As an achievable manner, the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting that the cursor stay time is equal to the preset time, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, continue playing". This embodiment does not limit the preset time. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be 2 minutes.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到用户输入的声音调节指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，声音大点”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音调整至XX”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音小点”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音调大40％”等一 些列与声音相关的提示信息。As an achievable way, the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the voice adjustment command input by the user, the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, louder voice", "Try to say : XX small gathering, adjust the voice to XX", "Try saying: XX small gathering, lower the voice", "Try saying: XX small gathering, turn up the voice 40%" and some other sound-related prompts.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到用户输入的播放下一集指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，播放下一集”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "Internet video", and in response to detecting the instruction to play the next episode input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, play the next episode".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到用户输入的播放上一集指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，播放上一集”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting an instruction to play the previous episode input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, play the previous episode".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到用户输入的选集指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，播放第2集”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the selection instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, play episode 2".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“网络视频”，响应于检测到用户输入的暂停指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，暂停播放”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "network video", and in response to detecting the pause instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, pause playback".
值得注意是，本实施例仅是示例性的示出几种，当第一显示器播放网络视频时，生成的提示信息的样式，在实际应用的过程中可以根据用户输入的具体控制指令或操作生成提示信息，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment is only illustrative of several types. When the first display plays a network video, the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user in the actual application process. Prompt information, the applicant does not make too many restrictions here.
图10为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，其中第一显示器展示有音乐界面，显示屏展示有提示信息。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display displays a music interface, and the display screen displays prompt information.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到用户改变音乐的播放模式，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，单曲循环”，“试试说：XX小聚，顺序播放”，“试试说：XX小聚，随机播放”，“试试说：XX小聚，循环播放”等一系列与播放模式相关的提示信息。As an achievable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting that the user changes the playing mode of the music, the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, single song loop", "Try to say: A series of prompt information related to the play mode, such as "XX small gathering, play in sequence", "Try to say: XX small gathering, random play", "Try to say: XX small gathering, loop playback".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到光标停留的时间等于预置时间，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，继续播放”。本实施例并不对预置时间作以限定，例如，在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以是2分钟。As an achievable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting that the cursor stay time is equal to the preset time, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, continue playing". This embodiment does not limit the preset time. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be 2 minutes.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到用户输入的声音调节指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，声音大点”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音调整至XX”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音小点”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音调大40％”等一些列与声音相关的提示信息。As an achievable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting the voice adjustment instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, louder voice", "Try to say: XX small gathering, adjust the voice to XX", "Try to say: XX small gathering, lower the voice", "Try to say: XX small gathering, turn up the voice 40%" and some other sound-related prompts.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到用户输入的切歌指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，换一首歌”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting a song switching instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, change a song".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到用户输入的播放上一首指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，上一首”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting an instruction to play the previous song input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, the previous song".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到用户输入的播放下一首指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，下一首”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting an instruction to play the next song input by the user, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, next song".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“音乐”，响应于检测到用户连续播放多首歌曲，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，收藏”。As an implementable manner, the program information is "music", and in response to detecting that the user continuously plays multiple songs, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, favorite".
值得注意是，本实施例仅是示例性的示出几种，当第一显示器播放音乐时，生成的提示信息的样式，在实际应用的过程中可以根据用户输入的具体控制指令或操作生成提示信息，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment only shows several examples. When the first display plays music, the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user in the actual application process. Information, the applicant does not make too many restrictions.
图11为根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，其中第一显示器展示有直播电视，显示屏展示有提示信息。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment, wherein the first display shows live TV, and the display screen shows prompt information.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“直播电视”，响应于检测到用户输入的声音调节指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，声音大点”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音调整至XX”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音小点”，“试试说：XX小聚，声音调大40％”等一些列与声音相关的提示信息。As an achievable manner, the program information is "live TV", and in response to detecting the voice adjustment instruction input by the user, the generated prompt information can be "Try to say: XX small gathering, louder voice", "Try to say : XX small gathering, adjust the voice to XX", "Try saying: XX small gathering, lower the voice", "Try saying: XX small gathering, turn up the voice 40%" and some other sound-related prompts.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“直播电视”，响应于检测换台指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，打开XX卫视”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "live TV", and in response to the detection of the channel change instruction, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, open XX satellite TV".
值得注意是，本实施例仅是示例性的示出几种，当第一显示器播放直播电视时，生成的提示信息的样式，在实际应用的过程中可以根据用户输入的具体控制指令或操作生成提 示信息，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment only shows several examples. When the first display plays live TV, the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user in the actual application process. Prompt information, the applicant does not make too many restrictions here.
本实施例示出的显示设备安装有魔镜应用，当魔镜应用被启动时，控制驱动组件带动显示屏上升，以使得摄像头才高出第一显示器(即摄像头的底端与第一显示器的顶端等高，或摄像头的底端高于第一显示器的顶端)。具体的实现过程可以是所述第二控制器/控制器被进一步配置为，响应于魔镜应用的启动，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升第二高度，所述第二高度不小于所述摄像头的高度。响应于魔镜应用的关闭，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第二高度。The display device shown in this embodiment is installed with a magic mirror application. When the magic mirror application is activated, the control driving component drives the display screen to rise, so that the camera is higher than the first display (that is, the bottom of the camera and the top of the first display). the same height, or the bottom of the camera is higher than the top of the first display). A specific implementation process may be that the second controller/controller is further configured to, in response to the activation of the magic mirror application, control the driving component to drive the display screen to rise to a second height, and the second height is not less than the The height of the camera. In response to the closing of the magic mirror application, the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a second height.
当魔镜应用被启动时，控制器控制控制摄像头启动，此时用户可以利用摄像头采集图像或视频，与朋友进行视频聊天。When the magic mirror application is activated, the controller controls the activation of the camera. At this time, the user can use the camera to capture images or videos and conduct video chats with friends.
图12根据一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，本实施例使用的应用场景为魔镜应用被启动。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a feasible embodiment. The application scenario used in this embodiment is that the magic mirror application is activated.
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“魔镜应用已启动”，响应于照片保存指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，保存”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "Magic Mirror application has been started", and in response to the photo saving instruction, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, save".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“魔镜应用已启动”，响应于重新拍摄指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，重新拍摄”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "Magic Mirror application has been started", and in response to the re-shooting instruction, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, re-shoot".
作为一种可实现方式，节目信息为“魔镜应用已启动”，响应于结束拍摄指令，生成的提示信息可以是“试试说：XX小聚，结束拍摄”。As an achievable manner, the program information is "Magic Mirror application has been started", and in response to the instruction to end the shooting, the generated prompt information may be "Try to say: XX small gathering, end shooting".
值得注意是，本实施例仅是示例性的示出几种，当魔镜应用启动时，生成的提示信息的样式，在实际应用的过程中可以根据用户输入的具体控制指令或操作生成提示信息，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment only shows several examples. When the magic mirror application is started, the style of the generated prompt information can be generated according to the specific control instructions or operations input by the user during the actual application process. , the applicant does not make too many restrictions here.
作为一种可行性实施例，显示设备设置有音箱模式，当音箱模式开启时，第一显示器关闭，显示屏开启。As a feasible embodiment, the display device is provided with a speaker mode. When the speaker mode is turned on, the first display is turned off and the display screen is turned on.
本申请中音箱模式属于关屏后的一种模式，与普通模式不同，第一显示器是关闭的。该模式下可以实现快速开关屏，提升用户体验。The speaker mode in this application belongs to a mode after the screen is turned off. Different from the normal mode, the first display is turned off. In this mode, the screen can be switched on and off quickly to improve the user experience.
作为一种可行性实施方式，音箱模式使用整体流程：As a possible implementation, speaker mode uses the overall process:
步骤1：用户触发进入音箱模式条件；Step 1: The user triggers the condition to enter the speaker mode;
举例：语音进入音箱模式，详见图13，图13为一可行性实施例提供的进入音箱模式的应用场景图，可以看出，用户可以通过语音进入音箱模式。For example: the voice enters the speaker mode, see Figure 13 for details. Figure 13 is an application scenario diagram of entering the speaker mode provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that the user can enter the speaker mode through voice.
步骤2：加载过场动画，图14为根据一可行性实施例提供的过场动画的示意图，图中共示出4个应用场景，判断当前业务场景是否是非打断场景；Step 2: Loading a cutscene, FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a cutscene provided according to a feasible embodiment, a total of 4 application scenarios are shown in the figure, and it is judged whether the current business scenario is a non-interrupting scenario;
当前业务场景为非打断场景，音乐不停播，作为一种可行性实施例方式非打断场景包括XX音乐，媒体中心，XXX音乐，音乐投屏类应用；The current business scenario is a non-interrupted scenario, and the music does not stop playing. As a feasible embodiment, the non-interrupted scenario includes XX music, media center, XXX music, and music screen-casting applications;
当前业务场景为打断场景(如当前场景为JUUI下视频播放页面)，需要发送转场广播，将声音mute；The current business scenario is an interrupt scenario (for example, the current scenario is the video playback page under JUUI), and it is necessary to send a transition broadcast and mutate the sound;
步骤3：发送进入音箱模式广播，其余应用在第一显示屏关闭的应用场景下不能发出声音，作为一种可行性实施方式，声音可以包括通知中心等。Step 3: Send a broadcast of entering the speaker mode, and other applications cannot make sound in the application scenario where the first display screen is turned off. As a feasible implementation manner, the sound may include a notification center and the like.
步骤4：音箱模式下语音交互；Step 4: Voice interaction in speaker mode;
步骤5：用户退出音箱模式，第一显示器开启。Step 5: The user exits the speaker mode, and the first display is turned on.
作为一种可实现方式，用户可以通过语音控制显示设备进入音箱模式指令(如“进入音箱模式)；展示过场动画，过场动画可以展示在第一显示器上也可以展示在显示屏上，随机展示一张图片作为过场动画。作为一种可实现方式每次展示的过场动画都不一样，过场动画会介绍音箱模式下如何使用语音指令，具体见图14。而后进入倒计时时间，而第二显示器显示播报内容，或扬声器播放播报内容，播报内容可以为“屏幕即将关闭，您可以所示唤醒我”。而且播报音支持声纹，用户可以在设置->AI->语音播报声音中定制播报声音。详细见图15，图15为根据一可行性实施例提供的设置页面的示意图。As an achievable way, the user can control the display device by voice to enter the speaker mode command (such as "enter the speaker mode); show the cutscenes, the cutscenes can be displayed on the first display or on the display, and randomly display a This picture is used as a cutscene. As a realizable way, the cutscenes displayed each time are different. The cutscenes will introduce how to use voice commands in speaker mode, as shown in Figure 14. Then enter the countdown time, and the second display shows the broadcast content, or the speaker broadcasts the broadcast content, the broadcast content can be "the screen is about to turn off, you can wake me up as shown". And the broadcast sound supports voiceprint, the user can customize the broadcast sound in Settings->AI->Voice broadcast sound. Details Referring to FIG. 15 , FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a setting page provided according to a feasible embodiment.
作为一种可行性实施例方式，处于音箱模式时，显示屏展示当前播放音乐的相关性信 息。As a feasible embodiment, when in the speaker mode, the display screen displays the relevant information of the currently playing music.
下面结合具体的附图对音箱模式下，显示屏的展示内容做进一步的说明。In the following, the display content of the display screen in the speaker mode will be further described with reference to the specific drawings.
步骤1：显示设备进入音箱模式；Step 1: The display device enters the speaker mode;
步骤2：音箱模式下是否触发非打断业务，作为一种可实现方式打断业务可以是XX音乐业务；在音箱模式下，非打断业务的显示内容需从第一显示器转移至显示屏。Step 2: Whether the non-interrupting service is triggered in the speaker mode, as an achievable method, the interrupting service can be the XX music service; in the speaker mode, the display content of the non-interrupting service needs to be transferred from the first display to the display screen.
步骤2.1：音箱模式下当前播放歌曲为XX音乐，此时显示屏显示音视频UI首页；Step 2.1: In the speaker mode, the currently playing song is XX music, and the screen displays the audio and video UI home page;
步骤2.1.1：控制器获取XX音乐Token，与XX音乐鉴权，如果鉴权不成功，2s后重新鉴权，共重试3次，3次失败之后通知显示屏显示默认音频内容；Step 2.1.1: The controller obtains XX Music Token and authenticates with XX Music. If the authentication is unsuccessful, it will re-authenticate after 2s, and retries a total of 3 times. After 3 times of failure, it will notify the display to display the default audio content;
步骤2.1.2：控制器获取XX音乐歌曲，歌手名称，通过串口通信机制，将信息发送给显示屏，显示屏的音视频UI更新；Step 2.1.2: The controller obtains the XX music song, singer name, and sends the information to the display screen through the serial communication mechanism, and the audio and video UI of the display screen is updated;
步骤2.1.3：控制器获取XX音乐歌词，将歌词开始时间，结束时间及歌词路径发送给显示屏，显示屏获取到时间信息以及歌词路径后，显示歌词内容；具体的可以参阅图16，图16为根据一可行性实施例提供的音箱模式下显示设备的示意图。Step 2.1.3: The controller obtains the XX music lyrics, and sends the lyrics start time, end time and lyrics path to the display screen. After the display screen obtains the time information and the lyrics path, it displays the lyrics content; for details, please refer to Figure 16. 16 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment.
步骤2.1.4：控制器每间隔1s同步一次歌词信息，方便歌词时间戳校正；Step 2.1.4: The controller synchronizes the lyrics information every 1s to facilitate the correction of the lyrics timestamp;
步骤2.2：音箱模式下当前播放音视频内容为非XX音乐；Step 2.2: The audio and video content currently playing in speaker mode is non-XX music;
步骤2.2.1：控制器通过串口将当前音视频名称，音视频详情(包括海报，进度条时间戳)串口通信发送给显示屏；Step 2.2.1: The controller sends the current audio and video name, audio and video details (including poster, progress bar timestamp) serial communication to the display screen through the serial port;
步骤2.2.2：显示屏显示普通音视频内容，控制器每间隔预置时间同步一次音视频信息；Step 2.2.2: The display screen displays ordinary audio and video content, and the controller synchronizes the audio and video information every preset time;
步骤3：控制器判断用户是否退出音箱模式；Step 3: The controller determines whether the user exits the speaker mode;
步骤3.1：用户未退出音箱模式，继续步骤2；Step 3.1: If the user has not exited the speaker mode, continue to step 2;
步骤3.2：用户已经退出音箱模式；Step 3.2: The user has exited the speaker mode;
步骤3.2.1：控制器发送广播给显示屏，显示屏显示副屏首页，退出音视频展示；Step 3.2.1: The controller sends a broadcast to the display screen, the display screen displays the home page of the secondary screen, and exits the audio and video display;
步骤3.2.2：第一显示器展示主屏首页，此时，控制器不再进行停止信息同步，节省cpu消耗。Step 3.2.2: The first display shows the home page of the main screen. At this time, the controller will no longer synchronize the stop information to save CPU consumption.
作为一种可实现方式，正常工作时，第一显示器获取焦点，处于音箱模式是显示屏获取焦点。具体的：As an achievable manner, during normal operation, the first display acquires the focus, and in the speaker mode, the display acquires the focus. specific:
步骤1：显示设备正常工作时，焦点默认(在本实施例中也可称之为按键)分发给第一显示器，在第一显示器中进行按键交互；Step 1: When the display device is working normally, the focus is distributed to the first display by default (also referred to as a key in this embodiment), and key interaction is performed in the first display;
步骤2：显示设备是否进入音箱模式；Step 2: Display whether the device has entered the speaker mode;
步骤2.1：显示进入音箱模式；Step 2.1: Display enters speaker mode;
步骤2.1.1：作为一种可行性实施例，控制器可以通过串口通信的方式接收显示屏上的按键处理；Step 2.1.1: As a feasible embodiment, the controller can receive the key processing on the display screen through serial communication;
步骤2.1.2：显示屏接收按键处理逻辑，左右切换歌曲，确定键“暂停”，“开始播放”歌曲，如图17中的按键①②③所示；图17为根据一可行性实施例提供的音箱模式下显示设备的示意图。Step 2.1.2: The display screen receives the key processing logic, switches songs left and right, confirms the key to "pause", and "starts to play" the song, as shown by keys ①②③ in Figure 17; Figure 17 shows a speaker provided according to a feasible embodiment A schematic diagram of the display device in mode.
步骤2.1.3：控制器判断显示设备是否退出双屏音箱模式；Step 2.1.3: The controller determines whether the display device exits the dual-screen speaker mode;
步骤2.1.3.1：电视没有退出双屏音箱模式，按键分发还是在显示屏；Step 2.1.3.1: The TV does not exit the dual-screen speaker mode, and the key distribution is still on the display;
步骤2.1.3.2：电视已经退出双屏音箱模式，显示屏不再接收按键；Step 2.1.3.2: The TV has exited the dual-screen speaker mode, and the display screen no longer receives buttons;
步骤2.1.4：第一显示器接收按键，处理按键逻辑。Step 2.1.4: The first display receives the key and processes the key logic.
下面结合具体的实例对本实施例示出的方案做进一步的说明，当进入双屏音箱模式时，第一显示器关屏，具体的可以参阅图17，此时显示屏显示焦点①②③，用户可以按下①处暂停，开始播放歌曲，按下②或者连续两次“左”键切换上一首歌曲，按下③或者连续两次“右”键切换下一首歌曲，此时第一显示器不处理按键逻辑。除此之外，如果当前显示设备中有消息弹出，显示屏会提示用户按下“菜单”键查看详情，此时显示屏收到菜单键之后会通知第一显示器亮屏，然后在第一显示器中查看详情(天气，视频等)；The solution shown in this embodiment will be further described below with reference to specific examples. When entering the dual-screen speaker mode, the first display screen is turned off. For details, please refer to Figure 17. At this time, the display screen shows focus ①②③, and the user can press ① pause, start playing the song, press ② or the "left" button twice in a row to switch to the previous song, press ③ or the "right" button twice in a row to switch to the next song, at this time the first display does not process the key logic . In addition, if a message pops up on the current display device, the display screen will prompt the user to press the "Menu" key to view the details. At this time, after the display screen receives the menu key, it will notify the first display to turn on the screen, and then display the first display on the first display. View details (weather, video, etc.);
当退出双屏音箱模式时，第一显示器获取焦点，用户可以在第一显示器中切换歌曲， 显示屏显示“副屏首页”，于此同时第一显示器开启并获取焦点，具体的可以参阅图18，图18为根据一可行性实施例提供的音箱模式下显示设备的示意图，可以看出第一显示器存在焦点④⑤⑥。When exiting the dual-screen speaker mode, the first display gets the focus, the user can switch songs in the first display, and the display shows the "secondary screen home page", at the same time the first display is turned on and gets the focus, see Figure 18 for details 18 is a schematic diagram of a display device in a speaker mode provided according to a feasible embodiment, it can be seen that the first display has a focus ④⑤⑥.
音箱模式启动时，所述显示屏被进一步配置为：识别用户输入的语音指令；当所述语音指令为电器控制指令，发送所述电器控制目标电器，以使得所述目标电器基于所述控制信号做出相应的动作，所述电器控制指令至少包括电器名称和控制信号，所述目标电器为所述电器名称对应的电器。When the speaker mode is activated, the display screen is further configured to: recognize the voice command input by the user; when the voice command is an electrical appliance control command, send the electrical appliance to control the target electrical appliance, so that the target electrical appliance is based on the control signal. A corresponding action is made, the electrical appliance control instruction includes at least an electrical appliance name and a control signal, and the target electrical appliance is an electrical appliance corresponding to the electrical appliance name.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于接收到其他电器发送的互动消息，基于所述互动消息绘制提示信息，所述其他电器为与所述显示设备相互通信的电器；控制所述显示屏展示所述提示信息。As a feasible embodiment, the second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving an interactive message sent by another electrical appliance, draw prompt information based on the interactive message, the other electrical appliance interacting with the display device An electrical appliance for communication; controlling the display screen to display the prompt information.
作为一种可行性实施例中，显示设备处于音箱模式时，所述第一显示器关闭，所述显示屏保持开启。As a feasible embodiment, when the display device is in the speaker mode, the first display is turned off, and the display screen remains turned on.
本实施例示出的技术方案，与其他电器相关的提示信息展示在显示屏上，一方面可以避免提示信息遮挡当前播放节目，当显示设备处于音箱模式时，显示设备依然可以利用第二控制器与其他电器交互，并将交互过程中生成的提示信息展示在显示屏上。In the technical solution shown in this embodiment, the prompt information related to other electrical appliances is displayed on the display screen. On the one hand, the prompt information can prevent the currently playing program from being blocked by the prompt information. When the display device is in the speaker mode, the display device can still use the second controller to communicate with Interact with other electrical appliances, and display the prompt information generated during the interaction on the display.
举例说明，在一可行性实施例中电器名称为空调，控制信号为开启，第二控制器响应于接收到“开启空调”的电器控制指令(本实施例中目标电器为空调)第二控制器直接将控制信号“开启”发送至空调，以使得空调响应于控制信号启动。For example, in a feasible embodiment, the name of the electrical appliance is an air conditioner, the control signal is ON, and the second controller responds to receiving an electrical appliance control instruction of "turn on the air conditioner" (the target electrical appliance is an air conditioner in this embodiment). The second controller The control signal "ON" is sent directly to the air conditioner so that the air conditioner is activated in response to the control signal.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，发送一关闭指令至第二控制器；所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于所述第一控制器发送的关闭指令，读取第三高度，所述第三高度不小于第一显示器的顶端与所述显示屏顶端之间的高度差；第二控制器，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第三高度。As a feasible embodiment, the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a shutdown command output by a user, send a shutdown command to the second controller; the second controller is further configured to: In response to the closing instruction sent by the first controller, a third height is read, and the third height is not less than the height difference between the top of the first display and the top of the display; the second controller controls the The driving component drives the display screen to descend to a third height.
在实际应用的过程中，第一控制器和第二控制器可以集成成一个控制器，控制器被配置为响应于接收到关机指令，读取第三高度，而后控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第三高度。In the process of practical application, the first controller and the second controller can be integrated into one controller, and the controller is configured to read the third height in response to receiving the shutdown command, and then control the drive assembly to drive the display screen Descend to a third altitude.
第三高度的获取方式可以是，第二控制器响应于所述第一控制器发送的关闭指令，确定此时魔镜应用是否处于开启状态，如果魔镜应用处于开启状态，第三高度等于第一高度与第二高度的和。如果魔镜应用处于关闭状态，第三高度等于第二高度。The third height can be obtained by: the second controller, in response to the closing instruction sent by the first controller, determines whether the magic mirror application is in the open state at this time, and if the magic mirror application is in the open state, the third height is equal to the third height. The sum of a height and a second height. If the Magic Mirror application is closed, the third height is equal to the second height.
第三高度的读取方式可以是，关闭指令中携带有第二高度，如果魔镜应用处于开启状态，第三高度等于第一高度与第二高度的和；如果魔镜应用处于关闭状态，第三高度等于第二高度。The way to read the third height can be that the closing command carries the second height. If the magic mirror application is open, the third height is equal to the sum of the first height and the second height; if the magic mirror application is closed, the third height is equal to the sum of the first height and the second height; The third height is equal to the second height.
本实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种第三高度的获取方式，在实际应用的过程中第三高度的获取方式可以是但不限于上述几种方式。This embodiment merely introduces several ways of obtaining the third height by way of example, and in the process of practical application, the ways of obtaining the third height may be, but not limited to, the above-mentioned ways.
作为一种可行性实施例中，所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，读取第三高度，所述第三高度不小于第一显示器的顶端与所述显示屏顶端之间的高度差；控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第三高度。As a feasible embodiment, the second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a shutdown command output by the user, read a third height, where the third height is not less than the top of the first display and all The height difference between the top ends of the display screen is controlled; the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a third height.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，控制第一显示器展示第一关机动画，所述第一关机动画的展示时间等于第二时间，所述第二时间不小于所述显示屏下降第三高度所需的时间。As a feasible embodiment, the first controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a shutdown instruction output by the user, control the first display to display a first shutdown animation, and the display time of the first shutdown animation is equal to the first shutdown animation. Two times, the second time is not less than the time required for the display screen to descend to a third height.
在实际应用的过程中，第一控制器和第二控制器可以集成成一个控制器，控制器被配置为响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，控制第一显示器展示第一关机动画，所述第一关机动画的展示时间不小于第二时间。In the process of practical application, the first controller and the second controller may be integrated into one controller, and the controller is configured to control the first display to display the first shutdown animation in response to receiving the shutdown instruction output by the user, the said The display time of the first shutdown animation is not less than the second time.
本实施例提供的技术方案，关机过程中，第一显示器播放第一关机动画，进而可以丰富显示设备的展示内容，所述第一关机动画的展示时间不小于显示屏下降第三高度所需的时间。采用本实施例示出的方案，用户可以感受到第一关机动画与显示屏下降过程的配合。用户体验感较好。In the technical solution provided by this embodiment, during the shutdown process, the first display plays a first shutdown animation, thereby enriching the display content of the display device, and the display time of the first shutdown animation is not less than the time required for the display screen to drop to the third height. time. With the solution shown in this embodiment, the user can feel the cooperation between the first shutdown animation and the descending process of the display screen. User experience is better.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第二控制器被进一步配置为，响应于接收到关机指令，控制显示屏展示第二关机动画，所述第二关机动画与所述第一关机动画联动。As a feasible embodiment, the second controller is further configured to, in response to receiving the shutdown instruction, control the display screen to display a second shutdown animation, and the second shutdown animation is linked with the first shutdown animation.
其中，所述第二关机动画与所述第一关机动画联动的过程可以参阅上述所述第二开机动画与所述第一开机动画联动的过程在此便不赘述。Wherein, for the process of the linkage between the second shutdown animation and the first shutdown animation, reference may be made to the process of the linkage between the second startup animation and the first startup animation, which will not be repeated here.
本实施例提供的技术方案，显示屏下降的过程中，显示屏展示第二关机动画，进一步可以丰富显示设备的展示内容，进一步的，由于所述第二关机动画与所述第一关机动画联动，用户可以感受到第一关机动画与第二关机动画的配合，用户体验感较好。According to the technical solution provided by this embodiment, during the process of the display screen falling, the display screen displays a second shutdown animation, which can further enrich the display content of the display device. Further, because the second shutdown animation is linked with the first shutdown animation , the user can feel the cooperation between the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation, and the user experience is better.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第二显示器用于展示推荐界面，所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成的信息或其他设备推送的信息；所述控制器具体用于：As a feasible embodiment, the second display is used to display a recommendation interface, and the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information serves as a reminder to the user and can be further displayed on the first display. Information, including information actively generated by the display device or information pushed by other devices; the controller is specifically used for:
接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；receiving a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display;
如果所述第二显示器展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays a recommendation interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a first interface, where the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display the recommended interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第一关机动画；所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第二关机动画；所述第二显示器内嵌于显示屏中，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的顶端或底端；所述控制器具体用于：As a feasible embodiment, the first display is used to play the first shutdown animation during the shutdown process; the second display is used to play the second shutdown animation during the shutdown process; Embedded in the display screen, the display screen is arranged on the top or bottom of the first display; the controller is specifically used for:
配置有第一线程和第二线程；Configured with a first thread and a second thread;
所述第一线程被配置为，响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画，发送播放通知至第二线程，所述播放通知用于指示所述第二线程播放第二关机动画；The first thread is configured to, in response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification to the second thread, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation animation;
所述第二线程被配置为，根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。The second thread is configured to, according to the instruction of the playing notification, control the second display to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；所述第二显示器内嵌于显示屏中，所述显示屏可升降式与所述第一显示器连接；所述驱动组件与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；所述控制器具体用于：As a feasible embodiment, the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process; the second display is embedded in the display screen, and the display screen can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner ; the drive assembly is connected to the display screen, and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; in the process of shutting down, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the Behind the first display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked. The first display is blocked; the controller is specifically used for:
响应于关机指令，控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the second display to play a shutdown animation;
读取所述关机动画的剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器的高度，所述剩余播放时间为到结束关机动画的播放所需的时间；Read the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the second display leaks from the first display, and the remaining playback time is the time required to end the playback of the shutdown animation;
根据所述剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the remaining playing time and the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display;
控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；所述第二显示器可升降式与所述第一显示器连接；所述驱动组件与所述第二显示器连接，用于带动所述第二显示器上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述第二显示器由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述第二显示器位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述第二显示器位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；所述控制器具体用于：As a feasible embodiment, the first display is used to play a shutdown animation during shutdown; the second display can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner; the driving component is connected to the second display connected to drive the second display to rise or fall; in the process of shutting down, the driving component drives the second display to descend from the top of the first display to the back of the first display. When the second display is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the second display is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked by the first display ; The controller is specifically used for:
响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the second display leaks from the first display;
控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述第二显示器下降，以使得所述关机动画结束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述第二显示器下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the second display to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation finishes playing, the driving component drives the second display to descend to the rear of the first display.
作为一种可行性实施例，所述显示屏可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上边或后边，且内嵌有用于影像采集的摄像头；所述驱动组件与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏升起或下降，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏上升至所述第一显示器的上边时，所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后边时，所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡；所述控制器具体用于：As a feasible embodiment, the display screen can be raised and lowered on the upper side or the back side of the first display, and a camera for image acquisition is embedded; the drive assembly is connected to the display screen for Drive the display screen to rise or fall, when the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to the top of the first display, the camera is higher than the first display, and when the drive assembly drives the display When the display screen is lowered to the back of the first display, the camera is blocked by the first display; the controller is specifically used for:
响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
如果所述摄像头可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the camera can be called, read the position of the camera;
如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；控制所述摄像头采集影像。If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display; control the camera to capture images.
作为一种可行性实施例，为了合理分配第一显示器和第二显示器的展示内容，本申请实施例还提供了一种显示设备，所述显示设备至少包括：控制器、第一显示器和第二显示器。下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明：As a feasible embodiment, in order to reasonably distribute the displayed content of the first display and the second display, an embodiment of the present application also provides a display device, the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display and a second display monitor. The operation process of the display device is described below in conjunction with the specific drawings:
图19为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备与用户的交互流程图。本申请中，显示设备包括第一显示器，第二显示器和控制器。FIG. 19 is a flow chart of interaction between a display device and a user according to a feasible embodiment. In this application, the display device includes a first display, a second display and a controller.
其中，第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；Wherein, the first display is used to display the playback interface;
本申请中，显示设备开机后第一显示器展示播放界面。播放界面在不同的应用场景下可以展示不同的内容。播放界面展示的内容可以是但不限于：开机动画，媒资，系统主页。举例说明，在显示器设备开机的过程中，播放界面可以展示开机动画；显示设备完成开机的准备工作，播放界面由开机动画跳转为大屏首页。本实施例中，并不对大屏首页的展示内容作以限定，例如在一些可行性实施例中，大屏首页可以展示显示设备安装应用的图标，在一些可行性实施例中，大屏首页可以展示搜索界面。用户开启视频APP的应用场景下，播放界面可以播放媒资。值得注意的是，本实施例仅是示例性的展示几种播放页面展示的内容，上述内容并不构成限定，在实际应用的过程中，播放界面展示的内容可以是但不限于上述几种内容。In the present application, after the display device is powered on, the first display displays a playback interface. The playback interface can display different content in different application scenarios. The content displayed on the playback interface may be, but is not limited to: boot animation, media assets, and system homepage. For example, during the booting process of the display device, the playback interface can display the booting animation; when the display device completes the preparations for booting, the playback interface jumps from the booting animation to the large-screen homepage. In this embodiment, the display content of the large-screen homepage is not limited. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the large-screen homepage may display the icon of the application installed on the display device. In some feasible embodiments, the large-screen homepage may Display the search interface. In the application scenario where the user opens the video APP, the playback interface can play media assets. It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an exemplary display of the content displayed on several playback pages, and the above content does not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, the content displayed on the playback interface may be but not limited to the above-mentioned several kinds of content. .
本实施例中，第一显示器还用于展示第一界面和第二界面(后续会对第一界面及第二界面展示等内容作以详细的说明)。本实施例中并不对第一界面和第二界面的展示形式作以限定，在一些可行性实施例中，第一界面/第二界面可以是位于播放界面上方的浮层窗口。在实际应用的过程中可以根据需求设定悬浮窗口的位置，例如所述悬浮窗口可以位于所述播放界面的左上角；再例如，所述悬浮窗口可以位于所述播放界面的中心。在此，申请人并不对悬浮窗口的位置作过多的限定。在一些可行性实施例中，第一界面/第二界面可以以浮层的形式覆盖在播放界面的上层，其中第一界面/第二界面的展示优先级大于播放界面的展示优先级。In this embodiment, the first display is also used to display the first interface and the second interface (the contents of the display of the first interface and the second interface will be described in detail later). This embodiment does not limit the display forms of the first interface and the second interface. In some feasible embodiments, the first interface/second interface may be a floating layer window located above the playback interface. In the actual application process, the position of the floating window can be set according to requirements, for example, the floating window can be located in the upper left corner of the playing interface; for another example, the floating window can be located in the center of the playing interface. Here, the applicant does not limit the position of the floating window too much. In some feasible embodiments, the first interface/second interface may be overlaid on the upper layer of the playback interface in the form of a floating layer, wherein the display priority of the first interface/second interface is higher than the display priority of the playback interface.
第二显示器，用于展示推荐界面。The second display is used to display the recommendation interface.
本申请中，第二显示器在不同的应用场景下展示的内容不同。第二显示器的内容可以是但不限于：开机动画，推荐界面，小屏首页等。举例说明，在显示器设备开机的过程中，如果第二控制器处于升起状态(即第二显示器底端的高度大于第一显示器顶端的高端)时，第二显示器可以播放展示开机动画。作为一种可行性实施例方式，第一显示器展示的开机动画与第二显示器展示的开机动画可以进行联动，以提升用户的体验感，例如，开机动画中的动漫形象可以由第一显示器跳转进入第二显示器；显示设备完成开机的准备工作，第二显示器展示的内容由开机动画跳转为小屏首页。本实施例中，并不对小屏首页的展示内容作以限定，例如在一些可行性实施例中，小屏首页可以展示天气预报，在一些可行性实 施例中小屏首页可以以滚动的形式展示一些社会新闻。In this application, the second display displays different contents in different application scenarios. The content of the second display may be, but is not limited to, a boot animation, a recommended interface, a small screen home page, and the like. For example, during the booting process of the display device, if the second controller is in a raised state (ie, the height of the bottom of the second display is greater than the height of the top of the first display), the second display can play a boot animation. As a feasible embodiment, the boot animation displayed on the first display and the boot animation displayed on the second display can be linked to improve the user's sense of experience. For example, the animation character in the boot animation can be jumped by the first display. Enter the second display; the display device completes the preparation for booting, and the content displayed on the second display jumps from the boot animation to the small-screen homepage. In this embodiment, the display content of the small-screen homepage is not limited. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the small-screen homepage can display the weather forecast, and in some feasible embodiments, the small-screen homepage can display some Social News.
在一些应用场景下第二显示器还用于展示推荐界面。本申请中，所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并基于用户的操作进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息。所述推荐信息包括显示设备的状态信息，例如，显示设备开机时，推荐信息可以是显示设备的联网信息，所述联网信息用于提醒用户显示设备的网络连接状态。再例如，推荐信息可以是其他设备发送的推送信息，例如，在上次关机时，显示设备播放界面展示的内容为《XX传》第45集，该信息可以存储在服务器端，当用户再次打开显示设备时，推荐信息可以是“是否继续播放《XX传》第46集”。再例如，当有外部设备与显示设备连接时，推荐信息可以是“有外部设备尝试与显示设备连接，是否配置该设备”。本实施例仅是示例性的展示几种推荐信息，上述推荐信息并不构成限定，在实际应用的过程中凡是对用户起到提示作用，并基于用户的操作进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息均可以作为推荐信息应用到本实施例示出的显示设备中。In some application scenarios, the second display is also used to display the recommendation interface. In this application, the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, where the recommendation information serves as a reminder to the user and is further displayed on the first display based on the user's operation. The recommended information includes status information of the display device. For example, when the display device is turned on, the recommended information may be networking information of the display device, and the networking information is used to remind the user of the network connection status of the display device. For another example, the recommendation information can be push information sent by other devices. For example, when the device was turned off last time, the content displayed on the playback interface of the display device is the 45th episode of "XX Biography". This information can be stored on the server side, and when the user opens it again When the device is displayed, the recommended information may be "whether to continue playing the 46th episode of "XX Biography". For another example, when an external device is connected to the display device, the recommended information may be "an external device tries to connect with the display device, whether to configure the device". This embodiment is only an exemplary display of several kinds of recommended information, and the above-mentioned recommended information does not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, it usually serves as a reminder to the user, and is further displayed on the first display based on the user's operation. All can be applied to the display device shown in this embodiment as recommended information.
由于第二显示器在未展示推荐界面的应用场景下，第二显示器可以展示小屏首页，小屏首页可以包括天气预报或时事新闻等实时消息，为了保证用户可以随时的了解到实时消息，作为一种可行性实现方式，第二显示器可以始终处于升起的状态，以使得用户可以通过第二显示器展示的实时消息，随时的了解到实时消息。作为一种可行性实现方式，第二显示器可升降式设置于第一显示器的顶端或后方，显示设备处于开启状态时，第二显示器设置于第一显示器的顶端，用户可以通过第二显示器展示的实时消息，随时的了解到实时消息。作为一种可行性实现方式，为了达到节约空间的目的，当显示设备处于关闭状态时，可以将第二显示器收起至第一显示器的后方(即第二显示器的顶端不高于第一显示器的顶端)。Since the second display does not display the recommended interface in the application scenario, the second display can display the homepage of the small screen, and the homepage of the small screen can include real-time news such as weather forecast or current affairs news. In a feasible implementation manner, the second display can always be in a raised state, so that the user can know the real-time information at any time through the real-time information displayed by the second display. As a feasible implementation, the second display can be raised and lowered at the top or the back of the first display. When the display device is turned on, the second display is set at the top of the first display, and the user can display the display through the second display. Real-time news, know real-time news at any time. As a feasible implementation manner, in order to achieve the purpose of saving space, when the display device is in a closed state, the second display can be retracted to the rear of the first display (that is, the top of the second display is not higher than the first display). top).
作为一种可行性实现方式，为了满足不同用户的需求，第二显示器的升起或收起状态可以不与显示设备的开启或关闭状态同步，用户可以根据需求设置第二显示器的升起时间，或收起时间。As a feasible implementation manner, in order to meet the needs of different users, the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device. Or put away time.
用户执行步骤S191输出第一控制指令。The user executes step S191 to output the first control instruction.
本申请中，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐界面的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令。In this application, the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation interface needs to be displayed on the first display.
本实施例中，第一控制指令由用户触发，用户触发第一控制指令的实现方式有多种。作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过触控遥控器上的预置按键来触发第一控制指令，本实施例并不对预置按键作以限定，预置按键可以是遥控器上原有的按键，例如“Menu”按键，预置按键也可以是在现有遥控器按键的基础上额外添加的按键。作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过用户语音触发第一控制指令。本实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种用户触发第一控制指令的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中触发第一控制指令的实现方式可以是但不限于上述两种方式。In this embodiment, the first control instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementation manners for the user to trigger the first control instruction. As a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the first control command by touching a preset button on the remote control. This embodiment does not limit the preset button, and the preset button may be an original button on the remote control. , such as the "Menu" button, the preset button can also be an additional button based on the existing remote control buttons. As a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the first control instruction through the user's voice. This embodiment merely introduces several implementation manners of triggering the first control instruction by the user, and the implementation manners of triggering the first control instruction in the actual application process may be but not limited to the above two manners.
如果所述第二显示器展示推荐界面，控制器被配置为执行步骤S192响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面。If the second display displays the recommended interface, the controller is configured to perform step S192 in response to the first control instruction, to control the first display to display the first interface.
本申请中，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；In this application, the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
作为一种可行性实施方式，推荐信息可以是服务器下发的一则推荐广告，由于第二显示器的展示空间有限，第二显示器可能只展示该广告的名称。本实现方式中，第一界面的展示内容可以是该广告的详细信息，所述详细信息可以是该广告的推广视频，该广告对应产品的生产商，代言人等信息。As a feasible implementation manner, the recommended information may be a recommended advertisement delivered by the server. Since the display space of the second display is limited, the second display may only display the name of the advertisement. In this implementation manner, the displayed content of the first interface may be the detailed information of the advertisement, and the detailed information may be the promotion video of the advertisement, and information such as the manufacturer and spokesperson of the corresponding product of the advertisement.
作为一种可行性实施方式，推荐信息可以是服务器下发的一则推荐视频，由于第二显示器的展示空间有限，第二显示器可能只展示该视频的名称。本实现方式中，第一界面的展示内容可以是该视频的详细信息，所述详细信息可以是视频，该视频的主演，视频的制作单位等信息。As a feasible implementation manner, the recommended information may be a recommended video delivered by the server. Since the display space of the second display is limited, the second display may only display the name of the video. In this implementation manner, the displayed content of the first interface may be detailed information of the video, and the detailed information may be information such as the video, the leading actor of the video, and the production unit of the video.
作为一种可行性实施方式，推荐信息可以显示设备的网络连接状态，由于第二显示器 的展示空间有限，第二显示器可能只展示该网络连接状态。本实现方式中，第一界面的展示内容可以是网络配置界面，用户可以在网络配置界面上完成网络的配置。As a feasible implementation manner, the recommended information may display the network connection status of the device. Since the display space of the second display is limited, the second display may only display the network connection status. In this implementation manner, the displayed content of the first interface may be a network configuration interface, and the user can complete the network configuration on the network configuration interface.
值得注意的是，本是实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种第一界面的展示内容，上述的展示内容并不构成限定，在实际应用的过程中，第一界面的展示内容可以是但不限于上述几种方式，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an example to introduce the display content of several first interfaces, and the above display content does not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, the display content of the first interface may be, but not limited to. Limited to the above several ways, the applicant does not make too many limitations here.
下面结合具体的附图，对第二显示器展示推荐界面的应用场景下，第一显示器和第二显示展示内容作以说明，图20为一可行性实施例提供的接收第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出，初始状态下第二显示展示有推荐信息203“是否继续观看《XX传》第64集”此时的显示器可以参阅效果201。用户在观看到推荐信息信的提示，通过触控遥控器的“menu”按键，以使得遥控器输出第一控制指令，此时控制器响应于第一控制指令，控制第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面204用于播放《XX传》第64集的视频数据，此时的显示器可以参阅效果202。The following describes the content displayed on the first display and the second display in the application scenario where the second display displays the recommendation interface with reference to the specific drawings. Schematic diagram of changes in the content displayed by the device. It can be seen that, in the initial state, the second display shows the recommendation information 203 "whether to continue watching the 64th episode of "XX Biography"? You can refer to the effect 201 on the display at this time. When the user sees the prompt of the recommendation information letter, he touches the "menu" button of the remote control to make the remote control output the first control command. At this time, the controller responds to the first control command and controls the first display to display the first interface. , the first interface 204 is used to play the video data of the 64th episode of "XX Biography", and the display at this time can refer to the effect 202.
电子设备为了满足不同用户的需求，时常添加一些新的功能，一些用户可能由于不了解新添加功能的使用方法而导致无法利用新添功能，用户体验感较差。为了避免上述问题的出现，作为一种可行性实时方式，所述推荐界面还包括提示信息，所述提示信息为指导用户操作的相关信息。In order to meet the needs of different users, electronic devices often add some new functions. Some users may not be able to use the newly added functions because they do not know how to use the newly added functions, resulting in poor user experience. In order to avoid the occurrence of the above problems, as a feasible real-time manner, the recommendation interface further includes prompt information, and the prompt information is related information to guide the user's operation.
本申请中，所述提示信息为指导用户操作的相关信息。具体的，提示信息可以是指导用户如何将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上。In this application, the prompt information is related information to guide the user's operation. Specifically, the prompt information may be to instruct the user how to display the relevant content of the recommended information on the first display.
下面结合具体的附图，提示界面的展示内容作以说明，图21为一可行性实施例提供的显示设备展示内容的示意图。可以看出，第二显示器展示有提示界面，提示界面包括推荐信息“有一则广告”和提示信息“触控menu按键可以查看广告的详情”。The following describes the display content of the prompt interface with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the display content of the display device provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that the second display displays a prompt interface, and the prompt interface includes recommendation information "there is an advertisement" and prompt information "touch the menu button to view the details of the advertisement".
如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐界面，控制器被配置为执行步骤S193响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面。If the second display does not display the recommended interface, the controller is configured to perform step S193 to control the first display to display the second interface in response to the first control instruction.
本申请中，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述第一显示器展示的内容。In the present application, the content displayed on the second interface is related to playing content, and the playing content is the content displayed on the first display when the controller receives the first control instruction.
作为一种可行性实施方式，播放内容可以是系统的首页。本实现方式中，第二界面的展示内容可以是系统的设置页面。As a feasible implementation manner, the playing content may be the home page of the system. In this implementation manner, the displayed content of the second interface may be a setting page of the system.
作为一种可行性实施方式，播放内容可以是视频数据。本实现方式中，第二界面的展示内容可以是视频的设置页面。As a feasible implementation manner, the playback content may be video data. In this implementation manner, the displayed content of the second interface may be a video setting page.
作为一种可行性实施方式，播放内容可以是应用的首页。本实现方式中，第二界面的展示内容可以是应用的设置页面。As a feasible implementation manner, the playing content may be the home page of the application. In this implementation manner, the displayed content of the second interface may be a setting page of the application.
值得注意的是，本是实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种第二界面的展示内容，上述的展示内容并不构成限定，在实际应用的过程中，第二界面的展示内容可以是但不限于上述几种方式，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an example to introduce the display content of several second interfaces, and the above-mentioned display content does not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, the display content of the second interface may be, but not limited to. Limited to the above several ways, the applicant does not make too many limitations here.
下面结合具体的附图，对第二显示器未展示推荐界面的应用场景下，第一显示器和第二显示展示内容作以说明，图22为一可行性实施例提供的接收第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出，初始状态下第二显示未展示推荐信息展示有小屏主页，本实施例中，小屏主页为实时时间。第一显示器展示有大屏主页，此时的显示器可以参阅效果221。用户通过触控遥控器的“menu”按键，以使得遥控器输出第一控制指令，此时控制器响应于第一控制指令，控制第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面用于展示系统的设置页面223，此时的显示器可以参阅效果222。In the following, in conjunction with the specific drawings, the first display and the second display display content in the application scenario where the second display does not display the recommended interface will be described. FIG. 22 is a feasible embodiment before and after receiving the first control command, A schematic diagram of the changes in the display device's display content. It can be seen that in the initial state, the second display does not display the recommended information and displays a small-screen homepage. In this embodiment, the small-screen homepage is real time. The first display displays a large-screen homepage, and the display at this time can refer to the effect 221 . The user touches the "menu" button of the remote control to make the remote control output the first control command. At this time, the controller controls the first display to display the second interface in response to the first control command, and the second interface is used for displaying The system settings page 223, the display at this time can refer to the effect 222.
作为一种可行性实施例，响应于第二控制指令，控制器被配置为执行步骤S194控制所述第一显示器展示的播放界面对所述第二控制指令做出响应。As a feasible embodiment, in response to the second control instruction, the controller is configured to execute step S194 to control the playback interface displayed by the first display to respond to the second control instruction.
本实施例中第二控制指令为不同于第一控制指令，具体的第二控制指令为初第一控制指令以外的控制指令。例如，第二控制指令可以但不限于是换台指令，声音调节指令，快进指令等。In this embodiment, the second control instruction is different from the first control instruction, and the specific second control instruction is a control instruction other than the first control instruction. For example, the second control instruction may be, but not limited to, a channel change instruction, a voice adjustment instruction, a fast-forward instruction, and the like.
本实施例示出的技术方案中，只有在第二显示器展示推荐界面的情况下，第二控制器展示的内容会对第一控制指令做出响应，在其他情况下，第一显示器展示的播放界面对所述第二控制指令做出响应。下面结合和具体的实例对播放界面对所述第二控制指令做出响应的过程作以说明。In the technical solution shown in this embodiment, the content displayed by the second controller will respond to the first control instruction only when the second display displays the recommended interface, and in other cases, the playback interface displayed by the first display Respond to the second control instruction. The process of the playback interface responding to the second control instruction will be described below with reference to specific examples.
在一可行性实施例中，响应于用户输出的快进指令，控制器控制播放界面展示的视频快进。In a feasible embodiment, in response to a fast-forward instruction output by the user, the controller controls the video displayed on the playback interface to fast-forward.
在一可行性实施例中，响应于用户输出的换台指令，控制器控制播放界面展示的内容由一个频道播放的节目切换至另一个频道播放的节目。In a feasible embodiment, in response to a channel change instruction output by the user, the controller controls the content displayed on the playing interface to switch from a program played on one channel to a program played on another channel.
本实施例示出的显示设备，包括控制器，第一显示器和第二显示器。当第一显示器显示推荐界面时，用户通过输出第一控制器指令，可以将推荐界面上推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上。一方面可以实现第二显示器显示内容与第一显示器展示内容的交互。另一方面推荐信息首先展示在第二显示器上，在一定程度上可以避免推荐信息对播放内容的遮挡，用户体验感较好。The display device shown in this embodiment includes a controller, a first display and a second display. When the first display displays the recommendation interface, the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller. On the one hand, the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized. On the other hand, the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
现有的显示设备多为智能显示设备，只有在显示设备联网的情况下，才能实现显示设备的一些功能，例如观看网络媒资的功能，搜索功能等。因此显示设备是否处于联网状态对显示设备至关重要，本实施例示出的技术方案为了提升用户的体验感，每次在开机的情况下均会对显示设备是否处于联网状态进行一个判断，并将判断结果展示给用户，以便用户及时的获知显示设备的网络连接状态，并根据需求做出相应的操作，以提升用户的体验感。下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明。Most of the existing display devices are smart display devices, and some functions of the display device, such as the function of viewing network media resources, the search function, etc., can only be realized when the display device is connected to the Internet. Therefore, whether the display device is in a networked state is very important to the display device. In order to improve the user's experience, the technical solution shown in this embodiment will make a judgment on whether the display device is in a networked state every time the device is turned on, and then The judgment result is displayed to the user, so that the user can know the network connection status of the display device in time, and make corresponding operations according to the requirements, so as to improve the user's experience. The operation process of the display device will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图23为一可行性实施例提供的网络设置方法的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上所述控制器还被配置为执行步骤S231～S232：FIG. 23 is a flowchart of a network setting method provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured to perform steps S231-S232:
S231响应于开机指令，读取网络连接状态；S231 reads the network connection state in response to the power-on instruction;
本实施例示出的技术方案，开机指令可以由用户输出，用户开机指令的实现方式有多种，例如在一可行性实施例中，用户可以通过触控遥控器的开机按键触发遥控器输出开机指令；再例如，在一些可行性实施例中，用户可以输出语音类型的开机指令。本实施例仅是示例性的介绍两种用户直接或间接输出开机指令的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中用户输出开机指令的实现方式可以是但不限于上述两种方式。In the technical solution shown in this embodiment, the power-on command can be output by the user. There are various ways to implement the user's power-on command. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the user can trigger the remote control to output the power-on command by touching the power-on button of the remote control. ; For another example, in some feasible embodiments, the user may output a voice-type power-on command. This embodiment merely introduces two implementation manners in which the user directly or indirectly outputs the power-on instruction. In the actual application process, the implementation manner in which the user outputs the power-on instruction may be but not limited to the above two manners.
本实施例中开机指令也可由显示设备主动生成。例如，在一些可行性实现方式中，用户可以设置开机时间，当显示设备的系统时间等于开机时间时，显示设备生成开机指令。本实施例仅是示例性的介绍一种显示设备生成开机指令的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中显示设备生成开机指令的实现方式可以是但不限于上述一种方式。In this embodiment, the power-on command can also be actively generated by the display device. For example, in some feasible implementation manners, the user can set the boot time, and when the system time of the display device is equal to the boot time, the display device generates a boot instruction. This embodiment is merely an example to introduce an implementation manner of the display device generating the boot command, and the implementation manner of the display device generating the boot command in the process of practical application may be but not limited to the above-mentioned one.
S232如果所述网络连接状态为断开状态，控制所述第二显示器展示网络连接推荐界面；S232, if the network connection state is a disconnected state, control the second display to display a network connection recommendation interface;
下面结合具体的附图对在所述网络连接状态为断开状态的情况下，所述第二显示器展示的网络连接推荐界面作以说明。The following describes the network connection recommendation interface displayed by the second display when the network connection state is a disconnected state with reference to the specific drawings.
图24为根据一可行性实施例提供的在所述网络连接状态为断开状态的情况下，显示设备的示意图。本实施例中，显示设备开机时，网络连接状态为断开状态，此时，第二显示器展示网络连接推荐界面，网络连接推荐界面包括推荐信息“网络连接处于断开状态”和提示信息“通过触控聚宝键可以调用网络设置界面”。本实施例中，在第二显示器未展示提示信息“通过触控聚宝键可以调用网络设置界面”的情况下，用户触控聚宝键，控制器截取第一显示器展示的播放界面。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a display device when the network connection state is a disconnected state according to a feasible embodiment. In this embodiment, when the display device is powered on, the network connection state is disconnected. At this time, the second display displays a network connection recommendation interface, and the network connection recommendation interface includes recommendation information "the network connection is disconnected" and prompt information "pass Touch the treasure key to call up the network setting interface". In this embodiment, when the second display does not display the prompt message "The network setting interface can be invoked by touching the treasure key", the user touches the treasure key, and the controller intercepts the playback interface displayed on the first display.
作为一种可行性实施方式，如果显示设备的网络处于连接状态，第二显示器可以不展示任何推荐界面。As a feasible implementation manner, if the network of the display device is in a connected state, the second display may not display any recommended interface.
作为一种可行性实施方式，如果显示设备的网络处于连接状态，第二显示器可以不展示推荐界面，推荐界面包含的推荐信息可以为显示设备处于联网状态。As a feasible implementation manner, if the network of the display device is in a connected state, the second display may not display the recommendation interface, and the recommendation information included in the recommendation interface may be that the display device is in a networked state.
S233响应于用户调用网络设置界面的操作，控制所述第一显示器展示网络设置界面。In S233, in response to the user's operation of invoking the network setting interface, the first display is controlled to display the network setting interface.
下面结合具体的附图对所述第一显示器展示的网络设置界面作以说明。图25为根据 一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图。本实施例中，第一显示器用于展示网络设置界面，用户可以在网络设置界面上完成网络的设置。The following describes the network setting interface displayed by the first display with reference to the specific drawings. Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided according to a possible embodiment. In this embodiment, the first display is used to display the network setting interface, and the user can complete the network setting on the network setting interface.
本实施例示出的显示设备，每次在开机的情况下均会对显示设备是否处于联网状态进行一个判断，并将判断结果展示给用户，用户可以及时的获知显示设备的网络连接状态，并根据需求做出相应的操作，用户的体验感较好。The display device shown in this embodiment will make a judgment on whether the display device is in a networked state every time it is turned on, and display the judgment result to the user, so that the user can know the network connection state of the display device in time, and according to The user needs to make corresponding operations, and the user experience is better.
作为一种可行性实施例，如果第一显示器展示网络设置界面，响应于用户调用网络设置界面的操作，所述控制器被进一步配置为：截取所述第一显示器当前展示的界面。As a feasible embodiment, if the first display displays the network setting interface, in response to the user's operation of invoking the network setting interface, the controller is further configured to: intercept the interface currently displayed by the first display.
本申请中，为了满足不同用户的需求，第二显示器的升起或收起状态可以不与显示设备的开启或关闭状态同步，用户可以根据需求设置第二显示器的升起时间，或收起时间。这就会导致一个问题，当第二显示器的顶端高度小于第一显示器的顶端高度时，在用户的角度是看不见第二显示器的，此时用户发出第一控制指令的目的显然是控制第一显示器展示第二界面，但是此时如果第二控制器展示有推荐界面，那么控制器可能控制第一显示器展示第一界面，此时用户展示的内容与用户的本意相违背，用户体验感较差。为了避免上述技术问题的出现，本申请实施例对上述实施例提供的显示设备做进一步的优化。下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明。In this application, in order to meet the needs of different users, the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device, and the user can set the raising time of the second display or the retracting time according to requirements . This will cause a problem. When the top height of the second display is smaller than the top height of the first display, the second display cannot be seen from the user's angle. The display displays the second interface, but if the second controller displays a recommended interface at this time, the controller may control the first display to display the first interface. At this time, the content displayed by the user is contrary to the user's original intention, and the user experience is poor. . In order to avoid the occurrence of the above technical problems, the embodiments of the present application further optimize the display device provided by the above embodiments. The operation process of the display device will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图26为一可行性实施例提供的显示设备页面展示的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上所述控制器还被配置为执行步骤S261～S262：FIG. 26 is a flowchart of displaying a page of a display device provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured to perform steps S261-S262:
S261响应于所述第一控制指令，读取第二显示器底端的高度。S261 reads the height of the bottom end of the second display in response to the first control instruction.
本实施例中，读取第二显示器底端的高度的实现方式可以采用本领域惯用的信息读取方式，在此申请人不做额外的限定。In this embodiment, the implementation manner of reading the height of the bottom end of the second display may adopt a conventional information reading manner in the art, and the applicant does not make additional limitations here.
S262如果所述第二显示器底端的高度小于第一显示器顶端的高度，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面。S262 If the height of the bottom of the second display is smaller than the height of the top of the first display, control the first display to display a second interface.
本实施例中，如果所述第二显示器底端的高度小于第一显示器顶端的高度，则证明第一显示出处于收起状态，此时响应于第一控制指令，控制器控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面。下面结合具体的附图对第二显示器处于不同状态时，显示设备展示的展示内容作以说明In this embodiment, if the height of the bottom of the second display is smaller than the height of the top of the first display, it proves that the first display is in a retracted state, and at this time, in response to the first control instruction, the controller controls the first display Display the second interface. The following describes the display content displayed by the display device when the second display is in different states with reference to the specific drawings.
图27为根据一可行性实施例提供的当第二显示器处于升起状态时，接收到第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出，本实施例中初始状态下，第二显示器处于升起状态，第二显示器展示推荐界面，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图271。用户通过触发menu按键触发第一显示器展示第一界面273，其中第一界面用于展示广告的详细信息，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图272。FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a raised state, according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that in the initial state in this embodiment, the second display is in a raised state, and the second display displays a recommendation interface. In this case, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 271 . The user triggers the first display to display the first interface 273 by triggering the menu button, wherein the first interface is used to display the detailed information of the advertisement. In this case, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 272 .
图28为根据一可行性实施例提供的当第二显示器处于收起状态时，接收到第一控制指令前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出，本实施例中初始状态下，第二显示器处于收起状态，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图281。用户通过触发menu按键，触发第一显示器展示第二界面283，其中第二界面用于展示系统的设置界面，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图282。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of changes in the displayed content of the display device before and after receiving the first control command when the second display is in a retracted state, according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that, in the initial state in this embodiment, the second display is in a retracted state, and the display device can refer to the effect diagram 281 at this time. The user triggers the first display to display the second interface 283 by triggering the menu button, wherein the second interface is used to display the setting interface of the system, and the display device can refer to the effect diagram 282 at this time.
在第二显示器升起的情况下，查看第一显示器展示推荐信息，用户通过按键实现第一显示器与第二显示器的交互，并且在第二显示器未升起的情况下，通过相关的控制避免按键触发第二显示器内容，影响用户使用。When the second display is raised, viewing the first display to show the recommended information, the user realizes the interaction between the first display and the second display by pressing keys, and when the second display is not raised, avoid pressing keys through related controls Trigger the content of the second display, affecting the user's use.
推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用的信息，通常情况下，推荐信息与显示器播放界面展示的内容或显示设备的当时的状态有一定的关联，例如，开机时显示设备如果处于断网状态，那么推荐信息可以为“显示设备处于断网状态”；再例如，用户利用显示设备搜索一个电视剧，推荐信息可以是该电视剧的主演。由于播放界面展示的内容是实时变化的。因此，与该内容相关的推荐信息没有必要一直展示在第二显示器上，基于此本实施例示出一种推荐信息的展示方法，下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明。Recommended information is information that reminds users. Usually, the recommended information is related to the content displayed on the display interface or the current state of the display device. For example, if the display device is disconnected from the network when it is turned on, then The recommendation information may be "the display device is disconnected from the network"; for another example, if the user searches for a TV series by using the display device, the recommendation information may be the starring role of the TV series. Because the content displayed on the playback interface changes in real time. Therefore, the recommended information related to the content does not need to be displayed on the second display all the time. Based on this, this embodiment shows a method for displaying recommended information. The operation process of the display device is described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图29为一可行性实施例提供的一种推荐信息的展示方法的流程图，在上述实施例示 出的显示设备的基础上所述控制器还被配置为执行步骤S291～S294：Fig. 29 is a flowchart of a method for displaying recommended information provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured to perform steps S291-S294:
S291统计第一时间。S291 counts the first time.
本实施例中，所述第一时间以所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令为起点；In this embodiment, the first time starts from the controller receiving the first control instruction;
S292如果所述第一时间等于第二预置时间，则控制所述第二显示器由所述推荐界面跳转为预置界面。S292 If the first time is equal to the second preset time, control the second display to jump from the recommended interface to a preset interface.
本实施例并不对第二预置时间作以限定，用户可以根据需求设定第二预置时间的时长，例如在一可行性实施例中第二预置时间可以是1分钟。This embodiment does not limit the second preset time, and the user can set the duration of the second preset time according to requirements. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the second preset time may be 1 minute.
下面结合具体的附图对第二显示器展示的内容作以说明。图30为根据一可行性实施例提供的第一时间达到第二预置时间前后，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出。本实施例中初始状态下，第二显示器展示推荐界面，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图301。第一时间等于预置时间，第二显示器展示的内容跳转为预置页面，本实施例中预置页面为实时时间，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图302。The content displayed by the second display will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram showing the change of the displayed content of the display device before and after the first time reaches the second preset time according to a feasible embodiment. As can be seen. In this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display displays the recommendation interface, and at this time, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 301 . The first time is equal to the preset time, and the content displayed on the second display jumps to the preset page. In this embodiment, the preset page is the real-time time. In this case, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 302 .
如果在所述第二预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，所述控制器还被配置为S293控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面。If the first control instruction is received again within the second preset time, the controller is further configured to control the first display to display a second interface in S293.
下面结合具体的附图对第一显示器展示的内容作以说明。图31为根据一可行性实施例提供的在所述预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出。本实施例中初始状态下，第二显示器展示推荐界面(有一则广告)，第一显示器展示播放界面，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图311。用户触控menu按键，第一显示器展示广告的详情，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图312。30s后(本实施例中预置时间等于1分钟)，用户再次触控menu按键，第一显示器展示播放内容的设置界面，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图313。The content displayed by the first display is described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by the display device when the first control instruction is received again within the preset time, according to a feasible embodiment. As can be seen. In this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display displays a recommendation interface (with an advertisement), and the first display displays a playback interface. In this case, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 311 . The user touches the menu button, and the first display displays the details of the advertisement. At this time, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 312. After 30 seconds (the preset time is equal to 1 minute in this embodiment), the user touches the menu button again, and the first display displays The setting interface of the playback content, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 313 at this time.
如果在所述预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，所述控制器还被配置为S294不对所述第一控制指令做出响应。If the first control instruction is received again within the preset time, the controller is further configured to not respond to the first control instruction in S294.
结合具体的附图对第一显示器展示的内容作以说明。图32为根据一可行性实施例提供的在所述第二预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，显示设备展示内容的变化示意图。可以看出。本实施例中初始状态下，第二显示器展示推荐界面(有一则广告)，第一显示器展示播放界面，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图321。用户触控menu按键，第一显示器展示广告的详情，此时显示设备可以参阅效果图322。30s后(本实施例中预置时间等于1分钟)，用户再次触控menu按键，不对所述第一控制指令做出响应，此时显示设备可以继续参阅效果图322。The content displayed by the first display is described with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a change in content displayed by the display device when the first control instruction is received again within the second preset time, according to a feasible embodiment. As can be seen. In this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display displays a recommendation interface (with an advertisement), and the first display displays a playback interface. In this case, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 321 . The user touches the menu button, and the first display displays the details of the advertisement. At this time, the display device can refer to the effect diagram 322. After 30 seconds (the preset time is equal to 1 minute in this embodiment), the user touches the menu button again, and the In response to a control command, the display device can continue to refer to the effect diagram 322 at this time.
本申请实施例第二方面示出一种显示方法，包括：A second aspect of the embodiments of the present application shows a display method, including:
接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成的信息或其他设备推送的信息；Receive a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display; the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information is Play a prompting role for the user, and can further display the information on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or the information pushed by other devices;
如果所述第二显示器展示推荐信息，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays the recommendation information, in response to the first control instruction, the first display is controlled to display a first interface, and the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐信息，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display recommended information, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
本实施例示出的显示方法。当第一显示器显示推荐界面时，用户通过输出第一控制器指令，可以将推荐界面上推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上。一方面可以实现第二显示器显示内容与第一显示器展示内容的交互。另一方面推荐信息首先展示在第二显示器上，在一定程度上可以避免推荐信息对播放内容的遮挡，用户体验感较好。The display method shown in this embodiment. When the first display displays the recommendation interface, the user can display the relevant content of the recommendation information on the recommendation interface on the first display by outputting an instruction of the first controller. On the one hand, the interaction between the content displayed on the second display and the content displayed on the first display can be realized. On the other hand, the recommendation information is first displayed on the second display, which can avoid the blocking of the playback content by the recommendation information to a certain extent, and the user experience is better.
作为一种可行性实施例，为了保证在关机过程中，第一显示器播放的第一关机动画与第二显示器播放的第二关机动画同步，本申请实施例还提供了一种显示设备，所述显示设 备至少包括：控制器、第一显示器、显示屏。其中显示屏至少包括第二显示器。As a feasible embodiment, in order to ensure that during the shutdown process, the first shutdown animation played by the first display is synchronized with the second shutdown animation played by the second display, an embodiment of the present application further provides a display device, wherein the The display device includes at least: a controller, a first display, and a display screen. The display screen includes at least a second display.
本申请中，显示屏内嵌有第二显示器，第二显示器在不同的应用场景下展示的内容不同。第二显示器的内容可以是但不限于：开机动画，推荐界面，小屏首页，在关机的过程中播放第二关机动画(后续会对第二关机动画的播放过程做详细的说明)等。举例说明，在显示器设备开机的过程中，如果第二控制器处于升起状态(即第二显示器底端的高度大于第一显示器顶端的高端)时，第二显示器可以播放展示开机动画。作为一种可行性实施例方式，第一显示器展示的开机动画与第二显示器展示的开机动画可以进行联动，以提升用户的体验感，例如，开机动画中的动漫形象可以由第一显示器跳转进入第二显示器；显示设备完成开机的准备工作，第二显示器展示的内容由开机动画跳转为小屏首页。本实施例中，并不对小屏首页的展示内容作以限定，例如在一些可行性实施例中，小屏首页可以展示天气预报，在一些可行性实施例中大屏首页可以以滚动的形式展示一些社会新闻。In this application, a second display is embedded in the display screen, and the second display displays different contents in different application scenarios. The content of the second display can be, but is not limited to, a boot animation, a recommended interface, a small screen home page, and a second shutdown animation played during the shutdown process (the playback process of the second shutdown animation will be described in detail later), etc. For example, during the booting process of the display device, if the second controller is in a raised state (ie, the height of the bottom of the second display is greater than the height of the top of the first display), the second display can play a boot animation. As a feasible embodiment, the boot animation displayed on the first display and the boot animation displayed on the second display can be linked to improve the user's sense of experience. For example, the animation character in the boot animation can be jumped by the first display. Enter the second display; the display device completes the preparation for booting, and the content displayed on the second display jumps from the boot animation to the small-screen homepage. In this embodiment, the display content of the small-screen homepage is not limited. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the small-screen homepage can display the weather forecast, and in some feasible embodiments, the large-screen homepage can be displayed in a scrolling form some social news.
本申请中，显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的顶端或底端。下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的结构作以说明。图33为根据一可行实施例示出的显示设备的示意图，本实施例中显示屏3设置于第一显示器1的底端。图34为根据一可行实施例示出的显示设备的示意图，本实施例中显示屏3设置于第一显示器1的顶端。In this application, the display screen is arranged at the top or bottom of the first display. The structure of the display device will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment. In this embodiment, the display screen 3 is disposed at the bottom of the first display 1 . FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a possible embodiment. In this embodiment, the display screen 3 is arranged on the top of the first display 1 .
作为一种可行性实施方案，所述显示屏还内嵌有摄像头；所述摄像头设置于所述第二显示器的下方。本实施例中显示屏内嵌有第二显示器2和摄像头22，其中摄像头22设置于第二显示器2的下方。As a feasible implementation, the display screen is further embedded with a camera; the camera is arranged below the second display. In this embodiment, a second display 2 and a camera 22 are embedded in the display screen, wherein the camera 22 is arranged below the second display 2 .
本实施例中，摄像头用于影像的采集。作为一种可行性实施例摄像头可以包括前置摄像头和后置摄像头，其中，前置摄像头可以采集位于第一显示器前方的影像，后置摄像头可以采集位于第一显示器后边的影像。控制器可以根据当前启动的应用确定是利用前置摄像头采集影像还是利用后置摄像头采集影像。本实施例示出的显示设备可以满足用户利用显示设备采集影像的需求，用户体验感较好。In this embodiment, the camera is used for image acquisition. As a feasible embodiment, the camera may include a front camera and a rear camera, wherein the front camera may capture an image located in front of the first display, and the rear camera may capture an image located behind the first display. The controller may determine whether to use the front camera to capture the image or the rear camera to capture the image according to the currently activated application. The display device shown in this embodiment can meet the user's requirement for capturing images by using the display device, and the user experience is better.
作为一种可行性实现方式，显示设备还可以包括驱动组件。As a feasible implementation manner, the display device may further include a driving component.
本申请中，驱动组件与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏升起或下降；本申请中，并不对驱动组件的种类作以限定，凡是可以起到基于控制器的控制，可以带动显示屏升起或下降的组件均可以作为驱动组件应用到本实施例示出的方案中，例如在一可行性实施例中驱动组件可以是电机。在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；图35为一可行性实施例提供的在关机过程中，第一显示器和显示屏位置变化示意图。显示设备正常运行时，显示屏3位于第一显示器的上方，具体的可以参阅图35中效果351。关机的过程中，驱动组件(图中未示出)带动显示屏下降，在显示屏下降的过程中，显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度逐渐降低，具体的可以参阅图35中效果351～效果353。最终，驱动组件带动显示屏下降至第一显示器的后方，具体的可以参阅图35中效果353，在用户的角度，看不到显示屏。In this application, the drive assembly is connected to the display screen, and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; in this application, the type of the drive assembly is not limited. The components that drive the display screen to rise or fall can be applied to the solution shown in this embodiment as a driving component. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the driving component can be a motor. During the shutdown process, the driving assembly drives the display screen to descend from above the first display to the rear of the first display. When the display screen is located above the first display, the second display The display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked by the first display; A schematic diagram of the position change of the display and the display screen. When the display device is running normally, the display screen 3 is located above the first display. For details, please refer to effect 351 in FIG. 35 . During the shutdown process, the drive assembly (not shown in the figure) drives the display screen to descend. During the process of descending the display screen, the height of the display screen leaking from the first display gradually decreases. For details, please refer to effect 351 to effect 353 in Figure 35 . Finally, the driving component drives the display screen to drop to the rear of the first display. For details, please refer to effect 353 in FIG. 35 , from the user's point of view, the display screen cannot be seen.
下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明：图36为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图：The operation process of the display device is described below in conjunction with the specific drawings: FIG. 36 is an interactive flowchart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment:
本实施例中，控制器，配置有第一线程和第二线程；In this embodiment, the controller is configured with a first thread and a second thread;
响应于关机指令，所述第一线程被配置为执行S361和S362；In response to the shutdown instruction, the first thread is configured to execute S361 and S362;
本实施例中，关机指令由可以用户触发，用户触发关机指令的实现方式有多种。作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过触控遥控器上的关机按键触发关机指令；作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过触控显示设备上的关机按键触发关机指令。关机指令由可以显示设备主动触发。例如，用户可以设定关机时间，当显示设备的系统时间等于关机时间时，显示设备主动触发关机指令。本实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种用户触发关机指令的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中触发关机指令的实现方式可以是但不限于上述几种方式。In this embodiment, the shutdown instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementations for the user to trigger the shutdown instruction. As a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the remote control; as a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the display device. The shutdown command is actively triggered by the display device. For example, a user can set a shutdown time, and when the system time of the display device is equal to the shutdown time, the display device actively triggers a shutdown instruction. This embodiment is only an example to introduce several implementations of the user-triggered shutdown instruction, and the implementation of the shutdown instruction in the actual application process may be but not limited to the above-mentioned manners.
在S361中，第一线程控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画；In S361, the first thread controls the first display to play a first shutdown animation;
在S362中，发送播放通知至第二线程。In S362, a playback notification is sent to the second thread.
本实施例中，所述播放通知用于指示所述第二线程播放第二关机动画；In this embodiment, the play notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation;
本实施例中，并不对第一线程和第二线程之间通知传递方式作以限定，例如一些可行性实施例中，第一线程和第二线程可以通过RPC(emote Procedure Call，远程过程调用)进行通知的传递。In this embodiment, the notification transmission mode between the first thread and the second thread is not limited. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the first thread and the second thread can use RPC (emote Procedure Call, remote procedure call) Delivery of notifications.
所述第二线程被配置为执行S363，根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。The second thread is configured to execute S363, and control the second display to play a second shutdown animation according to the instruction of the playback notification, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
本实施例示出的显示设备，包括第一显示器、第二显示器和控制器，其中，控制器配置有第一线程和第二线程。其中第一线程响应于关机指令，可以控制第一显示器播放第一关机动画，同时可以发送播放通知至第二线程。第二线程根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画。可见本实施例示出的显示设备，在接收到关机指令时，可以同时控制第一显示器播放第一关机动画和第二显示器播放第二关机动画，进而实现第一关机动画和第二关机动画同步播放的目的。The display device shown in this embodiment includes a first display, a second display, and a controller, wherein the controller is configured with a first thread and a second thread. The first thread can control the first display to play the first shutdown animation in response to the shutdown instruction, and can send a playback notification to the second thread at the same time. The second thread controls the second display to play a second shutdown animation according to the instruction of the playback notification. It can be seen that the display device shown in this embodiment, when receiving a shutdown command, can simultaneously control the first display to play the first shutdown animation and the second display to play the second shutdown animation, thereby realizing the simultaneous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation. the goal of.
通常，第一线程和第二线程在通知传递的过程中会耗费一定的时间，为了避免第一线程和第二线程在通知传递的过程中会耗费的时间对第一关机动画和第二关机动画同步播放的影响。本实施例进一步示出一种优化的关机动画(包括第一关机动画和第二关机动画)同步方法。下面结合具体的附图对第一关机动画和第二关机动画同步播放过程作以说明。图37为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画与第二关机动画同步方法的流程图，图38为适用于图37提供的方法的第一线程和第二线程交互图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述第一线程被进一步配置为S371～S373：Usually, the first thread and the second thread will spend a certain amount of time during the notification delivery process. In order to avoid the time spent by the first thread and the second thread during the notification delivery process, the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation Effects of synchronized playback. This embodiment further shows an optimized method for synchronizing a shutdown animation (including a first shutdown animation and a second shutdown animation). The synchronous playing process of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 37 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing a first shutdown animation and a second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment, and FIG. 38 is an interaction diagram of a first thread and a second thread applicable to the method provided in FIG. 37 . Based on the displayed display device, the first thread is further configured as S371-S373:
在S371中，响应于关机指令，第一线程发送第一通知至所述第二线程，以使得所述第二线程接收到第一通知时反馈第二通知；In S371, in response to the shutdown instruction, the first thread sends the first notification to the second thread, so that the second thread feeds back the second notification when receiving the first notification;
本实施例中，第一通知用于提示第二线程，第一线程需要与第二线程进行通信，第二线程需要反馈一个通知。In this embodiment, the first notification is used to prompt the second thread, the first thread needs to communicate with the second thread, and the second thread needs to feed back a notification.
在S372中，当接收到所述第二通知时，第一线程根据发送第一通知的发送时间和接收第二通知的接收时间计算第一延时时间BST，发送第三通知至所述第二线程，以使得所述第二线程接收到所述第三通知时控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画；In S372, when the second notification is received, the first thread calculates the first delay time BST according to the sending time of sending the first notification and the receiving time of receiving the second notification, and sends the third notification to the second notification a thread, so that when the second thread receives the third notification, it controls the second display to play a second shutdown animation;
本实施例中，从发送第一通知的时间到接收第二通知的时间共经历了两次通知的传递，本实施例中通知在第一线程和第二线程之间传递所需的时间称之为延时时间。其中，第一线程计算出的延时时间称之为第一延时时间可以用BST表示，BST＝(接收第二通知的时间-发送第一通知的时间)/2。In this embodiment, from the time when the first notification is sent to the time when the second notification is received, two notifications are delivered. In this embodiment, the time required for the notification to be delivered between the first thread and the second thread is called is the delay time. The delay time calculated by the first thread is called the first delay time and can be represented by BST, where BST=(time for receiving the second notification - time for sending the first notification)/2.
在S373中，在所述第三通知发出的BST后，第一线程控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画。In S373, after the BST issued by the third notification, the first thread controls the first display to play a first shutdown animation.
本实施例提供的技术方案，第一线程用于发出第三通知，在所述第三通知发出的BST后，第三通知刚好达到第二线程。第二线程在接收到第三通知后，控制第二显示器播放第二关机动画。在所述第三通知发出的BST后，第一线程控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画。可见本实施例示出的技术方案可以实现第一关机动画和第二关机用户同步播放的目的。In the technical solution provided by this embodiment, the first thread is used to issue a third notification, and after the BST issued by the third notification, the third notification just reaches the second thread. After receiving the third notification, the second thread controls the second display to play the second shutdown animation. After the BST issued by the third notification, the first thread controls the first display to play a first shutdown animation. It can be seen that the technical solution shown in this embodiment can achieve the purpose of playing the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown user synchronously.
作为一种可行性实现方式，所述第一线程采用OpenGL机制绘制第一关机动画的帧界面，所述第二线程采用图片加载的方式调取第二关机动画的帧界面。As a feasible implementation manner, the first thread uses the OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and the second thread uses the image loading method to call the frame interface of the second shutdown animation.
为了提升用户的体验感，在一些可行性实施例中，所述第一线程采用OpenGL(Open Graphics Library，开放图形库)机制绘制2D或3D的第一关机动画的帧界面。在OpenGL绘制这个第一关机动画之前，第一关机动画首先被转换为三角形集合。OpenGL决定了每一个三角形中每个顶点的在第一显示器中的位置，指出了第一显示器上的哪些点可以被称作像素。通常，每个三角形由三个顶点组成，需要预先为每个顶点关联了一些数值数据， 把顶点数据从CPU传输到图形硬件。然后，把顶点数据存储到一个顶点缓存中。上述工作称之为OpenGL的准备工作。在完成OpenGL的准备工作，才能进入第一关机动画的图像帧绘制阶段。OpenGL机制绘制第一关机动画的帧界面需要耗费一定的时间在OpenGL的准备工作上。In order to improve the user's sense of experience, in some feasible embodiments, the first thread uses an OpenGL (Open Graphics Library) mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation in 2D or 3D. Before OpenGL draws this first shutdown animation, the first shutdown animation is first converted into a collection of triangles. OpenGL determines the position of each vertex in each triangle on the first display, indicating which points on the first display can be called pixels. Usually, each triangle consists of three vertices, and it is necessary to associate some numerical data for each vertex in advance, and transmit the vertex data from the CPU to the graphics hardware. Then, store the vertex data in a vertex buffer. The above work is called the preparation work of OpenGL. The image frame drawing stage of the first shutdown animation can be entered only after the preparations for OpenGL are completed. It takes a certain amount of time for the OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation in the preparation of OpenGL.
本申请中，第二线程采用图片加载的方式调取第二关机动画的帧界面，图片加载方式绘制第二关机动画的帧界面，可以直接进入图像帧的绘制阶段。In this application, the second thread invokes the frame interface of the second shutdown animation by means of image loading, and draws the frame interface of the second shutdown animation by means of image loading, and can directly enter the image frame drawing stage.
在一些可行性实施例中，第一线程采用OpenGL机制绘制第一关机动画的帧界面，所述第二线程采用图片加载的方式调取第二关机动画的帧界面，OpenGL机制绘制第一关机动画的帧界面需要耗费一定的时间在OpenGL的准备工作上。为了避免OpenGL的准备工作过程中耗费的时间，对第一关机动画及第二关机动画播放同步性的影响，本实施例示出一种第二关机动画，所述第二关机动画包括第一子动画和第二子动画。所述第二子动画在第一子动画之后播放。所述第一子动画包含的帧界面与所述第一关机动画包含的帧界面不相关，所述第二子动画包含的帧界面与所述第一关机动画包含的帧界面相关。In some feasible embodiments, the first thread uses the OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, the second thread uses the image loading method to call the frame interface of the second shutdown animation, and the OpenGL mechanism draws the first shutdown animation The frame interface needs to spend a certain amount of time in the preparation of OpenGL. In order to avoid the time consuming in the preparation of OpenGL and the influence on the synchronization of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation, this embodiment shows a second shutdown animation, and the second shutdown animation includes the first sub-animation and the second sub animation. The second sub-animation plays after the first sub-animation. The frame interface included in the first sub-animation is not related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation, and the frame interface included in the second sub-animation is related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation.
本实施例中，所述第一子动画包含的帧界面与所述第一关机动画包含的帧界面不相关。因此，第一子动画的播放可以不与第一关机动画的播放过程同步。下面结合具体的附图对第一子动画作以说明。请参阅图39，图39为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的示意图，图中显示设备的第二显示器2播放第一子动画391。本实施例中，并不对第一子动画展示的内容作以限定，例如，在一可行性实施例中，第一子动画可以是一些零散的气泡。In this embodiment, the frame interface included in the first sub-animation is not related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation. Therefore, the playback of the first sub-animation may not be synchronized with the playback process of the first shutdown animation. The first sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. Please refer to FIG. 39 . FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, in which the second display 2 of the display device plays a first sub-animation 391 . In this embodiment, the content displayed by the first sub-animation is not limited. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the first sub-animation may be some scattered bubbles.
本实施例中，所述第二子动画包含的帧界面与所述第一关机动画包含的帧界面相关。因此，第二子动画的播放需要与第一关机动画的播放过程同步。下面结合具体的附图对第二子动画作以说明。请参阅图40，图40为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的示意图，图中，显示设备的第一显示器1播放第一关机动画401，显示设备的第二显示器2播放第二子动画402。其中，第一关机动画401的帧界面为“Goodbye”的字样，第二子动画402的帧界面为与“Goodbye”的字样相关的精灵招手的图片。值得注意的是，图40仅是示例性的展示一种第一关机动画和第二子动画的样式，上述样式并不构成限定，在实际应用的过程中，可以根据需求配置第一关机动画和第二子动画的样式。In this embodiment, the frame interface included in the second sub-animation is related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation. Therefore, the playback of the second sub-animation needs to be synchronized with the playback process of the first shutdown animation. The second sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. Please refer to FIG. 40. FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram of a display device according to a feasible embodiment. In the figure, the first display 1 of the display device plays a first shutdown animation 401, and the second display 2 of the display device plays a second sub-animation 402 . The frame interface of the first shutdown animation 401 is the word "Goodbye", and the frame interface of the second sub-animation 402 is a picture of the elf beckoning related to the word "Goodbye". It is worth noting that FIG. 40 is only an exemplary style showing a first shutdown animation and a second sub-animation, and the above styles do not constitute a limitation. In the process of practical application, the first shutdown animation and the second sub-animation can be configured according to requirements. The style of the second child animation.
为了避免OpenGL的准备工作过程中耗费的时间对第一关机动画及第二关机动画播放同步性的影响，本实施例示出技术方案可以在OpenGL的准备工作过程中可以控制第二显示器播放第一子动画。在完成OpenGL的准备工作之后，第一线程绘制第一关机动画的帧界面和第二线程绘制第二子动画的帧界面同时进行。下面结合具体的附图对第一关机动画及第二关机动画的播放过程作以说明。图41为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画及第二关机动画的播放流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述第二线程被进一步配置为执行S411～S413：In order to avoid the influence of the time spent in the preparation of OpenGL on the playback synchronization of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation, this embodiment shows a technical solution that can control the second display to play the first animation during the preparation of OpenGL. animation. After completing the OpenGL preparation, the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the second thread draws the frame interface of the second sub-animation simultaneously. The playing process of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation will be described below with reference to specific drawings. FIG. 41 is a flow chart of the playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the second thread is further configured to execute S411 to S413:
在S411中，当接收到第三通知时，第二线程控制所述第二显示器播放第一子动画，根据发送第二通知的时间和接收第三通知的时间计算第二延时时间SST；In S411, when receiving the third notification, the second thread controls the second display to play the first sub-animation, and calculates the second delay time SST according to the time of sending the second notification and the time of receiving the third notification;
本实施例中，从发送第二通知的时间到接收第三通知的时间共经历了两次通知的传递，本实施例中，第二线程计算出的延时时间称之为第二延时时间可以用SST表示，SST＝(接收第三通知的时间-发送第二通知的时间)/2。In this embodiment, from the time when the second notification is sent to the time when the third notification is received, two notifications are delivered. In this embodiment, the delay time calculated by the second thread is called the second delay time It can be represented by SST, SST=(time for receiving the third notification-time for sending the second notification)/2.
在S412中，在接收到第三通知之后的第二预置时间，第二线程发送第四通知至所述第一线程，以使得所述第一线程响应于所述第四通知进入OpenGL准备阶段。In S412, at a second preset time after receiving the third notification, the second thread sends a fourth notification to the first thread, so that the first thread enters the OpenGL preparation stage in response to the fourth notification .
本实施例中，不对第二预置时间作以限定，但是第二预置时间需要满足如下关系：所述第二预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和小于或等于第一子动画的播放时间。In this embodiment, the second preset time is not limited, but the second preset time needs to satisfy the following relationship: the sum of the second preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is less than or Equal to the play time of the first sub-animation.
在S413中，当完成第一子动画的播放时，第二线程控制所述第二显示器播放第二子动画。In S413, when the playing of the first sub-animation is completed, the second thread controls the second display to play the second sub-animation.
下面结合具体的附图，对本实施例中第一线程和第二线程的交互过程作以说明。The interaction process between the first thread and the second thread in this embodiment will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图42为一可行性实施例提供的第一线程和第二线程的交互图，图43为关机过程中，显示设的变化示意图。本实施例中，所述第二预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和等于第一子动画的播放时间。具体的交互过程为：当接收到第三通知时，第二线程控制所述第二显示器播放第一子动画，此时的显示设备可以参阅图43中的效果431，第二显示器播放第一子动画。在接收到第三通知之后的预置时间，第二线程发送第四通知至所述第一线程。第一线程响应于所述第四通知进入OpenGL准备阶段。在OpenGL准备阶段，第一显示器可以继续展示在接收到关机指令之前的播放界面，本实施例中，接收到关机指令之前，第一显示器展示的播放界面为大屏首页。当完成第一子动画的播放时，第二线程控制绘制第二子动画的帧界面。当完成OpenGL准备工作时，第一线程绘制所述第一关机动画的帧界面。由于本实施例中，所述第二预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和等于第一子动画的播放时间，因此，完成OpenGL准备工作的时间等于结束播放第一子动画的时间。第二线程控制绘制第二子动画的帧界面和第一线程绘制所述第一关机动画的帧界面同步进行，此时的显示设备可以参阅图43中的效果432，第二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面，第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面。FIG. 42 is an interaction diagram of the first thread and the second thread provided by a feasible embodiment, and FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device during the shutdown process. In this embodiment, the sum of the second preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is equal to the playing time of the first sub-animation. The specific interaction process is: when receiving the third notification, the second thread controls the second display to play the first sub-animation, and the display device at this time can refer to effect 431 in FIG. 43, and the second display plays the first sub-animation. animation. At a preset time after receiving the third notification, the second thread sends a fourth notification to the first thread. The first thread enters the OpenGL preparation phase in response to the fourth notification. In the OpenGL preparation stage, the first display may continue to display the play interface before receiving the shutdown command. In this embodiment, before the shutdown command is received, the play interface displayed by the first display is a large-screen homepage. When the playing of the first sub-animation is completed, the second thread controls the frame interface for drawing the second sub-animation. When the OpenGL preparation work is completed, the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation. Since in this embodiment, the sum of the second preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage, and the SST is equal to the playback time of the first sub-animation, the time to complete the OpenGL preparation is equal to the end of playing the first sub-animation. The time of the sub-animation. The second thread controls to draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation and the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation synchronously. The display device at this time can refer to effect 432 in FIG. 43, and the second display shows the second sub-animation. The frame interface of the animation, the first display displays the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
图44为一可行性实施例提供的第一线程和第二线程的交互图。本实施例中，所述预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和小于第一子动画的播放时间。具体的交互过程为：当接收到第三通知时，第二线程控制所述第二显示器播放第一子动画，此时的显示设备可以参阅图43中的效果431。在接收到第三通知之后的预置时间，第二线程发送第四通知至所述第一线程。第一线程响应于所述第四通知进入OpenGL准备阶段，在OpenGL准备阶段，第一显示器可以继续展示在接收到关机指令之前的播放界面。本实施例中，接收到关机指令之前，第一显示器展示的播放界面为大屏首页，当完成OpenGL准备工作时，第一显示器继续展示大屏首页。在完成第一子动画播放之前的SST，第二线程发送第五通知至所述第一线程。所述第一线程接收到第五通知时，绘制所述第一关机动画的帧界面。当完成第一子动画的播放时，第二线程控制绘制第二子动画的帧界面。由于本实施例中，在完成第一子动画播放之前的SST第二线程已经发送第五通知至第一线程，因此，第一线程接收到第五通知的时间与完成第一子动画播放的时间是相同的，进而，第二线程控制绘制第二子动画的帧界面和第一线程绘制所述第一关机动画的帧界面同步进行，此时的显示设备可以参阅图43中的效果432，第二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面，第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面。FIG. 44 is an interaction diagram of the first thread and the second thread provided by a possible embodiment. In this embodiment, the sum of the preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is less than the playing time of the first sub-animation. The specific interaction process is: when receiving the third notification, the second thread controls the second display to play the first sub-animation, and the display device at this time can refer to the effect 431 in FIG. 43 . At a preset time after receiving the third notification, the second thread sends a fourth notification to the first thread. The first thread enters the OpenGL preparation phase in response to the fourth notification, and in the OpenGL preparation phase, the first display may continue to display the playback interface before receiving the shutdown instruction. In this embodiment, before the shutdown instruction is received, the playback interface displayed by the first display is a large-screen homepage, and when the OpenGL preparation work is completed, the first display continues to display the large-screen homepage. The second thread sends a fifth notification to the first thread before the SST is completed before the first sub-animation is played. When the first thread receives the fifth notification, it draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation. When the playing of the first sub-animation is completed, the second thread controls the frame interface for drawing the second sub-animation. Since in this embodiment, the second thread of SST has sent the fifth notification to the first thread before the completion of the first sub-animation playing, the time when the first thread receives the fifth notification is the same as the time when the first sub-animation is played. is the same, and further, the second thread controls the frame interface for drawing the second sub-animation and the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation synchronously, and the display device at this time can refer to the effect 432 in FIG. The second display displays the frame interface of the second sub-animation, and the first display displays the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
为了提升第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面的同步性，本实施例进一步示出一种帧界面的同步方法，所述帧界面的同步方式可利用第一线程和第二线程之间通知的交互，进一步提升第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面的同步性。下面结合具体的附图对第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面的同步性过程作以说明。图45为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面同步方法的流程图，图46为适用于图45提供的方法的第一线程和第二线程交互图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述第一线程被进一步配置为S451～S453：In order to improve the synchronization between the frame interface for displaying the first shutdown animation on the first display and the frame interface for displaying the second sub-animation on the second display, this embodiment further illustrates a method for synchronizing the frame interface. The synchronization method of the frame interface can be Using the notification interaction between the first thread and the second thread, the synchronization between the frame interface for displaying the first shutdown animation on the first display and the frame interface for displaying the second sub-animation on the second display are further improved. The synchronization process of the first display displaying the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the second display displaying the frame interface of the second sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 45 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the frame interface of the second sub-animation displayed on two displays according to a feasible embodiment, and FIG. 46 is a first thread and a first thread applicable to the method provided in FIG. 45 . In the two-thread interaction diagram, on the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the first thread is further configured as S451 to S453:
在S451中，当绘制完一帧所述第一关机动画的帧界面时，第一线程发送第六通知至所述第二线程，以使得所述第二线程当接收到所述第六通知时，绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面，并反馈第七通知；In S451, when a frame of the frame interface of the first shutdown animation is drawn, the first thread sends a sixth notification to the second thread, so that the second thread receives the sixth notification , draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation of the next frame, and feed back the seventh notification;
本实施例中，第六通知为第一线程在完成绘制一帧第一关机动画的帧界面时，第一线程主动发出的通知，用于告知第二线程准备开始下一帧第二子动画的帧界面的绘制。第二线程在接收到第六通知至会发送第七通知至第一线程，所述第七通知用于告知第一线程，第二线程已经接收到第六通知，可以开始绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面。In this embodiment, the sixth notification is a notification actively sent by the first thread when the first thread finishes drawing a frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and is used to inform the second thread that it is ready to start the next frame of the second sub-animation. The drawing of the frame interface. After the second thread receives the sixth notification, it will send a seventh notification to the first thread. The seventh notification is used to inform the first thread that the second thread has received the sixth notification and can start to draw the next frame. The frame interface of the sub-animation.
在S452中，如果在所述第六通知发出去的2*BST内接收到第七通知，则当接收到所述第七通知时，第一线程绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面；In S452, if the seventh notification is received within 2*BST sent by the sixth notification, then when the seventh notification is received, the first thread draws the frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation;
本实施例提供的方案，第一线程等待第二线程反馈的第七通知才启动下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面的绘制，以保证第一关机动画的帧界面的绘制时间尽可能与第二子动画的帧界面尽量靠近。In the solution provided by this embodiment, the first thread waits for the seventh notification fed back by the second thread before starting the drawing of the frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation, so as to ensure that the drawing time of the frame interface of the first shutdown animation is as close as possible to that of the first shutdown animation. The frame interface of the two sub animations is as close as possible.
在S453中，如果在所述第六通知发出去的2*BST内未接收到第七通知，则在第六通知发出去之后的2*BST，第一线程绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面。In S453, if the seventh notification is not received within 2*BST when the sixth notification is sent, then 2*BST after the sixth notification is sent, the first thread draws the next frame of the first shutdown animation. frame interface.
如果在所述第六通知发出去的2*BST内未接收到第七通知，则证明第二线程未接收到第六通知，或第二线程发送的第七通知未能成功到达第一线程，在此情况下，为了防止丢帧，第一线程在第六通知发出去之后的2*BST，开始绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面。If the seventh notification is not received within 2*BST when the sixth notification is sent, it proves that the second thread has not received the sixth notification, or the seventh notification sent by the second thread failed to reach the first thread successfully, In this case, in order to prevent frame loss, the first thread starts to draw the frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation at 2*BST after the sixth notification is sent.
作为一种可行性实现方式，所述第一线程被进一步配置为执行S454，如果在所述第六通知发出去之前接收到第二线程发送的第八通知，第一线程在接收到所述第八通知之后的BST，绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面。As a feasible implementation manner, the first thread is further configured to execute S454, if the eighth notification sent by the second thread is received before the sixth notification is sent, the first thread will receive the The BST after the eight notification, draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation of the next frame.
本实施例中，第八通知为第二线程在完成绘制一帧第二子动画的帧界面时，第二线程主动发出的通知，用于告知第一线程准备开始下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面的绘制。In this embodiment, the eighth notification is a notification actively sent by the second thread when the second thread finishes drawing a frame interface of the second sub-animation, and is used to inform the first thread that it is ready to start the next frame of the first shutdown animation. The drawing of the frame interface.
如果在所述第六通知发出去之前接收到第二线程发送的第八通知，第一线程还会在接收到第八通知时，反馈第六通知至第二线程。在接收到所述第八通知之后的BST(也就是第六通知发出去的BST)，第二线程可以接收到第六通知，此时第一线程绘制第一关机动画的帧界面，第二线程绘制第二子动画的帧界面。If the eighth notification sent by the second thread is received before the sixth notification is sent, the first thread will also feed back the sixth notification to the second thread when receiving the eighth notification. After receiving the BST of the eighth notification (that is, the BST sent by the sixth notification), the second thread can receive the sixth notification. At this time, the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and the second thread Draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation.
为了提升第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面的同步性，本实施例进一步示出一种帧界面的同步方法，所述帧界面的同步方式可利用第一线程和第二线程之间通知的交互，进一步提升第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面的同步性。下面结合具体的附图对第一显示器展示第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面的同步性过程作以说明。图47为一可行性实施例提供的第一关机动画的帧界面与二显示器展示第二子动画的帧界面同步方法的流程图，图48为适用于图47提供的方法的第一线程和第二线程交互图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述第二线程被进一步配置为S461～S463：In order to improve the synchronization between the frame interface for displaying the first shutdown animation on the first display and the frame interface for displaying the second sub-animation on the second display, this embodiment further illustrates a method for synchronizing the frame interface. The synchronization method of the frame interface can be Using the notification interaction between the first thread and the second thread, the synchronization between the frame interface for displaying the first shutdown animation on the first display and the frame interface for displaying the second sub-animation on the second display are further improved. The synchronization process of the first display displaying the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the second display displaying the frame interface of the second sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 47 is a flowchart of a method for synchronizing the frame interface of the first shutdown animation and the frame interface of the second sub-animation displayed on two displays according to a feasible embodiment, and FIG. 48 is a first thread and a first thread suitable for the method provided in FIG. 47 Two-thread interaction diagram, based on the display device shown in the above embodiment, the second thread is further configured as S461-S463:
在S471中，当绘制完一帧所述第二子动画的帧界面时，第二线程发送第八通知至所述第一线程，以使得所述第一线程当接收到所述第八通知时，绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面，反馈第九通知；In S471, when a frame of the frame interface of the second sub-animation is drawn, the second thread sends an eighth notification to the first thread, so that when the first thread receives the eighth notification , draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation of the next frame, and feed back the ninth notification;
在S472中，如果在第八通知发出去的2*SST内接收到第九通知，则当接收到所述第九通知时，第二线程绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面；In S472, if the ninth notification is received within the 2*SST sent by the eighth notification, then when the ninth notification is received, the second thread draws the frame interface of the second sub-animation of the next frame;
本实施例提供的方案，第二线程等待第一线程反馈的第九通知才启动下一帧第二子动画的帧界面的绘制。以保证第二子动画的帧界面的绘制时间尽可能与第一关机动画的帧界面尽量靠近。In the solution provided by this embodiment, the second thread waits for the ninth notification fed back by the first thread before starting the drawing of the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation. In order to ensure that the drawing time of the frame interface of the second sub-animation is as close as possible to the frame interface of the first shutdown animation.
在S473中，如果在第八通知发出去的2*SST时间内未接收到第九通知，则在第八通知发出去的2*SST时间，第二线程绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面。In S473, if the ninth notification is not received within the 2*SST time when the eighth notification is sent, the second thread draws the next frame of the second sub-animation frame within the 2*SST time when the eighth notification is sent interface.
如果在所述第八通知发出去的2*SST内未接收到第九通知，则证明第一线程未接收到第八通知，或第一线程发送的第九通知未能成功到达第二线程，在此情况下，为了防止丢帧，第二线程在第八通知发出去之后的2*BST，开始绘制下一帧第一子动画的帧界面。If the ninth notification is not received within 2*SST sent by the eighth notification, it proves that the first thread did not receive the eighth notification, or the ninth notification sent by the first thread failed to reach the second thread successfully, In this case, in order to prevent frame loss, the second thread starts to draw the frame interface of the next frame of the first sub-animation at 2*BST after the eighth notification is sent.
作为一种可行性实现方式，所述第一线程被进一步配置为执行S474，所述第二线程被进一步配置为：如果在所述第八通知发出去之前接收到第一线程发送的第六通知，则在接收到所述第六通知之后的SST，绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面。As a feasible implementation manner, the first thread is further configured to execute S474, and the second thread is further configured to: if the sixth notification sent by the first thread is received before the eighth notification is sent , then at the SST after receiving the sixth notification, the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation is drawn.
如果在所述第八通知发出去之前接收到第一线程发送的第六通知，第二线程还会在接收到第六通知时，反馈第八通知至第一线程。在接收到所述第六通知之后的SST(也就是第八通知发出去的SST)，第一线程可以接收到第八通知，此时第一线程绘制第一关机动画的帧界面，第二线程绘制第二子动画的帧界面。If the sixth notification sent by the first thread is received before the eighth notification is sent, the second thread will also feed back the eighth notification to the first thread when receiving the sixth notification. After receiving the SST of the sixth notification (that is, the SST sent by the eighth notification), the first thread can receive the eighth notification. At this time, the first thread draws the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and the second thread Draw the frame interface of the second sub-animation.
为了保证关机动画结束播放时，显示屏可以下降至第一显示器的后方，本申请实施例 还提供了一种显示设备，所述显示设备至少包括：控制器、第一显示器、显示屏和驱动组件。其中显示屏至少包括第二显示器。In order to ensure that the display screen can be lowered to the back of the first display when the shutdown animation finishes playing, an embodiment of the present application further provides a display device, the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display, a display screen, and a driving component . The display screen includes at least a second display.
在关机的过程中，第二显示器用于展示关机动画。(后续会对关机动画作以详细的说明)。During the shutdown process, the second display is used to display the shutdown animation. (The shutdown animation will be explained in detail later).
本实施例示出的显示设备可以根据用户的需求设置第二显示器的升起或下降，例如：在一些可行性实施例中，第二显示器的升起或收起状态可以与显示设备的开启或关闭状态同步，即显示设备开机时，控制第二显示器上升至第一显示器的上方，在显示设备处于开启状态时，第二显示器可以始终处于位于第一显示器的上方，以使得用户可以通过第二显示器展示的实时消息，随时的了解到实时消息。当显示设备关机时，控制第二显示器收起至第一显示器的后边，以达到节省空间的目的。在一些可行性实施例中，第二显示器的升起或收起状态可以不与显示设备的开启或关闭状态同步。The display device shown in this embodiment can set the raising or lowering of the second display according to the needs of the user. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the raised or retracted state of the second display may be related to the opening or closing of the display device. Status synchronization, that is, when the display device is turned on, the second display is controlled to rise above the first display. When the display device is turned on, the second display can always be located above the first display, so that the user can pass the second display. Display real-time news, know real-time news at any time. When the display device is turned off, the second display is controlled to be retracted to the back of the first display, so as to achieve the purpose of saving space. In some possible embodiments, the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device.
在下面的实施例中，第二显示器的升起或收起状态可以与显示设备的开启或关闭状态同步进行说明。In the following embodiments, the raised or retracted state of the second display can be described in synchronization with the open or closed state of the display device.
下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明：图49为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图：The operation process of the display device is described below in conjunction with the specific drawings: FIG. 49 is an interactive flowchart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment:
控制器被配置为执行S491：响应于关机指令，控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画；The controller is configured to perform S491: in response to the shutdown instruction, control the second display to play a shutdown animation;
本实施例中，关机指令由可以用户触发，用户触发关机指令的实现方式有多种。作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过触控遥控器上的关机按键触发关机指令；作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过触控显示设备上的关机按键触发关机指令。关机指令由可以显示设备主动触发。例如，用户可以设定关机时间，当显示设备的系统时间等于关机时间时，显示设备主动触发关机指令。本实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种用户触发关机指令的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中触发关机指令的实现方式可以是但不限于上述几种方式。In this embodiment, the shutdown instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementations for the user to trigger the shutdown instruction. As a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the remote control; as a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the shutdown instruction by touching the shutdown button on the display device. The shutdown command is actively triggered by the display device. For example, a user can set a shutdown time, and when the system time of the display device is equal to the shutdown time, the display device actively triggers a shutdown instruction. This embodiment is only an example to introduce several implementations of the user-triggered shutdown instruction, and the implementation of the shutdown instruction in the actual application process may be but not limited to the above-mentioned manners.
控制器被配置为执行S492：根据剩余播放时间和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；The controller is configured to perform S492: calculate the screen drop speed according to the remaining play time and the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display;
本实施例中，所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度是一个相对的数值，具体的可以是第二显示器顶端的高度与第一显示器顶端高度的差值。本实施例中，第一显示器顶端的高度是一个定值，因此，控制器仅需读取第二显示器顶端的高度，然后用第二显示器顶端的高度减去第一显示器顶端的高度便可获知第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度。图50为一可行性实施例提供的显示设备的示意图，可以看出第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度501的为第二显示器的顶端与第一显示器顶端高度的高度差。In this embodiment, the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display is a relative value, specifically, the difference between the height of the top of the second display and the height of the top of the first display. In this embodiment, the height of the top of the first display is a fixed value. Therefore, the controller only needs to read the height of the top of the second display, and then subtract the height of the top of the first display from the height of the top of the second display. The second display leaks the height of the first display. FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram of a display device provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that the height 501 of the second display that leaks out of the first display is the height difference between the top of the second display and the top of the first display.
获取剩余播放时间的实现方式有多种。There are various implementations for obtaining the remaining playback time.
作为一种可行性实现方式，剩余播放时间等于关机动画的播放时长。举例说明，在一些应用场景下，控制器控制第二显示器播放关机动画的同时，控制驱动组件带动显示屏下降，在此情况下，剩余播放时间等于关机动画的播放时长(在本实施例中也可称之为播放总时长)。As a feasible implementation manner, the remaining play time is equal to the play time of the shutdown animation. For example, in some application scenarios, when the controller controls the second display to play the shutdown animation, it controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend. In this case, the remaining playback time is equal to the playback duration of the shutdown animation (in this embodiment, Can be called the total playback time).
本实施例中，可以根据公式1计算降屏速度Speed。In this embodiment, the screen drop speed Speed can be calculated according to formula 1.
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000001
其中，LeftTime为剩余播放时间可以缩写为LT。Wherein, LeftTime is the remaining playing time and can be abbreviated as LT.
控制器被配置为执行S493：控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The controller is configured to perform S493: control the driving component to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the first level. behind a monitor.
可见本实施例示出的显示设备，在关机的过程中，控制器控制第二显示器播放关机动画，同时控制驱动组件带动显示屏下降，其中，显示屏按照降屏速度下降。由于，降屏速度与关机动画的剩余播放时间和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度相关，进而可以保证所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方，用户体验感较好。It can be seen that in the display device shown in this embodiment, during the shutdown process, the controller controls the second display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height of the second display leaking from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive component drives the display screen to drop to the first display. The rear of the display has a better user experience.
在实际应用的过程中，为了进一步提升关机动画的播放与显示屏下降的同步性，控制器可以每间隔预置时间重新计算一个实时的降屏速度。然后，控制器基于所述实时的降屏速度随时调整显示屏的下降速度，以提升关机动画的播放与显示屏下降的同步性。下面结合具体的附图对上述过程的实现作以说明。图51为一可行性实施例提供的显示屏控制方法的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行：S511～S512：In the process of practical application, in order to further improve the synchronization between the playback of the shutdown animation and the falling of the display screen, the controller can recalculate a real-time screen falling speed every preset time. Then, the controller adjusts the falling speed of the display screen at any time based on the real-time screen falling speed, so as to improve the synchronization between the playback of the shutdown animation and the falling of the display screen. The implementation of the above process will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. Fig. 51 is a flowchart of a display screen control method provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured to perform: S511-S512:
在S511中，每间隔预置时间计算一个实时降屏速度；In S511, a real-time screen drop speed is calculated every preset time interval;
本实施例，预置时间可以根据需求预先限定，例如在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以为0、1s，在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以为0、2s。例如在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以是播放时间的一半。In this embodiment, the preset time may be predefined according to requirements, for example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be 0, 1s, and in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be 0, 2s. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be half of the playback time.
本实施例中，剩余播放时间等于关机动画的播放时长与当前播放时长的差值。举例说明，在一可行性实施例中，关机动画的播放时长等于60s，当前播放时长为2s，那么剩余播放时长等于60s-2s＝58s。In this embodiment, the remaining playback time is equal to the difference between the playback duration of the shutdown animation and the current playback duration. For example, in a feasible embodiment, the playback duration of the shutdown animation is equal to 60s, the current playback duration is 2s, and the remaining playback duration is equal to 60s-2s=58s.
如果第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度等于25cm，则计算出的实时的降屏速度＝25cm/58s。If the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display is equal to 25cm, the calculated real-time screen drop speed=25cm/58s.
在S512中，每次生成实时降屏速度，控制所述驱动组件按照所述实时降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降。In S512, each time a real-time screen drop speed is generated, the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to drop according to the real-time screen drop speed.
本实施例中，控制器可以每间隔预置时间重新计算一个实时的降屏速度。然后，控制器基于所述实时降屏速度随时调整显示屏的下降速度。本实施例示出的技术方案，即使在关机的过程中，出现关机动画的播放与显示屏下降不同步的问题，控制器也能根据实时降屏速度对显示屏的下降过程作以调整，以保证关机动画的播放与显示屏下降同步。In this embodiment, the controller may recalculate a real-time screen drop speed every preset time interval. Then, the controller adjusts the falling speed of the display screen at any time based on the real-time screen falling speed. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the drop of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can adjust the drop process of the display screen according to the real-time screen drop speed to ensure that The playback of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the display drop.
由于，关机的过程中驱动组件带动显示屏组件下降。在下降的过程中，第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度逐渐降低。如果关机动画包含的帧界面的高度始终保持不变，在显示屏下降的过程中，势必会导致帧界面的部分内容被第一显示器遮挡，用户体验感较差。Because, the drive assembly drives the display assembly to descend during the shutdown process. During the descending process, the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display gradually decreases. If the height of the frame interface included in the shutdown animation remains unchanged, part of the content of the frame interface will inevitably be blocked by the first display during the descending process of the display screen, resulting in poor user experience.
为了提升用户的体验感，本实施例对关机动画做了进一步的调整。本实施例中，所述关机动画至少包括第一子动画，所述第一子动画包括至少一个第一帧界面，在所述第一子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，展示在所述第二显示器上的第一帧界面的高度依次降低。下面结合具体的附图对第一子动画作以说明。图52为一可行性实施例提供的在第一子动画播放的过程中，第一帧界面的变化示意图。可以看出，随着播放时间的延长，第一帧界面的高度依次降低。In order to improve the user's sense of experience, this embodiment further adjusts the shutdown animation. In this embodiment, the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, and the first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface. During the playback of the first sub-animation, with the extension of the playback time, display The height of the first frame interface on the second display decreases sequentially. The first sub-animation will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 52 is a schematic diagram of changes in the interface of the first frame during the playback of the first sub-animation provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that with the extension of the playback time, the height of the first frame interface decreases sequentially.
在一些应用场景下，如果第一帧界面高度大于第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，还会导致第一帧界面的部分内容被遮挡。为了解决上述技术问题，本实施例还提供一种第一帧界面的展示方法，下面结合具体的附图对第一帧界面的展示过程作以说明。图53为一可行性实施例提供的第一帧界面展示方法的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行S531～S533：In some application scenarios, if the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, part of the content of the first frame interface will be occluded. In order to solve the above technical problem, the present embodiment further provides a method for displaying the first frame interface. The following describes the display process of the first frame interface with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 53 is a flowchart of a method for displaying a first frame interface provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured to execute S531-S533:
在S531中，当所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画时，控制驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，读取第一帧界面的高度和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度；In S531, when the second display plays the first sub-animation, the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, and read the height of the first frame interface and the leakage of the first frame from the second display. the height of the display;
控制驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降的实现方式可以参阅上述实施例，在此便不赘述。The implementation manner of controlling the driving component to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed can refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
第一帧界面的高度的读取方式可以是但不限于预先为每个第一帧界面配置一个高度标识。当需要展示第一帧界面之前，控制器可以通过读取高度标识来确定该第一帧界面的高度。The reading method of the height of the first frame interface may be, but not limited to, preconfiguring a height identifier for each first frame interface. Before displaying the first frame of interface, the controller may determine the height of the first frame of interface by reading the height identifier.
在S532中，如果所述第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示展示所述第一帧界面；In S532, if the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, controlling the second display to display the first frame interface;
如果所述第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则第一帧界面包含的内容可以全部展示在第二显示器漏出第一显示器的部分，进而保证用户可 以观看到第一帧界面包含的全部内容。If the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display that leaks out of the first display, all the content contained in the first frame interface can be displayed on the part of the second display that leaks out of the first display, thereby ensuring that the user can Watch the full content of the first frame interface.
在S533中，如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度。In S533, if the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, the second display is controlled not to display the first frame interface, and the next frame of the first frame is read. The height of the frame interface and the height of the second display.
如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则第一帧界面包含的内容不能全部展示在第二显示器漏出第一显示器的部分，从用户的角度看不到一帧完整的界面，影响用户的体验感。If the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height of the second display that leaks out of the first display, the content contained in the first frame interface cannot be fully displayed on the part of the second display that leaks out of the first display, and cannot be seen from the user's point of view. To a complete interface in one frame, it affects the user's sense of experience.
本实施例中，如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度直至第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，以保证用户可以看到第一帧界面上全部的内容。In this embodiment, if the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, the second display is controlled not to display the first frame interface, and the next frame of the first frame is read. The height of the frame interface and the height of the second display until the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display leaking out of the first display, so as to ensure that the user can see all the content on the first frame interface.
本申请实施例还示出一种关机动画，所述关机动画包括第一子动画和第二子动画，其中，所述第二子动画在所述第一子动画之前播放，所述第二子动画包括至少一个第二帧界面，在所述第二子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第二帧界面的高度不变。The embodiment of the present application also shows a shutdown animation, where the shutdown animation includes a first sub-animation and a second sub-animation, wherein the second sub-animation is played before the first sub-animation, and the second sub-animation is played before the first sub-animation. The animation includes at least one second frame interface, and during the playing process of the second sub-animation, the height of the second frame interface remains unchanged with the extension of the playing time.
下面结合具体的附图对关机动画的作以说明。图54为一可行性实施例提供的在关机动画播放的过程中，帧界面的变化示意图。本实施例中，关机动画包括第一子动画和第二子动画相应的，帧界面包括第一帧界面和第二帧界面。可以看出，在关机动画播放的过程中，首先播放第二子动画，在第二子动画播放的过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第二帧界面的高度不变，具体的可以参阅图54中的效果541～效果543。第二子动画的播放结束后，开始播放第一子动画，在第一子动画播放的过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第一帧界面的依次降低，具体的可以参阅图54中的效果544～效果546。The following describes the shutdown animation with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of changes in the frame interface during the playback of the shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment. In this embodiment, the shutdown animation includes a first sub-animation and a second sub-animation. Correspondingly, the frame interface includes a first frame interface and a second frame interface. It can be seen that during the playback of the shutdown animation, the second sub-animation is played first. During the playback of the second sub-animation, with the extension of the playback time, the height of the second frame interface remains unchanged. For details, please refer to the figure. Effects 541 to 543 in 54. After the second sub-animation is played, the first sub-animation starts to be played. During the playback of the first sub-animation, as the playback time prolongs, the first frame interface decreases in sequence. For details, please refer to the effect in Figure 54 544 to effect 546.
针对关机动画包括第一子动画，或关机动画包括第一子动画和第二子动画的应用场景提出几种剩余时间的计算方式。下面结合具体的附图，对计算剩余时间的实现方式作以说明。Several calculation methods of remaining time are proposed for application scenarios where the shutdown animation includes the first sub-animation, or the shutdown animation includes the first sub-animation and the second sub-animation. The implementation manner of calculating the remaining time will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图55为根据一可行性实施例提供的剩余时间计算方法的流程图，所述方法适用于上述实施例示出的显示设备，其中，控制器被进一步配置为执行S551～S553：FIG. 55 is a flowchart of a method for calculating remaining time according to a feasible embodiment, and the method is applicable to the display device shown in the above embodiment, wherein the controller is further configured to execute S551-S553:
在S551中，响应于关机指令，读取总帧数。In S551, in response to the shutdown command, the total number of frames is read.
本实施例中，所述总帧数为所述关机动画包含帧界面的数量，所述帧界面包括第一帧界面和第二帧界面；总帧数可以预先存储在存储器内。响应于关机指令，控制器在存储器内调取总帧数。In this embodiment, the total number of frames is the number of frame interfaces included in the shutdown animation, and the frame interfaces include a first frame interface and a second frame interface; the total number of frames may be pre-stored in a memory. In response to the shutdown command, the controller retrieves the total number of frames in memory.
在S552中，所述第二显示器开始播放所述第一子动画每间隔预置时间用所述总帧数减去所述当前帧数，得到剩余帧数，所述当前帧数为所述第二显示器当前展示的帧界面对应的帧数；In S552, the second display starts to play the first sub-animation and subtracts the current frame number from the total frame number every preset time interval to obtain the remaining frame number, where the current frame number is the first sub-animation The number of frames corresponding to the frame interface currently displayed on the second monitor;
具体的实现方式可以为：控制器预先存储关机动画中包含第一帧界面的数量和第二帧界面的数量。响应于关机指令，控制器开始统计已播放帧界面的数量，当已播放帧界面的数量等于第二帧界面的数量时，控制器每间隔预置时间计算一个剩余帧数。A specific implementation manner may be as follows: the controller pre-stores the number of interfaces in the first frame and the number of interfaces in the second frame included in the shutdown animation. In response to the shutdown command, the controller starts to count the number of played frame interfaces, and when the number of played frame interfaces is equal to the number of the second frame interface, the controller calculates a remaining frame number every preset time interval.
具体的实现方式可以为：第一帧界面和第二帧界面携带有不同的标识，控制器实时的读取标识，当读取到第一帧界面的标识时，控制器每间隔预置时间计算一个剩余帧数。The specific implementation can be as follows: the first frame interface and the second frame interface carry different identifiers, the controller reads the identifiers in real time, and when the identifier of the first frame interface is read, the controller calculates the interval preset time A number of frames remaining.
在S553中，根据所述剩余帧数和帧界面的展示时间计算剩余播放时间。In S553, the remaining playing time is calculated according to the remaining frame number and the display time of the frame interface.
具体的技术过程，控制器预先存储第一帧界面的数量(Size 1)和第二帧界面的数量(Size 2)、帧界面的展示时间(PT)。控制器可以根据公式2计算总播放时长T，用公式3计算剩余播放时长LeftTime。 For a specific technical process, the controller pre-stores the number (Size 1 ) of the first frame interface, the number (Size 2 ) of the second frame interface, and the presentation time (PT) of the frame interface. The controller can calculate the total playing time T according to formula 2, and calculate the remaining playing time LeftTime using formula 3.
T＝PT*(Size 1+Size 2)  (公式2) T=PT*(Size 1 +Size 2 ) (Formula 2)
LeftTime＝T–PT*(Size 1+Size 2-Size 当前)   (公式3) LeftTime＝T-PT*(Size 1 +Size 2 -Size current ) (Formula 3)
其中，Size 当前为当前帧数。 Among them, Size is currently the current frame number.
图56为根据一可行性实施例提供的剩余时间计算方法的流程图，所述方法适用于上 述实施例示出的显示设备，其中，控制器被进一步配置为执行S561～S563：Fig. 56 is a flowchart of a method for calculating the remaining time provided according to a feasible embodiment, and the method is applicable to the display device shown in the above-mentioned embodiment, wherein the controller is further configured to execute S561-S563:
在S561中，响应于关机指令，读取所述关机动画的总播放时间；In S561, in response to the shutdown instruction, read the total play time of the shutdown animation;
具体的实现方式可以为：控制器预先存储关机动画的总时长，总时长包含第一子动画的播放时长和第二子动画的播放时长。A specific implementation manner may be as follows: the controller pre-stores the total duration of the shutdown animation, and the total duration includes the playback duration of the first sub-animation and the playback duration of the second sub-animation.
在S562中，所述第二显示器开始播放所述第一子动画，每间隔预置时间读取当前播放时间，所述当前播放时间以接收到所述关机指令的时间为起点；In S562, the second display starts to play the first sub-animation, reads the current play time every preset time, and the current play time takes the time when the shutdown instruction is received as a starting point;
控制器可以以关机动画的播放时长等于第二子动画的播放时长为起点，每间隔预置时间读取当前播放时间。本实施例中，所述当前播放时间以接收到所述关机指令的时间为起点的时间。The controller may take the playback duration of the shutdown animation equal to the playback duration of the second sub-animation as a starting point, and read the current playback time every preset time interval. In this embodiment, the current playback time takes the time when the shutdown instruction is received as a time starting point.
在S563中，用所述总播放时间减去所述当前播放时间，得到剩余播放时间。In S563, the current playing time is subtracted from the total playing time to obtain the remaining playing time.
值得注意的是，本实施例仅是示例性的介绍两种剩余播放时间的计算方式，在实际应用的过程中，剩余时间的计算方式可以是但不限于上述两种方式，在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment is only an example to introduce two calculation methods of remaining play time. In the process of practical application, the calculation methods of remaining time may be but not limited to the above two methods. The applicant does not Too many restrictions.
作为一种可行性实施方案，所述显示屏还内嵌有摄像头；所述摄像头设置于所述第二显示器的下方。As a feasible implementation, the display screen is further embedded with a camera; the camera is arranged below the second display.
本实施例中，摄像头用于影像的采集。作为一种可行性实施例摄像头可以包括前置摄像头和后置摄像头，其中，前置摄像头可以采集位于第一显示器前方的影像，后置摄像头可以采集位于第一显示器后边的影像。控制器可以根据当前启动的应用确定是利用前置摄像头采集影像还是利用后置摄像头采集影像。本实施例示出的显示设备可以满足用户利用显示设备采集影像的需求，用户体验感较好。In this embodiment, the camera is used for image acquisition. As a feasible embodiment, the camera may include a front camera and a rear camera, wherein the front camera may capture an image located in front of the first display, and the rear camera may capture an image located behind the first display. The controller may determine whether to use the front camera to capture the image or the rear camera to capture the image according to the currently activated application. The display device shown in this embodiment can meet the user's requirement for capturing images by using the display device, and the user experience is better.
通常情况下，为了达到空间合理化利用的目的，本实施例将摄像头设置为可升降式摄像头，当需要利用摄像头采集影像时，控制摄像头升起以达到影像采集的目的；当不需要利用摄像头采集影像时，控制摄像头收起以达到空间合理化利用的目的。因此，在关机时无法获知摄像头的位置(摄像头是位于第一显示器的上方还是第一显示器的后方)。摄像头位于第一显示器的上方还是后方会对关机过程中，显示屏的降屏速度产生一定的影响。Usually, in order to achieve the purpose of rational utilization of space, the camera is set as a liftable camera in this embodiment. When the camera needs to be used to collect images, the camera is controlled to rise to achieve the purpose of image collection; when the camera does not need to be used to collect images , control the camera to stow away to achieve the purpose of rational use of space. Therefore, the position of the camera (whether the camera is located above the first display or the rear of the first display) cannot be known when the device is turned off. Whether the camera is located above or behind the first display will have a certain impact on the screen drop speed of the display during the shutdown process.
为了保证关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。本实施例对关机过程中，控制显示屏下降的方法做了进一步的优化，具体的可以参阅图57，图57为一可行性实施例提供的控制显示屏下降方法的流程图，所述流程图可以适用于上述实施例示出的显示设备，其中，改进点在于控制器被进一步配置为执行步骤S571～S572：In order to ensure that the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving assembly drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display. This embodiment further optimizes the method for controlling the drop of the display screen during the shutdown process. For details, please refer to FIG. 57. FIG. 57 is a flowchart of a method for controlling the drop of the display screen provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be applied to the display devices shown in the above embodiments, wherein the improvement lies in that the controller is further configured to perform steps S571-S572:
在S571中，响应于关机指令，读取所述摄像头的位置；In S571, in response to the shutdown instruction, read the position of the camera;
读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式有多种。There are various implementations for reading the position of the camera.
例如：作为一种可行性实施方式，制器被配置执行步骤(11)～步骤(13)：步骤(11)读取所述第一高度；本实施例中，第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，第一高度是一个相对的数值，本实施例并不对参考点作以限定，第一高度可以以显示设备的底端高度作为参考点，也可以以其他高度作为参考点。如果所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，步骤(12)确定所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器；本实施例中，第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度，第二高度是一个相对的数值，本实施例并不对参考点作以限定，第一高度和第二高度采用相同的参考点即可。如果所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，则说明摄像头位于第一显示器的上边。如果所述第一高度小于所述第二高度，步骤(13)确定所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡。如果所述第一高度小于所述第二高度，则说明摄像头位于第一显示器的后边。For example: as a feasible implementation, the controller is configured to perform steps (11) to (13): step (11) reads the first height; in this embodiment, the first height is the height of the bottom end of the camera , the first height is a relative value, and this embodiment does not limit the reference point. The first height may take the height of the bottom of the display device as the reference point, or other heights as the reference point. If the first height is not less than the second height, step (12) determines that the camera is higher than the first display; in this embodiment, the second height is the height of the top of the first display, and the second height is As a relative value, this embodiment does not limit the reference point, and the same reference point may be used for the first height and the second height. If the first height is not less than the second height, it means that the camera is located on the upper side of the first display. If the first height is smaller than the second height, step (13) determines that the camera is blocked by the first display. If the first height is smaller than the second height, it means that the camera is located behind the first display.
再例如：作为一种可行性实施方式，制器被配置执行步骤(21)～步骤(23)：步骤(21)读取所述摄像头升降开关的标识位；本实施例中，可以为摄像头配置摄像头升降开关，当所述摄像头升降开关处于开启状态时，摄像头位于第一显示器的上边，此时摄像头升降开关的标识位为第一标识位。当所述摄像头升降开关处于关闭状态时，摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，此时摄像头升降开关的标识位为第二标识位。因此，控制器可以通过读取所述 摄像头升降开关的标识位的方式来确定摄像头的位置。如果所述标识位为第一标识位，步骤(22)确定所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上边；步骤(23)如果所述标识位为第二标识位，确定所述摄像头位于第一显示器的后边。Another example: as a feasible implementation manner, the controller is configured to perform steps (21) to (23): step (21) reads the identification position of the camera lift switch; in this embodiment, the camera can be configured The camera lift switch, when the camera lift switch is on, the camera is located on the top of the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the first identification position at this time. When the camera lift switch is in an off state, the camera is located behind the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the second identification position at this time. Therefore, the controller can determine the position of the camera by reading the identification position of the camera lift switch. If the identification bit is the first identification bit, step (22) determines that the camera is located on the upper side of the first display; step (23) if the identification bit is the second identification bit, determine that the camera is located at the top of the first display behind.
值得注意的是，本实施例仅是示例性的介绍了两种读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中，读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式可以是但不限于上述两种实现方式在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment only exemplarily introduces two implementations of reading the position of the camera. In the process of practical application, the implementation of reading the position of the camera may be but not limited to The above two implementation manners are not limited too much by the applicant here.
在S572中，如果所述摄像头位于所述第一显示器的上方，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至预置位置。In S572, if the camera is located above the first display, the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a preset position.
本实施例中，当所述显示屏下降至预置位置时，所述第二显示器位于所述第一显示器的上方，所述摄像头位于所述第一显示器的后方；所述摄像头由所述第一显示器的上边下降至所述第一显示器的后边所用的时间小于或等于第二子动画的播放时间。In this embodiment, when the display screen is lowered to a preset position, the second display is located above the first display, and the camera is located behind the first display; The time taken for the top edge of a display to drop to the back edge of the first display is less than or equal to the playing time of the second sub-animation.
下面结合具体的实例对上述控制过程作以说明。The above control process will be described below with reference to specific examples.
在S573中，如果所述摄像头位于所述第一显示器的后边，在所述第二显示器播放第一子动画之前，所述驱动组件不带动和所述显示屏下降。In S573, if the camera is located behind the first display, before the second display plays the first sub-animation, the driving component is not driven and the display screen is lowered.
下面结合具体的附图，对本实施例示出的显示设备的作业过程作以说明。The operation process of the display device shown in this embodiment will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图58为一可行性实施例中示出的显示设备的作业流程图。图59～图60为根据一可行性实施例提供的关机过程中，显示设备的变化示意图。图59～图60控制器可以包括动画播放模块和升降模块。FIG. 58 is a flow chart of the operation of the display device shown in one possible embodiment. 59 to 60 are schematic diagrams illustrating changes of a display device during a shutdown process according to a feasible embodiment. The controllers shown in Fig. 59 to Fig. 60 may include an animation playing module and a lifting module.
图58示出的实施例中，响应于关机指令，动画播放模块执行S5811控制第二显示器播放关机动画。本实施例中，关机动画包括第二关机动画和第一关机动画，第二显示器优先播放第二关机动画。具体的可以参阅图59中的效果591，当第二显示器开始播放第一关机动画时，动画播放模块执行S5812计算剩余播放时间。S5813计算降屏速度，并将降屏速度以通知的形式发送至升降模块。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 58, in response to the shutdown instruction, the animation playback module executes S5811 to control the second display to play the shutdown animation. In this embodiment, the shutdown animation includes a second shutdown animation and a first shutdown animation, and the second display preferentially plays the second shutdown animation. For details, please refer to effect 591 in FIG. 59. When the second display starts to play the first shutdown animation, the animation playback module executes S5812 to calculate the remaining playback time. S5813 calculates the screen drop speed, and sends the screen drop speed to the lift module in the form of a notification.
响应于关机指令，升降模块判断摄像头是否处于升起转态。本实施例中，摄像头处于升起状态，升降模块执行S5821控制显示屏下降至预置位置。并等待动画播放模块通知。在此过程中，显示设备的变化可以参阅效果591～效果594；In response to the shutdown command, the lifting module determines whether the camera is in a rising state. In this embodiment, the camera is in a raised state, and the lifting module executes S5821 to control the display screen to drop to a preset position. And wait for the animation playback module notification. During this process, you can refer to Effect 591 to Effect 594 for the change of display device;
当接收到携带有降屏速度的通知时，升降模块控制执行S5822控制驱动组件按照降屏速度带动显示屏下降。与此同时，动画播放模块实时的判断第一帧界面的高度(IH)是否小于或等于第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度(SH)；如果是则执行S5814(2)控制第二显示器显示第一帧界面。如果不是执行S5814(1)控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。在此过程中，显示设备的变化可以参阅效果594～效果596。When receiving the notification carrying the screen dropping speed, the lifting module controls and executes S5822 to control the driving component to drive the display screen to drop according to the screen dropping speed. At the same time, the animation playback module judges in real time whether the height (IH) of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height (SH) of the second display leaking out of the first display; if so, execute S5814 (2) to control the second display to display the first One frame interface. If not executing S5814(1), control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display in the next frame, so that the shutdown animation ends During playing, the driving assembly drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display. During this process, you can refer to effect 594 to effect 596 for the change of the display device.
图60示出的实施例中，响应于关机指令，动画播放模块执行S5811控制第二显示器播放关机动画。本实施例中，关机动画包括第二关机动画和第一关机动画，第二显示器优先播放第二关机动画。具体的可以参阅图60中的效果601，当第二显示器开始播放第一关机动画时，动画播放模块执行S5812计算剩余播放时间。S5813计算降屏速度，并将降屏速度以通知的形式发送至升降模块。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 60, in response to the shutdown instruction, the animation playback module executes S5811 to control the second display to play the shutdown animation. In this embodiment, the shutdown animation includes a second shutdown animation and a first shutdown animation, and the second display preferentially plays the second shutdown animation. For details, please refer to effect 601 in FIG. 60. When the second display starts to play the first shutdown animation, the animation playback module executes S5812 to calculate the remaining playback time. S5813 calculates the screen drop speed, and sends the screen drop speed to the lift module in the form of a notification.
响应于关机指令，升降模块判断摄像头是否处于升起转态。本实施例中，摄像头处于收起状态，升降模块执行S5821(2)等待动画播放模块通知(等待播放第一子动画)。在此过程中，显示设备的变化可以参阅效果601～效果603；In response to the shutdown command, the lifting module determines whether the camera is in a rising state. In this embodiment, the camera is in a retracted state, and the lifting module executes S5821 (2) and waits for a notification from the animation playback module (waiting for the first sub-animation to be played). During this process, the change of the display device can refer to effect 601 to effect 603;
当接收到携带有降屏速度的通知时，升降模块控制执行S5822控制驱动组件按照降屏速度带动显示屏下降。与此同时，动画播放模块实时的判断第一帧界面的高度(IH)是否小于或等于第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度(SH)；如果是则执行S5814(2)控制第二显示器显示第一帧界面，如果不是执行S5814(1)控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度，以使得所述关机动画束播 放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。在此过程中，显示设备的变化可以参阅效果604～效果606。When receiving the notification carrying the screen dropping speed, the lifting module controls and executes S5822 to control the driving component to drive the display screen to drop according to the screen dropping speed. At the same time, the animation playback module judges in real time whether the height (IH) of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height (SH) of the second display leaking out of the first display; if so, execute S5814 (2) to control the second display to display the first One frame interface, if S5814(1) is not executed to control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display in the next frame, so that all When the shutdown animation beam is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display. During this process, the changes of the display device can be referred to effect 604 to effect 606 .
本申请实施例还示出一种显示设备，包括：第一显示器；The embodiment of the present application also shows a display device, including: a first display;
显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画，所述关机动画至少包括第一子动画，所述第一子动画包括至少一个第一帧界面，在所述第一子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，展示在所述第二显示器上的第一帧界面的高度依次降低；A display screen, which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process, and the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, and the The first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface, and during the playback of the first sub-animation, the height of the first frame interface displayed on the second display decreases sequentially with the extension of the playback time;
驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述显示器的后方，第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度逐渐降低；A drive assembly is connected to the display screen and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the lower part of the display At the rear, the height of the second display leaking out of the first display gradually decreases;
下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明：图61为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图。其中，控制器被配置为执行S611～S613：The operation process of the display device is described below with reference to the specific drawings: FIG. 61 is an interaction flow chart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment. Among them, the controller is configured to execute S611~S613:
在S611中，当所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画时，控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降，读取第一帧界面的高度和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度；In S611, when the second display plays the first sub-animation, the control driving component drives the display screen to descend, and reads the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display leaking out of the first display;
在S612中，如果所述第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示展示所述第一帧界面；In S612, if the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, controlling the second display to display the first frame interface;
在S613中，如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度。In S613, if the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, the second display is controlled not to display the first frame interface, and the next frame of the first frame is read. The height of the frame interface and the height of the second display.
本实施例中，如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度直至第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，以保证用户可以看到第一帧界面上全部的内容。In this embodiment, if the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, the second display is controlled not to display the first frame interface, and the next frame of the first frame is read. The height of the frame interface and the height of the second display until the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display leaking out of the first display, so as to ensure that the user can see all the content on the first frame interface.
本申请实施例示出的摄像头的控制方法，适用于显示设备，显示设备包括控制器，第一显示器，摄像头及驱动组件。响应于用户输出的第一应用的关机指令，控制器可以根据摄像头的运行状态及升降状态，决定控制摄像头采集影像还是控制驱动组件带动摄像头移动，用户体验感较好。The camera control method shown in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a display device, and the display device includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component. In response to the shutdown command of the first application output by the user, the controller can decide whether to control the camera to capture images or control the driving component to drive the camera to move according to the running state and the lifting state of the camera, which provides a better user experience.
本申请中，关机动画的播放时间可以预先存储在控制器内，或预先存储在云端服务器。响应于关机指令，控制器可以直接调取关机动画的播放时间。In this application, the playback time of the shutdown animation may be pre-stored in the controller, or pre-stored in the cloud server. In response to the shutdown command, the controller can directly call the playback time of the shutdown animation.
图62为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备的流程图，控制器被配置为执行：S621～S624：FIG. 62 is a flowchart of a display device according to a feasible embodiment, and the controller is configured to execute: S621-S624:
在S621中，当所述关机动画播放至预置时间时，读取所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度。In S621, when the shutdown animation is played to a preset time, the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display is read.
本申请中，所述预置时间为小于所述播放时间的时间，例如在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以是播放时间的一半；再例如在一些可行性实施例中预置时间可以是播放时间的三分之一。In this application, the preset time is a time smaller than the playback time. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be half of the playback time; for example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset time may be one third of the playback time.
读取所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度的实现方式可以参阅上述实施例，在此申请人不再赘述。The implementation manner of reading the height of the display screen leaking out of the first display can refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, and the applicant will not repeat them here.
在S622中，根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间，根据所述播放时间和所述预置时间计算第二剩余时间。In S622, a first remaining time is calculated according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed, and a second remaining time is calculated according to the playing time and the preset time.
本申请中，LT 1(LeftTime 1，第一剩余时间)可以采用公式4计算： In this application, LT 1 (LeftTime 1 , the first remaining time) can be calculated by formula 4:
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000002
其中，LH(LeftHight，显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度)，Speed为降屏速度。Wherein, LH (LeftHight, the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display), and Speed is the screen lowering speed.
本申请中，LT 2(LeftTime 2，第二剩余时间)可以采用公式5计算： In this application, LT 2 (LeftTime 2 , the second remaining time) can be calculated using formula 5:
LeftTime 2＝T S-T 预置   (公式5) LeftTime 2 =T S -T Preset (Equation 5)
其中，T S为关机动画的播放时间，T 预置为预置时间。 Among them, T S is the playback time of the shutdown animation, and T preset is the preset time.
在S623中，计算所述第一剩余时间和所述第二剩余的差值；In S623, calculating the difference between the first remaining time and the second remaining time;
在S624中，如果所述差值不在预置范围内，则根据所述第二剩余时间调整所述降屏速度。In S624, if the difference is not within a preset range, the screen drop speed is adjusted according to the second remaining time.
本实施例并不对预置范围作以限定，可以根据需要设定预置范围，例如在一些可行性实施例中预置范围可以是{-2s～+2s}。This embodiment does not limit the preset range, and the preset range may be set as required. For example, in some feasible embodiments, the preset range may be {-2s to +2s}.
调整后的降屏速度为：LH/LT2。控制器可以控制驱动组件按照调整后的降屏速度带动显示器下降。The adjusted screen drop speed is: LH/LT2. The controller can control the driving component to drive the display down according to the adjusted screen lowering speed.
本实施例中，关机动画播放至预置时间时，控制器可以重新计算一个降屏速度。然后，控制器基于所述重新计算的降屏速度调整显示屏的下降速度。本实施例示出的技术方案，即使在关机的过程中，出现关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程不同步的问题，控制器也能根据重新计算的降屏速度对显示屏的下降过程作以调整，以保证关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程同步。In this embodiment, when the shutdown animation is played to the preset time, the controller may recalculate a screen drop speed. Then, the controller adjusts the descending speed of the display screen based on the recalculated descending speed. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback process of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the descending process of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can also adjust the descending process of the display screen according to the recalculated screen descending speed. It can be adjusted to ensure that the playback process of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the falling process of the display screen.
在实际应用的过程中，为了进一步提升关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程的同步性，在关机动画播放至预置时间后，控制器可以根据关机动画的播放情况结合显示屏的下降情况决定是否对关机动画的播放过程作以调整。下面结合具体的附图对上述过程作以说明，图63为一可行性实施例提供的关机动画调整方法的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行：S631～S634：In the process of practical application, in order to further improve the synchronization between the playback process of the shutdown animation and the descending process of the display screen, after the shutdown animation is played to the preset time, the controller can combine the playback situation of the shutdown animation with the descending situation of the display screen. Determines whether to make adjustments to the playback process of the shutdown animation. The above process will be described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 63 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured For execution: S631～S634:
在S631中，当所述关机动画播放至预置时间时，读取所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度。In S631, when the shutdown animation is played to a preset time, the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display is read.
本申请中，所述预置时间为小于所述播放时间的时间。In this application, the preset time is a time smaller than the playback time.
在S632中，根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间，根据所述播放时间和所述预置时间计算二剩余时间；In S632, a first remaining time is calculated according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen dropping speed, and a second remaining time is calculated according to the playback time and the preset time;
其中，第一剩余时间和第二剩余时间的计算方式可以参阅上述实施例，在此便不赘述。The calculation methods of the first remaining time and the second remaining time may refer to the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在S633中，计算所述第一剩余时间和所述第二剩余的差值；In S633, calculating the difference between the first remaining time and the second remaining time;
在S634中，如果所述差值不在预置范围内，则控制所述第一显示器在第一剩余时间内完成剩余关机动画的播放。In S634, if the difference is not within the preset range, the first display is controlled to complete the playback of the remaining shutdown animation within the first remaining time.
控制所述第一显示器在第一剩余时间内完成剩余关机动画的播放的实现过程可以为：根据所述第一剩余时间调整关机动画中包含帧界面的展示时间。The implementation process of controlling the first display to complete the playback of the remaining shutdown animation within the first remaining time may be: adjusting the display time of the shutdown animation including the frame interface according to the first remaining time.
图64为根据一可行性实施例提供的根据所述第一剩余时间调整关机动画播放过程的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行：S641～S644：Fig. 64 is a flowchart of adjusting the shutdown animation playback process according to the first remaining time according to a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured to execute: S641 ~S644:
在S641中，响应于关机指令，统计所述第一显示器当前展示帧界面的帧数；In S641, in response to the shutdown instruction, count the number of frames currently displayed by the first display frame interface;
本申请中，控制器实时的统计当前展示帧界面的帧数；具体的统计过程可以是但不限于，第一显示器每展示一帧关机动画的帧界面，相应的帧数增加1。In this application, the controller counts the number of frames currently displayed on the frame interface in real time; the specific statistical process may be, but not limited to, each time the first display displays a frame interface of the shutdown animation, the corresponding frame number increases by 1.
在S642中，如果所述差值不在预置范围内，用所述关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数与所述当前展示帧界面的帧数做差得到剩余帧数；In S642, if the difference is not within the preset range, use the total frame number of the shutdown animation including the frame interface and the frame number of the current display frame interface to make a difference to obtain the remaining frame number;
本申请中，关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数可以预先存储在控制器内，或预先存储在云端服务器。响应于关机指令，控制器可以直接调取关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数。In this application, the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface may be pre-stored in the controller, or pre-stored in the cloud server. In response to the shutdown command, the controller can directly call the shutdown animation including the total frame number of the frame interface.
举例说明，在一可行性实施例中，关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数为1000，当前展示帧界面的帧数为500，那么剩余帧数等于1000-500。For example, in a feasible embodiment, the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface is 1000, and the number of frames currently displaying the frame interface is 500, so the remaining frames are equal to 1000-500.
在S643中，根据所述第一剩余时间和所述剩余帧数计算调整后的帧界面展示时间；In S643, calculate the adjusted frame interface display time according to the first remaining time and the remaining number of frames;
本申请中，调整后的帧界面展示时间(NST 调整)可以采用公式6计算。 In this application, the adjusted frame interface display time (NST adjustment ) can be calculated by using formula 6.
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000003
在S644中，控制所述第一显示器按照调整后的帧界面展示时间继续播放关机动画。In S644, the first display is controlled to continue to play the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface presentation time.
本申请中，当所述控制器计算出调整后的帧界面展示时间后，控制器将每个未展示的帧界面的展示时间调整为NST 调整。 In the present application, after the controller calculates the adjusted display time of the frame interface, the controller adjusts the display time of each undisplayed frame interface to the NST adjustment .
本申请中，关机动画播放至预置时间时，控制器可以根据关机动画的播放情况结合显 示屏的下降情况决定是否对关机动画的播放过程作以调整。如果需要调整，根据所述第一剩余时间和所述剩余帧数计算调整后的帧界面展示时间，控制所述第一显示器按照调整后的帧界面展示时间继续播放关机动画。本实施例示出的技术方案，即使在关机的过程中，出现关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程不同步的问题，控制器也能根据调整后的帧界面展示时间对关机动画的播放过程作以调整，以保证关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程同步。In the present application, when the shutdown animation is played to the preset time, the controller can decide whether to adjust the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the playback situation of the shutdown animation and the decline of the display screen. If adjustment is required, the adjusted frame interface display time is calculated according to the first remaining time and the remaining frame number, and the first display is controlled to continue to play the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface display time. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback process of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the descending process of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can display the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface display time. Make adjustments to ensure that the playback process of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the descending process of the display.
在实际应用的过程中，为了进一步提升关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程的同步性，在第一显示器展示关机动画的最后一帧界面时，控制器可以根据关机动画的播放情况结合显示屏的下降情况决定是否对关机动画的播放过程作以调整。下面结合具体的附图对上述过程作以说明，图65为一可行性实施例提供的关机动画调整方法的流程图，在上述实施例示出的显示设备的基础上，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行：S651～S653：In the process of practical application, in order to further improve the synchronization between the playback process of the shutdown animation and the descending process of the display screen, when the first display displays the last frame of the shutdown animation interface, the controller can combine the display according to the playback situation of the shutdown animation. The lowering of the screen determines whether to adjust the playback process of the shutdown animation. The above process is described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 65 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a shutdown animation provided by a feasible embodiment. On the basis of the display device shown in the above embodiment, the controller is further configured For execution: S651～S653:
在S651中，当所述当前展示帧界面为最后一帧界面时，根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间；In S651, when the current display frame interface is the last frame interface, the first remaining time is calculated according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed;
本申请中，关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数可以预先存储在控制器内，或预先存储在云端服务器。响应于关机指令，控制器可以直接调取关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数。控制器实时的读取第一显示器当前展示帧界面的帧数，当所述帧数等于总帧数时，前展示帧界面为最后一帧界面。In this application, the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface may be pre-stored in the controller, or pre-stored in the cloud server. In response to the shutdown command, the controller can directly call the shutdown animation including the total frame number of the frame interface. The controller reads the frame number of the frame interface currently displayed on the first display in real time, and when the frame number is equal to the total number of frames, the previous display frame interface is the last frame interface.
根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间的实现方式可以参阅上述实施例，在此便不赘述。The implementation manner of calculating the first remaining time according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen lowering speed may refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
在S652中，如果所述第一剩余时间小于或等于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则控制所述第一显示器结束所述关机动画的播放；In S652, if the first remaining time is less than or equal to the adjusted frame interface display time, controlling the first display to end the playback of the shutdown animation;
本申请中，如果所述第一剩余时间小于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则证明显示屏下降的速度较快，则控制器控制所述第一显示器结束所述关机动画的播放。In the present application, if the first remaining time is less than the adjusted display time of the frame interface, it proves that the display screen is falling faster, and the controller controls the first display to end the playback of the shutdown animation.
本申请中，如果所述第一剩余时间等于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则证明显示屏下降的速度与关机动画播放速度匹配，则控制器控制所述第一显示器结束所述关机动画的播放。In this application, if the first remaining time is equal to the adjusted display time of the frame interface, it proves that the falling speed of the display screen matches the playback speed of the shutdown animation, and the controller controls the first display to end the shutdown animation 's playback.
在S653中，如果所述第一剩余时间大于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则控制所述第一显示器继续展示所述最后一帧界面，所述最后一帧界面的继续展示时间与所述第一剩余时间和调整后的所述帧界面展示时间相关。In S653, if the first remaining time is greater than the adjusted display time of the frame interface, the first display is controlled to continue to display the last frame of interface, and the display time of the last frame of interface is the same as the display time of the last frame of interface. The first remaining time is related to the adjusted display time of the frame interface.
本申请中，如果所述第一剩余时间大于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则证明显示屏下降的速度慢。在此情况下，控制器控制第一显示器延长最后一帧界面的展示时间。作为一个一种可行性方式。最后一帧界面的延长时间可以等于第一剩余时间与调整后的所述帧界面展示时间的差值。In the present application, if the first remaining time is greater than the adjusted display time of the frame interface, it proves that the descending speed of the display screen is slow. In this case, the controller controls the first display to extend the display time of the last frame of the interface. as a feasible way. The extension time of the last frame interface may be equal to the difference between the first remaining time and the adjusted display time of the frame interface.
本申请中，当播放至最后一帧时，控制器根据关机动画的播放情况结合显示屏的下降情况决定是否对关机动画的播放过程作以调整。显示屏下降速度慢，控制器可以控制器控制第一显示器延长最后一帧界面的展示时间。本实施例示出的技术方案，即使在关机的过程中，出现关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程不同步的问题，控制器也能根据调整后的帧界面展示时间对关机动画的播放过程作以调整，以保证关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程同步。In the present application, when the last frame is played, the controller decides whether to adjust the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the playback situation of the shutdown animation and the decline of the display screen. The display screen descends slowly, and the controller may control the first display to extend the display time of the last frame of the interface. According to the technical solution shown in this embodiment, even if the playback process of the shutdown animation is not synchronized with the descending process of the display screen during the shutdown process, the controller can display the playback process of the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface display time. Make adjustments to ensure that the playback process of the shutdown animation is synchronized with the descending process of the display.
作为一种可行性实现方式，所述可以控制器包括：第一子控制器(本实施例中也可称之为第一控制器)和第二子控制器(本实施例中也可称之为第二控制器)。下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明：图66为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备各部件的交互流程图。As a feasible implementation manner, the controller includes: a first sub-controller (also referred to as a first controller in this embodiment) and a second sub-controller (also referred to as a first controller in this embodiment) for the second controller). The operation process of the display device is described below with reference to the specific drawings: FIG. 66 is an interaction flowchart of each component of the display device shown in a feasible embodiment.
第一子控制器执行步骤S661，响应于关机指令，发送携带有播放时间的消息至所述第二子控制器。The first sub-controller executes step S661, and in response to the shutdown instruction, sends a message carrying the play time to the second sub-controller.
第二子控制器执行步骤S662，响应于接收到所述带有播放时间的消息，根据所述播放 时间和所述显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；The second sub-controller executes step S662, and in response to receiving the message with the play time, calculates the screen drop speed according to the play time and the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display;
第二子控制器执行步骤S663，发送反馈消息至第一控制器。The second sub-controller executes step S663, and sends a feedback message to the first controller.
第一子控制器执行步骤S664，如果接收到所述第二控制器发送的反馈消息，计算延时时间，发送降屏指令至所述第二控制器。The first sub-controller executes step S664, if receiving the feedback message sent by the second controller, calculates the delay time, and sends a screen down instruction to the second controller.
本申请中，所述延时时间等于消息传递时间的一半，所述消息传递时间以发送携带有播放时间的消息对应的时间为起点，以接收到反馈消息对应时间的为终点。具体的，可以根据公式7计算延时时间ET。In the present application, the delay time is equal to half of the message delivery time, and the message delivery time starts from the time corresponding to sending the message carrying the play time, and ends at the time corresponding to the feedback message received. Specifically, the delay time ET can be calculated according to formula 7.
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000004
其中，T2为第一子控制器接收到反馈消息对应时间，T1为第一子控制器发送携带有播放时间的消息对应的时间。Wherein, T2 is the time corresponding to the first sub-controller receiving the feedback message, and T1 is the time corresponding to the first sub-controller sending the message carrying the play time.
第二子控制器执行步骤S665，响应于所述降屏指令，控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降；The second sub-controller executes step S665, and in response to the screen dropping instruction, controls the driving component to drive the display screen to drop according to the screen dropping speed;
第一子控制器执行步骤S676，在发送所述降屏指令之后延时时间，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画。The first sub-controller executes step S676, and controls the first display to play a shutdown animation with a delay time after sending the screen lowering instruction.
本实施例示出的显示设备，在发送所述降屏指令之后延时时间，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画，以使得关机动画的播放与显示屏的下降同时进行，以保证关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程同步。The display device shown in this embodiment controls the first display to play a shutdown animation with a delay time after sending the screen lowering command, so that the shutdown animation is played at the same time as the display screen is lowered, so as to ensure the shutdown animation playback. The process is synchronized with the descending process of the display.
为了进一步提升关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程的同步性，作为一种可行性实现方式，当关机动画播放至预置时间时，第一子控制器发送消息R3至第二子控制器。第二子控制器接收到R3后，计算第一剩余时间LT 1。第二子控制器基于LT 1判断显示屏下降过程与关机动画播放过程是否同步，下面结合具体的实例对上述判断过程作以说明。 In order to further improve the synchronization between the playback process of the shutdown animation and the descending process of the display screen, as a feasible implementation method, when the shutdown animation is played to a preset time, the first sub-controller sends a message R3 to the second sub-controller . After receiving R3, the second sub-controller calculates the first remaining time LT 1 . The second sub-controller determines whether the display screen descending process and the shutdown animation playback process are synchronized based on LT 1. The above determination process is described below with reference to specific examples.
在一可行性实施例中，预置时间等于播放时间(ST)的二分之一。当关机动画播放至ST/2时第一子控制器发送消息R3至第二子控制器。第二子控制器接收到R3后，计算LT 1。本申请中，允许LT 1与ST/2的差值{-A～+A}之间变动，即第二子控制器判断LT 1是否满足公式8中的范围。 In a possible embodiment, the preset time is equal to half of the play time (ST). When the shutdown animation is played to ST/2, the first sub-controller sends a message R3 to the second sub-controller. After the second sub-controller receives R3, it calculates LT 1 . In this application, the difference between LT 1 and ST/2 is allowed to vary between {-A~+A}, that is, the second sub-controller determines whether LT 1 satisfies the range in Formula 8.
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000005
其中ET为延时时间，可用公式7进行计算。如果LT 1+ET大于(ST/2)+A，则关机动画的播放速度快：第二控制器根据公式9计算一个修正时间CT；如果LT 1+ET小于(ST/2)-A，则显示屏下降速度快了，第二控制器根据公式10计算一个修正时间CT；如果LT 1+ET大于(ST/2)+A或如果LT 1+ET小于(ST/2)-A，第二子控制器发携带CT的消息S2至第一子控制器。 Among them, ET is the delay time, which can be calculated by formula 7. If LT 1 +ET is greater than (ST/2)+A, the playback speed of the shutdown animation is fast: the second controller calculates a correction time CT according to formula 9; if LT 1 +ET is less than (ST/2)-A, then The display screen falls faster, the second controller calculates a correction time CT according to formula 10; if LT 1 +ET is greater than (ST/2)+A or if LT 1 +ET is less than (ST/2)-A, the second controller The sub-controller sends a message S2 carrying the CT to the first sub-controller.
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000007
第一子控制器收到S2，根据CT值计算调整后的帧界面展示时间NST 调整：具体的，如果LT 1+ET大于(ST/2)+A，要想显示屏的下降过程与关机动画的播放过程同步，在第一子控制器收到S2后，就需要在LT 1-ST/2时间段内将剩余的帧界面播放完，即调整后的帧界面展示时间可以用公式11和公式12计算。如果LT 1+ET小于(ST/2)-A，要想显示屏的下降过程与关机动画的播放过程同步，在第一子控制器收到S2后，就需要在LT 1-ST/2时间段内将剩余的帧界面播放完，即调整后的帧界面展示时间NST 调整可以用公式11和公式13计算。 The first sub-controller receives S2, and calculates the adjusted frame interface display time NST adjustment according to the CT value: Specifically, if LT 1 +ET is greater than (ST/2) + A, it is necessary to reduce the display screen's descending process and shutdown animation. After the first sub-controller receives S2, it needs to finish playing the remaining frame interface within the LT 1 -ST/2 time period, that is, the adjusted frame interface display time can use formula 11 and formula 12 calculations. If LT 1 +ET is less than (ST/2)-A, in order to synchronize the falling process of the display screen with the playback process of the shutdown animation, after the first sub-controller receives S2, it needs to be at the time of LT 1 -ST/2 The remaining frame interface is played in the segment, that is, the adjusted frame interface display time NST adjustment can be calculated by formula 11 and formula 13.
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2022078873-appb-000010
为了进一步提升关机动画的播放过程与显示屏的下降过程的同步性，作为一种可行性实现方式，当关机动画播放至最后一帧界面时，第一子控制器发送消息R4至第二子控制器。第二子控制器接收到R4后，计算第一剩余时间LT1。第二子控制器基于LT1判断显示屏下降过程与关机动画播放过程是否同步。下面结合具体的实例对上述判断过程作以说明。In order to further improve the synchronization between the playback process of the shutdown animation and the descending process of the display screen, as a feasible implementation method, when the shutdown animation is played to the last frame of the interface, the first sub-controller sends a message R4 to the second sub-controller device. After receiving R4, the second sub-controller calculates the first remaining time LT1. The second sub-controller determines, based on LT1, whether the display screen descending process is synchronized with the shutdown animation playback process. The above judgment process will be described below with reference to specific examples.
在一可行性实施例中，当关机动画播放至最后一帧界面时，第一子控制器发送消息R4至第二子控制器。第二子控制器接收到R4后，计算LT 1。本申请中，第二子控制器判断LT1是否满足如下范围：NST 调整<＝LT 1+ET＝NST 调整+ET，其中所述ET为延时时间，可用公式7计算。如果LT 1+ET大于NST+ET，则第二子控制器发送通知至第一子控制器，所述通知用于指导第一子控制器继续展示最后一张图片(LT-NST)后，结束播放关机动画。如果LT 1+ET小于NST 调整，则第二子控制器发送通知第一子控制器，所述通知用于指导第一子控制器结束播放关机动画。 In a feasible embodiment, when the shutdown animation is played to the last frame of the interface, the first sub-controller sends a message R4 to the second sub-controller. After the second sub-controller receives R4, it calculates LT 1 . In the present application, the second sub-controller determines whether LT1 satisfies the following range: NST adjustment <=LT 1 +ET=NST adjustment +ET, where ET is the delay time, which can be calculated by formula 7. If LT 1 +ET is greater than NST+ET, the second sub-controller sends a notification to the first sub-controller, where the notification is used to instruct the first sub-controller to continue to display the last picture (LT-NST), and end Play the shutdown animation. If LT 1 +ET is less than the NST adjustment , the second sub-controller sends a notification to the first sub-controller, where the notification is used to instruct the first sub-controller to end playing the shutdown animation.
本申请实施例第二方面示出一种控制方法，所述方法适用于显示设备，所述显示设备包括第一显示器、显示屏及驱动组件，所述方法包括：A second aspect of the embodiments of the present application shows a control method, and the method is applicable to a display device, where the display device includes a first display, a display screen, and a driving component, and the method includes:
响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display;
控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
本实施例示出的控制方法，在关机的过程中，控制器控制第一显示器播放关机动画，同时控制驱动组件带动显示屏下降，其中，显示屏按照降屏速度下降。由于，降屏速度与关机动画的播放时间和显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度相关，进而可以保证所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方，用户体验感较好。In the control method shown in this embodiment, during the shutdown process, the controller controls the first display to play a shutdown animation, and at the same time controls the driving component to drive the display screen to descend, wherein the display screen descends according to the screen descending speed. Because the screen drop speed is related to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display, it can be ensured that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the drive assembly drives the display screen to drop to the first display. At the rear, the user experience is better.
为了合理化的控制摄像头的“升起”和“收起”，本申请实施例还提供了一种显示设备，所述显示设备至少包括：控制器、第一显示器和第二显示器，其中显示屏至少包括摄像头。下面结合具体的附图对显示设备的作业过程作以说明：In order to rationally control the “raising” and “retracting” of the camera, an embodiment of the present application further provides a display device, the display device at least includes: a controller, a first display, and a second display, wherein the display screen at least Including camera. The operation process of the display device is described below in conjunction with the specific drawings:
图67为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备与用户的交互流程图。本申请中，显示设备至少包括第一显示器，摄像头和控制器。FIG. 67 is a flow chart of interaction between a display device and a user according to a feasible embodiment. In this application, the display device includes at least a first display, a camera and a controller.
其中，摄像头用于影像的采集。作为一种可行性实施例摄像头可以包括前置摄像头和后置摄像头，其中，前置摄像头可以采集位于第一显示器前方的影像，后置摄像头可以采集位于第一显示器后边的影像。控制器可以根据当前启动的第一应用确定是利用前置摄像头采集影像还是利用后置摄像头采集影像。Among them, the camera is used for image acquisition. As a feasible embodiment, the camera may include a front camera and a rear camera, wherein the front camera may capture an image located in front of the first display, and the rear camera may capture an image located behind the first display. The controller may determine whether to use the front camera to capture the image or the rear camera to capture the image according to the currently activated first application.
本申请中，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；举例说明，第一应用可以是视频通话应用，当用户启动视频通话应用时，控制器需要控制摄像头采集本端用户的影像，并将本端用户的影像发送至对端的显示设备上，以使得对端的用户可以与本端用户进行视频聊天，因此视频通话的应用场景下，控制器控制前置摄像头采集影像。第一应用可以是远程看家应用，远程看家应用为用户可以远程控制摄像头采集家中的影像。当用户启动远程看家应用时，控制器需要控制摄像头采集家中的影像，并将采集到的家中影像发送至用户的移动设备上，以使得用户利用移动设备观看到家中的影像，在远程看家的应用场景下，控制器可以根据用户的设置控制前置摄像头/后置摄像头采集影像。值得注意的是，本实例仅是示例性的介绍两种第一应用，在实际应用的过程中第一应用可以是但不限于上述两种应用，在实际应用的过程中在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用均可作为第一应用，在此申请人不做过多的限定。In this application, the first application is an application that requires a camera to capture images during operation; for example, the first application may be a video call application. When the user starts the video call application, the controller needs to control the camera to capture the local user's data. video, and send the image of the user on the local end to the display device on the opposite end, so that the user on the opposite end can video chat with the user on the local end. Therefore, in the video call application scenario, the controller controls the front camera to capture images. The first application may be a remote housekeeping application, and the remote housekeeping application allows a user to remotely control a camera to collect images at home. When the user starts the remote housekeeping application, the controller needs to control the camera to collect the home image and send the collected home image to the user's mobile device, so that the user can use the mobile device to watch the home image and watch the home remotely. In the application scenario of , the controller can control the front camera/rear camera to capture images according to the user's settings. It is worth noting that this example is only an exemplary introduction of two first applications. In the process of practical application, the first application may be but not limited to the above two applications. In the process of practical application, camera capture is required during operation. The application of the image can be used as the first application, and the applicant does not limit it too much here.
用户执行步骤S671输出第一应用的启动指令。The user executes step S671 to output a startup instruction of the first application.
本实施例中，启动指令由用户触发，用户触发启动指令的实现方式有多种。作为一种可行性实施方式，当焦点位于第一应用的图标上时，用户可以通过触控遥控器上的预置按键来触发启动指令，本实施例并不对预置按键作以限定，预置按键可以是遥控器上原有的 按键，例如“确定”按键，预置按键也可以是在现有遥控器按键的基础上额外添加的按键。作为一种可行性实施方式，用户可以通过用户语音触发启动指令。本实施例仅是示例性的介绍几种用户触发启动指令的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中触发启动指令的实现方式可以是但不限于上述两种方式。In this embodiment, the activation instruction is triggered by the user, and there are various implementations for the user to trigger the activation instruction. As a feasible implementation manner, when the focus is on the icon of the first application, the user can trigger the start instruction by touching the preset button on the remote control. This embodiment does not limit the preset button. The button may be an original button on the remote control, such as an "OK" button, and the preset button may also be an additional button on the basis of the existing remote control button. As a feasible implementation manner, the user can trigger the start instruction through the user's voice. This embodiment is merely an example to introduce several implementation manners of triggering a start instruction by a user, and the implementation manner of triggering a start instruction in an actual application process may be, but not limited to, the above two manners.
响应于启动指令，控制器被配置为执行步骤S672读取所述摄像头的调用权限。In response to the start instruction, the controller is configured to execute step S672 to read the calling authority of the camera.
本申请中，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In this application, the first application is an application that requires a camera to capture images during operation;
本申请中，调用权限可以包括可被调用和不可被调用，可被调用说明显示设备本端配置有摄像头，且摄像头处于空闲状态，控制器可以控制摄像头采集影像；不可被调用说明控制器无法通过摄像头采集周围环境影像。In this application, the calling authority can include callable and non-callable. Callable means that the display device is configured with a camera on the local end, and the camera is in an idle state, and the controller can control the camera to capture images; non-callable means that the controller cannot pass the The camera captures images of the surrounding environment.
读取所述摄像头的调用权限的实现方式有多种，例如作为一种可行性实现方式，摄像头的可被调用或不可被调用受摄像头启动开关的控制(如在设置相关的菜单中示出开关选项卡)，控制器可以通过读取摄像头启动开关对应的标识位来确定摄像头可被调用或不可被调用。There are various implementations for reading the calling authority of the camera. For example, as a feasible implementation, whether the camera can be called or cannot be called is controlled by the camera start switch (for example, the switch is shown in the setting-related menu). tab), the controller can determine whether the camera can be called or not by reading the identification bit corresponding to the camera start switch.
如果所述调用权限为可被调用，控制器被配置为执行步骤S673读取摄像头的位置。本申请中，所述摄像头的位置包括所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上边或位于第一显示器的后边；如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上边，则摄像头底端的高度不小于第一显示器顶端的高度，相应的摄像头具备影像采集的条件。如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，则摄像头底端的高度小于第一显示器顶端的高度，相应的摄像头不具备影像采集的条件。If the calling authority is callable, the controller is configured to perform step S673 to read the position of the camera. In this application, the position of the camera includes that the camera is located on the top of the first display or on the back of the first display; if the camera is located on the top of the first display, the height of the bottom of the camera is not less than the height of the top of the first display. Height, the corresponding camera has the conditions for image acquisition. If the camera is located behind the first display, the height of the bottom of the camera is smaller than the height of the top of the first display, and the corresponding camera does not have the conditions for image acquisition.
读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式有多种，下面结合具体的附图对读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式作以说明。There are various implementations for reading the position of the camera, and the implementation for reading the position of the camera will be described below with reference to the specific drawings.
图68为根据一可行性实施例提供的读取所述摄像头的位置实现方式的流程图，可以看出控制器被配置执行步骤S681-S683；68 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment, it can be seen that the controller is configured to perform steps S681-S683;
S681读取所述第一高度；S681 reads the first height;
本实施例中，第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，第一高度是一个相对的数值，本实施例并不对参考点作以限定，第一高度可以以显示设备的底端高度作为参考点，也可以以其他高度作为参考点。在实际统计的过程中，第一高度，第二高度，第三高度，第四高度，第五高度及第六高度采用相同的参考点即可。In this embodiment, the first height is the height of the bottom end of the camera, and the first height is a relative value. This embodiment does not limit the reference point. The first height may take the height of the bottom end of the display device as the reference point, or Other heights can be used as reference points. In the actual statistical process, the same reference point can be used for the first height, the second height, the third height, the fourth height, the fifth height and the sixth height.
如果所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，S682确定所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器；If the first height is not less than the second height, S682 determines that the camera is higher than the first display;
本实施例中，第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度，第二高度是一个相对的数值，本实施例并不对参考点作以限定，第一高度和第二高度采用相同的参考点即可。In this embodiment, the second height is the height of the top of the first display, and the second height is a relative value. This embodiment does not limit the reference point, and the same reference point can be used for the first height and the second height. .
如果所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，则说明摄像头位于第一显示器的上边，摄像头具备影像采集的条件。If the first height is not less than the second height, it means that the camera is located on the upper side of the first display, and the camera meets the conditions for image capture.
如果所述第一高度小于所述第二高度，S683确定所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡。If the first height is smaller than the second height, S683 determines that the camera is blocked by the first display.
如果所述第一高度小于所述第二高度，则说明摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，即在用户角度看，第一显示器将摄像头遮挡起来，摄像头不具备影像采集的条件。If the first height is smaller than the second height, it means that the camera is located behind the first display, that is, from the user's point of view, the first display blocks the camera, and the camera does not have the conditions for image capture.
下面结合具体的附图，对第一高度和第二高度作以说明。图69为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备(显示设备的正面)，本实施例中第一高度和第二高度以显示设备底端为参考点，可以看出第一高度691等于第二高度692，摄像头22位于第一显示器1的上边，摄像头具备像采集的条件。图70为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备(显示设备的背面)，本实施例中第一高度和第二高度以显示设备底端为参考点，可以看出第一高度691小于第二高度692，摄像头22位于第一显示器1的后边，摄像头被第一显示器所遮挡，摄像头不具备像采集的条件。The first height and the second height are described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 69 is a display device (the front side of the display device) shown in a feasible embodiment. In this embodiment, the first height and the second height take the bottom end of the display device as a reference point, and it can be seen that the first height 691 is equal to the second height 692, the camera 22 is located on the upper side of the first display 1, and the camera has the conditions for image acquisition. FIG. 70 shows a display device (the back side of the display device) shown in a feasible embodiment. In this embodiment, the first height and the second height take the bottom of the display device as a reference point, and it can be seen that the first height 691 is smaller than the second height 692, the camera 22 is located behind the first display 1, the camera is blocked by the first display, and the camera does not have the conditions for image acquisition.
图71为根据一可行性实施例提供的读取所述摄像头的位置实现方式的流程图，可以看出控制器被配置执行步骤S711-S713；71 is a flowchart of an implementation manner of reading the position of the camera provided according to a feasible embodiment, it can be seen that the controller is configured to perform steps S711-S713;
S711读取所述摄像头升降开关的标识位；S711 reads the identification bit of the camera lift switch;
在一些可行性实施例中，可以为摄像头配置摄像头升降开关，当所述摄像头升降开关 处于开启状态时，摄像头位于第一显示器的上边，此时摄像头升降开关的标识位为第一标识位。当所述摄像头升降开关处于关闭状态时，摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，此时摄像头升降开关的标识位为第二标识位。因此，控制器可以通过读取所述摄像头升降开关的标识位的方式来确定摄像头的位置。In some feasible embodiments, a camera lift switch can be configured for the camera, and when the camera lift switch is on, the camera is located on the top of the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the first identification position at this time. When the camera lift switch is in an off state, the camera is located behind the first display, and the identification position of the camera lift switch is the second identification position at this time. Therefore, the controller can determine the position of the camera by reading the identification position of the camera lift switch.
如果所述标识位为第一标识位，S712确定所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上边；If the identification bit is the first identification bit, S712 determines that the camera is located on the top of the first display;
如果所述标识位为第二标识位，S713确定所述摄像头位于第一显示器的后边。If the identification bit is the second identification bit, S713 determines that the camera is located behind the first display.
值得注意的是，本实施例仅是示例性的介绍了两种读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式，在实际应用的过程中，读取所述摄像头的位置的实现方式可以是但不限于上述两种实现方式在此申请人不做过多的限定。It is worth noting that this embodiment only exemplarily introduces two implementations of reading the position of the camera. In the process of practical application, the implementation of reading the position of the camera may be but not limited to The above two implementation manners are not limited too much by the applicant here.
如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上边，则控制器执行步骤S674控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is located above the first display, the controller executes step S674 to control the camera to capture images;
下面结合具体的附图对所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上边的应用场景下，控制器控制所述摄像头采集影像的过程作以说明。The following describes a process in which the controller controls the camera to capture images in an application scenario where the camera is located above the first display with reference to the specific drawings.
图72为一可行性实施例提供的摄像头位于所述第一控制器上边的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图。可以看出，本实施例中，第一高度等于第二高度，具体的可以参阅图72中效果721，控制器控制摄像头采集影像，本实施例中，摄像头采集的影像为用户的实时影像，摄像头采集的影像可以显示器第一显示器上，具体的可以参阅图72中效果722。FIG. 72 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the camera is located above the first controller provided by a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the first height is equal to the second height. For details, please refer to effect 721 in FIG. 72. The controller controls the camera to collect images. In this embodiment, the images collected by the camera are real-time images of the user. The captured image can be displayed on the first display. For details, please refer to effect 722 in FIG. 72 .
如果摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，则控制器执行步骤S675控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于第二高度。If the camera is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S675 to control the driving assembly to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height.
S676控制摄像头采集影像。The S676 controls the camera to capture images.
下面结合具体的附图对摄像头位于第一显示器后边的应用场景下，控制器控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程作以说明。The following describes the process in which the controller controls the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise in the application scenario where the camera is located behind the first display with reference to the specific drawings.
图73为一可行性实施例提供的所述摄像头位于第一显示器后边的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图。可以看出，本实施例中，第一高度小于第二高度，具体的可以参阅图73中效果731。控制器控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，直至所述第一高度不小于第二高度具体的可以参阅图73中效果732。而后控制器控制摄像头采集影像，本实施例中，摄像头采集的影像为用户的实时影像，摄像头采集的影像可以显示器第一显示器上，具体的可以参阅图73中效果733。FIG. 73 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the camera is located behind the first display according to a feasible embodiment. It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the first height is smaller than the second height. For details, please refer to effect 731 in FIG. 73 . The controller controls the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise until the first height is not less than the second height. For details, please refer to effect 732 in FIG. 73 . The controller then controls the camera to capture images. In this embodiment, the images captured by the cameras are real-time images of users, and the images captured by the cameras can be displayed on the first display. For details, see effect 733 in FIG. 73 .
电子设备为了满足不同用户的需求，时常添加一些新的功能，一些用户可能由于不了解新添加功能的使用方法而导致无法利用新添功能，用户体验感较差。为了避免上述问题的出现，作为一种可行性实时方式，如果摄像头不可被调用，控制器还可控制所述第一显示器显示提示界面，所述提示界面用于提示用户所述摄像头的开启流程。具体的可以继续参阅图67，如果所述摄像头不可被调用，控制器执行步骤S676控制所述第一显示器显示提示界面，所述提示界面用于提示用户所述摄像头的开启流程。In order to meet the needs of different users, electronic devices often add some new functions. Some users may not be able to use the newly added functions because they do not know how to use the newly added functions, resulting in poor user experience. In order to avoid the above problems, as a feasible real-time method, if the camera cannot be called, the controller may also control the first display to display a prompt interface, the prompt interface is used to prompt the user for the start-up process of the camera. For details, refer to FIG. 67 . If the camera cannot be called, the controller executes step S676 to control the first display to display a prompt interface for prompting the user to turn on the camera.
下面结合具体的附图对提示界面作以说明。图74为一可行性实施例提供的摄像头不可被调用的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图。初始时，摄像头不可被调用，具体的可以参阅图74中的示意图741，控制器接到启动指令，控制器控制第一显示器展示提示界面743，提示界面上包括提示信息“摄像头处于关闭状态，开启摄像头需要到AI-设置-摄像头设置中开启摄像头”具体的可以参阅图74中的示意图742，用户可以基于提示信息的提示开启摄像头。The prompt interface is described below with reference to the specific drawings. FIG. 74 is a schematic diagram of a change of a display device in an application scenario where the camera cannot be called according to a feasible embodiment. Initially, the camera cannot be called. For details, please refer to the schematic diagram 741 in FIG. 74. The controller receives the start instruction, and the controller controls the first display to display a prompt interface 743. The camera needs to go to AI-Settings-Camera Settings to turn on the camera. For details, please refer to the schematic diagram 742 in Figure 74. The user can turn on the camera based on the prompt of the prompt information.
值得注意的是，图74仅是示例性的介绍一种提示信息，上述提示信息的内容并不构成限定，在实际应用的过程中可以根据需求配置提示信息的内容，凡是可以起到提示用户所述摄像头的开启流程的内容均可作为提示信息应用到本实施例中。It is worth noting that Figure 74 is only an exemplary introduction of a kind of prompt information, and the content of the above prompt information does not constitute a limitation. In the process of actual application, the content of the prompt information can be configured according to the requirements. The contents of the camera startup process described above can be applied to this embodiment as prompt information.
作为一种可行性实施方式，所述显示屏还包括第二显示器，所述第二显示器设置于所述摄像头的顶端。As a feasible implementation manner, the display screen further includes a second display, and the second display is disposed on the top of the camera.
第二显示器，用于展示推荐界面。The second display is used to display the recommendation interface.
不同的用户对显示设备的需求不同，例如，一些用户希望在显示设备处于开启的状态下，可以通过第二显示器随时的了解到实时消息；作为一种可行性实现方式，第二显示器可以始终处于位于第一显示器的上方，以使得用户可以通过第二显示器展示的实时消息，随时的了解到实时消息。具体的实现方式可以是，第二显示器可升降式设置于第一显示器的顶端或后边，显示设备处于开启状态时，第二显示器设置于第一显示器的顶端，用户可以通过第二显示器展示的实时消息，随时的了解到实时消息。一些用户希望达到节约空间的目的，当显示设备处于关闭状态时，可以将第二显示器收起至第一显示器的后边(即第二显示器的顶端不高于第一显示器的顶端)。一些用户希望第二显示器的升起或收起状态可以不与显示设备的开启或关闭状态同步，用户可以根据需求设置第二显示器的升起时间，或收起时间。Different users have different needs for display devices. For example, some users hope that when the display device is turned on, they can learn real-time information through the second display at any time; as a feasible implementation, the second display can always be in the It is located above the first display, so that the user can know the real-time information at any time through the real-time information displayed on the second display. The specific implementation may be that the second display can be arranged in a liftable manner at the top or the back of the first display. When the display device is in the open state, the second display is arranged at the top of the first display, and the user can display the real-time display through the second display. News, know real-time news at any time. Some users wish to save space. When the display device is closed, the second display can be stowed behind the first display (ie, the top of the second display is not higher than the top of the first display). Some users hope that the raised or retracted state of the second display may not be synchronized with the open or closed state of the display device, and the user can set the raised time or retracted time of the second display as required.
为了满足不同用户的需求，本实施例示出的显示设备配置有不同的设置模式，在不同设置模式的应用场景下，如果需要启动第一应用，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的高度不同，具体的实现过程可以是：控制器读取所述显示设备的设置模式；然后，控制器根据所述设置模式，确定所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的高度。In order to meet the needs of different users, the display device shown in this embodiment is configured with different setting modes. In the application scenarios of different setting modes, if the first application needs to be started, the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise. The specific implementation process may be as follows: the controller reads the setting mode of the display device; then, the controller determines the height at which the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise according to the setting mode.
下面针对不同设置模式下，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程作以说明。The following describes the process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise under different setting modes.
图75为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第一模式时，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程的流程图，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行步骤S751～S752：75 is a flow chart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise when the setting mode is the first mode provided by a feasible embodiment, and the controller is further configured to perform steps S751-S752:
如果摄像头可被调用，控制器执行步骤S751读取所述显示设备的设置模式；If the camera can be called, the controller executes step S751 to read the setting mode of the display device;
如果设置模式为第一模式，控制器执行步骤S752则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the setting mode is the first mode, the controller executes step S752 to control the camera to capture images;
本申请中，所述第一模式为开机时驱动组件带动显示屏升起至第一高度不小于第二高度，关机时驱动组件带动显示屏下降至第三高度不高于第二高度对应的设置模式，所述第三高度为所述第二显示器的顶端高度。In the present application, the first mode is that the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to a first height not less than the second height when the power is turned on, and the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to a third height that is not higher than the second height when the power is turned off. mode, the third height is the top height of the second display.
本实施例中，设置模式为第一模式，显示设备开机时，驱动组件带动显示屏升起，在显示设备处于开启状态时，第二显示器和摄像头均位于第一显示器的上边，即摄像头始终具备影像采集的条件，因此当控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器仅需根据摄像头的运行状态便可获知是否可以控制摄像头采集影像，在此过程中，控制器无需读取摄像头的调用权限，在一定程度上降低了控制器的数据处理量。In this embodiment, the setting mode is the first mode. When the display device is turned on, the driving component drives the display screen to rise. When the display device is turned on, the second display and the camera are both located on the top of the first display, that is, the camera always has Therefore, when the controller receives the start command of the first application, the controller only needs to know whether it can control the camera to collect images according to the running state of the camera. In this process, the controller does not need to read the camera's The calling authority reduces the data processing volume of the controller to a certain extent.
下面结合具体的附图对设置模式为第一模式，显示设备的作业过程作以说明。图76为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第一模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；显示设备开机时，驱动组件带动显示屏3升起，在显示设备处于开启状态时，第二显示器2和摄像头22均位于第一显示器1的上边，即摄像头始终具备影像采集的条件，具体的可以参阅图76中的效果761。本实施例中，摄像头可被调用，控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器控制摄像头采集影像，具体的可以参阅图76中的效果762，第一显示器展示摄像头采集的影像。当显示设备关机时，驱动组件带动显示屏3落下，第二显示器2和摄像头22均位于第一显示器1的后边，具体的可以参阅图76中的效果763。The operation process of the display device when the setting mode is the first mode is described below with reference to the specific drawings. Fig. 76 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device under the application scenario provided by a feasible embodiment that the setting mode is the first mode; when the display device is turned on, the driving component drives the display screen 3 to rise, and when the display device is in the on state, the first Both the two displays 2 and the camera 22 are located on the upper side of the first display 1, that is, the camera always has the conditions for image acquisition. For details, please refer to the effect 761 in FIG. 76 . In this embodiment, the camera can be called, and when the controller receives the start instruction of the first application, the controller controls the camera to capture images. For details, see effect 762 in FIG. 76 , the first display displays the images captured by the camera. When the display device is turned off, the driving component drives the display screen 3 to drop, and the second display 2 and the camera 22 are located behind the first display 1 . For details, please refer to effect 763 in FIG. 76 .
图77为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第二模式时，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程的流程图，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行步骤S771～S774：77 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to lift up when the setting mode is the second mode provided by a feasible embodiment, and the controller is further configured to perform steps S771-S774:
如果摄像头可被调用，控制器执行步骤S771读取所述显示设备的设置模式；If the camera can be called, the controller executes step S771 to read the setting mode of the display device;
如果设置模式为第二模式，控制器执行步骤S772读取所述摄像头的位置；If the setting mode is the second mode, the controller executes step S772 to read the position of the camera;
本实施例中，所述第二模式为开机时驱动组件带动显示屏升起至第四高度等于第二高度，关机时驱动组件带动显示屏下降至第三高度不高于第二高度对应的设置模式，所述第三高度为所述第二显示器的顶端高度，所述第四高度为第二显示器的底端高度；In this embodiment, the second mode is that the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to a fourth height equal to the second height when the power is turned on, and the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the third height and is not higher than the second height when the power is turned off. mode, the third height is the top height of the second display, and the fourth height is the bottom height of the second display;
下面结合具体的附图，对第三高度和第四高度作以说明。图78为一可行性实施例示出的显示设备，本实施例中第四高度以显示设备底端为参考点，可以看出第四高度等于第二高度时，第二显示器2位于第一显示器1的上边，摄像头(图中未示出)位于第一显示 器1的后边，可以参阅图78中的效果781(显示设备的正面)。第三高度不高于第二高度时，第二显示器(图中未示出)和摄像头均为位于第一显示器的后边，可以参阅图78中的效果782(显示设备的背面)。The third height and the fourth height are described below with reference to the specific drawings. Fig. 78 is a display device shown in a feasible embodiment. In this embodiment, the fourth height takes the bottom of the display device as a reference point. It can be seen that when the fourth height is equal to the second height, the second display 2 is located at the first display 1 On the upper side of , the camera (not shown in the figure) is located at the back of the first display 1, and you can refer to the effect 781 in FIG. 78 (the front side of the display device). When the third height is not higher than the second height, both the second display (not shown in the figure) and the camera are located behind the first display. Please refer to effect 782 (the back of the display device) in FIG. 78 .
如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上方，控制器执行步骤S773则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is located above the first display, the controller executes step S773 to control the camera to capture images;
如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的后方，控制器执行步骤S774控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起。If the camera is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S774 to control the driving assembly to drive the display to rise.
本实施例中设置模式为第二模式，显示设备开机时，驱动组件带动显示屏升起，在显示设备处于开启状态时，第二显示器位于第一显示器的上边，摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，即摄像头始终具备影像采集的条件。但是，在显示器使用的过程中，用户可能控制摄像头升起，因此控制器每次接收到第一应用的启动指令时，无法预先获知摄像头的调用权限，因此当控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器无需读取第二显示器的位置但是需要读取摄像头的位置，在一定程度上降低了控制器的数据处理量。In this embodiment, the setting mode is the second mode. When the display device is turned on, the driving component drives the display screen to rise. When the display device is turned on, the second display is located on the top of the first display, and the camera is located behind the first display. That is, the camera always has the conditions for image acquisition. However, during the use of the display, the user may control the camera to rise, so each time the controller receives the start instruction of the first application, it cannot know the calling authority of the camera in advance, so when the controller receives the start of the first application When instructing, the controller does not need to read the position of the second display but needs to read the position of the camera, which reduces the data processing amount of the controller to a certain extent.
下面结合具体的附图对设置模式为第二模式，显示设备的作业过程作以说明。图79为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第二模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；显示设备开机时，驱动组件带动显示屏升起，第二显示器2位于第一显示器1的上边，摄像头(图中未示出)位于第一显示器的后边，具体的可以参阅图79中的效果791。本实施例中，摄像头可被调用，控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器读取到摄像头位于所述第一显示器的后边，控制器控制驱动组件带动显示屏升起至摄像头22漏出第一显示器1，此时具体的可以参阅图79中的效果792，然后，控制器控制摄像头采集影像，具体的可以参阅图79中的效果793，第一显示器展示摄像头采集的影像。The operation process of the display device when the setting mode is the second mode is described below with reference to the specific drawings. 79 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device in the application scenario where the setting mode is the second mode provided by a feasible embodiment; when the display device is turned on, the driving component drives the display screen to rise, and the second display 2 is located on the side of the first display 1 On the upper side, the camera (not shown in the figure) is located behind the first display. For details, please refer to the effect 791 in FIG. 79 . In this embodiment, the camera can be called, and when the controller receives the start instruction of the first application, the controller reads that the camera is located behind the first display, and the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen to rise to the camera 22 The first display 1 is leaked out, at this time, please refer to effect 792 in FIG. 79 for details. Then, the controller controls the camera to capture images. For details, please refer to effect 793 in FIG. 79 . The first display displays the image captured by the camera.
图80为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第三模式时，控制器控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的过程的流程图，所述控制器被进一步配置为执行步骤S801～S806：80 is a flowchart of a process in which the controller controls the driving component to drive the display screen when the setting mode is the third mode provided by a feasible embodiment, and the controller is further configured to perform steps S801-S806:
如果摄像头可被调用，控制器执行步骤S801读取所述显示设备的设置模式；If the camera can be called, the controller executes step S801 to read the setting mode of the display device;
如果设置模式为第三模式，控制器执行步骤S802读取所述第二显示器的位置，所述第三模式不同于所述第一模式和所述第二模式；If the setting mode is a third mode, the controller executes step S802 to read the position of the second display, and the third mode is different from the first mode and the second mode;
本实施例中设置模式为第三模式，用户根据需求随时的控制第二显示器的升起或摄像头的升起。因此控制器每次接收到第一应用的启动指令时，无法预先或是第二显示器和摄像头的升降状态，因此当控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器需要读取第二显示器的升降状态和摄像头的升降状态。In this embodiment, the setting mode is the third mode, and the user can control the raising of the second display or the raising of the camera at any time according to the requirements. Therefore, every time the controller receives the start command of the first application, it cannot pre-determine the lifting state of the second display and the camera. Therefore, when the controller receives the start command of the first application, the controller needs to read the second display. The lifting status and the lifting status of the camera.
如果所述第二显示器位于第一显示器的后方，控制器执行步骤S803制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起第五高度；If the second display is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S803 to control the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a fifth height;
如果所述第二显示器位于第一显示器的上方，控制器执行步骤S804读取所述摄像头的位置；If the second display is located above the first display, the controller executes step S804 to read the position of the camera;
如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的上方，控制器执行步骤S805控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is located above the first display, the controller executes step S805 to control the camera to capture images;
如果所述摄像头位于第一显示器的后方，控制器执行步骤S806控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起第六高度，所述第五高度大于所述第六高度。If the camera is located behind the first display, the controller executes step S806 to control the driving assembly to drive the display to rise to a sixth height, and the fifth height is greater than the sixth height.
下面结合具体的附图对设置模式为第三模式，显示设备的作业过程作以说明。图81为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第三模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；本实施例中，初始状态下，第二显示器2和摄像头22位于第一显示器的后边，具体的可以参阅图81中的效果811(显示设备的背面)。本实施例中，摄像头可被调用，控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器读取到第二显示器位于第一显示器的后边，此时控制器无需读取摄像头的升降状态调用权限，直接控制驱动组件带动显示屏升起第五高度，第二显示器2和摄像头22均位于第一显示器1的上边，此时显示设备可以参阅图81中的效果812，然后，控制器控制摄像头采集影像，具体的可以参阅图81中的效果813，第一显示 器1展示摄像头采集的影像。The operation process of the display device when the setting mode is the third mode is described below with reference to the specific drawings. 81 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device in the application scenario provided by a feasible embodiment where the setting mode is the third mode; in this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display 2 and the camera 22 are located behind the first display, For details, please refer to effect 811 (the back of the display device) in FIG. 81 . In this embodiment, the camera can be called. When the controller receives the startup instruction of the first application, the controller reads that the second display is located behind the first display. At this time, the controller does not need to read the lifting state of the camera. , directly control the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a fifth height, the second display 2 and the camera 22 are both located on the top of the first display 1, at this time the display device can refer to the effect 812 in Figure 81, and then, the controller controls the camera to capture For details, please refer to effect 813 in FIG. 81 . The first display 1 displays the image captured by the camera.
图82为一可行性实施例提供的设置模式为第三模式的应用场景下，显示设备的变化示意图；本实施例中，初始状态下，第二显示器2位于第一显示器的上边，摄像头(图中未示出)位于第一显示器的后边，具体的可以参阅图82中的效果821(显示设备的正面)。本实施例中，摄像头可被调用，控制器接收到第一应用的启动指令时，控制器读取到第二显示设备位于第一显示器的上边，此时控制器需要继续读取摄像头的位置，本实施例摄像头位于第一显示器的后边，控制器控制驱动组件带动显示屏上升第六高度，此时第二显示器2和摄像头22均位于第一显示器1的上边，具体的可以参阅图82中的效果822，然后，控制器控制摄像头采集影像，具体的可以参阅图82中的效果823，第一显示器展示摄像头采集的影像。Fig. 82 is a schematic diagram of the change of the display device under the application scenario provided by a feasible embodiment that the setting mode is the third mode; in this embodiment, in the initial state, the second display 2 is located on the top of the first display, and the camera (Fig. (not shown in the figure) is located behind the first display, for details, please refer to the effect 821 (the front side of the display device) in FIG. 82 . In this embodiment, the camera can be called. When the controller receives the startup instruction of the first application, the controller reads that the second display device is located on the top of the first display. At this time, the controller needs to continue to read the position of the camera. In this embodiment, the camera is located behind the first display, and the controller controls the drive assembly to drive the display to rise to a sixth height. At this time, the second display 2 and the camera 22 are both located on the upper side of the first display 1. For details, please refer to FIG. 82 . After effect 822, the controller controls the camera to capture images. For details, please refer to effect 823 in FIG. 82. The first display displays the images captured by the camera.
本申请实施例第二方面示出一种摄像头的控制方法，包括：A second aspect of the embodiments of the present application shows a method for controlling a camera, including:
响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
如果所述调用权限为可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the calling permission is callable, read the position of the camera;
如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display;
控制所述摄像头采集影像。Control the camera to capture images.
本申请实施例示出的摄像头的控制方法，适用于显示设备，显示设备包括控制器，第一显示器，摄像头及驱动组件。响应于用户输出的第一应用的启动指令，控制器可以根据摄像头的运行状态及升降状态，决定控制摄像头采集影像还是控制驱动组件带动摄像头移动，用户体验感较好。The camera control method shown in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a display device, and the display device includes a controller, a first display, a camera, and a driving component. In response to the start command of the first application output by the user, the controller can decide to control the camera to capture images or control the driving component to drive the camera to move according to the running state and the lifting state of the camera, which provides a better user experience.
具体实现中，本发明还提供一种计算机存储介质，其中，该计算机存储介质可存储有程序，该程序执行时可包括本发明提供的控制按键的自定义方法和启动方法的各实施例中的部分或全部步骤。的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(英文：read-only memory，简称：ROM)或随机存储记忆体(英文：random access memory，简称：RAM)等。In a specific implementation, the present invention also provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium can store a program, and when the program is executed, the program can include any of the methods in the embodiments of the method for customizing a control button and the method for starting the key provided by the present invention. some or all of the steps. The storage medium can be a magnetic disk, an optical disc, a read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviated: ROM) or a random access memory (English: random access memory, abbreviated: RAM), etc.
本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本发明实施例中的技术可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现。基于这样的理解，本发明实施例中的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品可以存储在存储介质中，如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘等，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例或者实施例的某些部分的方法。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the technology in the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform. Based on such understanding, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention may be embodied in the form of software products in essence or the parts that make contributions to the prior art, and the computer software products may be stored in a storage medium, such as ROM/RAM , magnetic disk, optical disk, etc., including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform the methods of various embodiments or parts of embodiments of the present invention.
最后应说明的是：以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, but not to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments can still be modified, or some or all of the technical features thereof can be equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. scope.
为了方便解释，已经结合具体的实施方式进行了上述说明。但是，上述示例性的讨论不是意图穷尽或者将实施方式限定到上述公开的具体形式。根据上述的教导，可以得到多种修改和变形。上述实施方式的选择和描述是为了更好的解释原理以及实际的应用，从而使得本领域技术人员更好的使用实施方式以及适于具体使用考虑的各种不同的变形的实施方式。For the convenience of explanation, the above description has been made in conjunction with specific embodiments. However, the above exemplary discussions are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit implementations to the specific forms disclosed above. Numerous modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings. The above embodiments have been chosen and described to better explain the principles and practical applications, so as to enable those skilled in the art to better utilize the embodiments and various modified embodiments suitable for specific use considerations.

Claims (73)

  1. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；a first display for displaying a playback interface;
    显示屏，用于展示提示信息，可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上方或后方；当所述显示屏升起时，所述显示屏的第二显示器设置于所述第一显示器的上方，所述第二显示器的底端高于所述第一显示器的顶端；当所述显示屏收起时，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的后方，所述显示屏的顶端不高于所述第一显示器的顶端；A display screen, used for displaying prompt information, can be arranged above or behind the first display in a liftable manner; when the display screen is raised, the second display of the display screen is arranged above the first display , the bottom of the second display is higher than the top of the first display; when the display is folded, the display is arranged behind the first display, and the top of the display is not high at the top of the first display;
    驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；a driving component, connected with the display screen, for driving the display screen to rise or fall;
    控制器，包括第一控制器和第二控制器；a controller, including a first controller and a second controller;
    第二控制器，与所述驱动组件连接，用于控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏上升或下降；与所述显示屏连接，用于控制所述显示屏展示提示信息；a second controller, connected with the drive assembly, for controlling the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise or fall; connected with the display screen, for controlling the display screen to display prompt information;
    第一控制器，与所述第二控制器连接，用于所述第二控制器通信，与所述第一显示器连接，用于控制所述第一显示器展示播放界面。a first controller, connected to the second controller, for communication with the second controller, and connected to the first display, for controlling the first display to display a play interface.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，第一显示器还包括：The display device of claim 1, the first display further comprising:
    摄像头，固定设置于所述第二显示器的下方，与所述驱动组件连接，在所述驱动组件的带动下与所述显示屏同向上升或下降。The camera is fixedly arranged below the second display, is connected with the driving component, and is driven by the driving component to rise or fall in the same direction as the display screen.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 2,
    所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；The first controller is further configured to;
    响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，发送一启动指令至第二控制器；In response to receiving the power-on command output by the user, sending a start-up command to the second controller;
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于所述第一控制器发送的启动指令，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏和摄像头上升第一高度，所述第一高度不小于所述显示屏的高度。The second controller is further configured to: in response to a start instruction sent by the first controller, control the drive assembly to drive the display screen and the camera to rise to a first height, where the first height is not less than the display screen the height of.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 2,
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升第一高度，所述第一高度不小于所述显示屏的高度。The second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving a power-on instruction output by a user, to control the drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a first height, where the first height is not less than the height of the display screen.
  5. 根据权利要求2或3所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 2 or 3,
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为，响应于魔镜应用的启动，控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏上升第二高度，所述第二高度不小于所述摄像头的高度。The second controller is further configured to, in response to the activation of the magic mirror application, control the driving assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a second height, where the second height is not less than the height of the camera.
  6. 根据权利要求2或3所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 2 or 3,
    所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；The first controller is further configured to;
    响应于接收到用户输出的开机指令，控制第一显示器展示第一开机动画，所述第一开机动画的展示时间等于第一时间，所述第一时间不小于所述显示屏上升第一高度所需的时间。In response to receiving the power-on instruction output by the user, the first display is controlled to display a first boot-up animation, and the display time of the first boot-up animation is equal to the first time, and the first time is not less than the first height of the display screen. required time.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 6,
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为，响应于接收到开机指令或启动指定，控制显示屏展示第二开机动画，所述第二开机动画与所述第一开机动画联动。The second controller is further configured to, in response to receiving a booting instruction or a booting designation, control the display screen to display a second booting animation, and the second booting animation is linked with the first booting animation.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，The display device of claim 1,
    所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；The first controller is further configured to;
    响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，发送一关闭指令至第二控制器；In response to receiving the shutdown command output by the user, sending a shutdown command to the second controller;
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：The second controller is further configured to:
    响应于所述第一控制器发送的关闭指令，读取第三高度，所述第三高度为第一显示器的顶端与所述显示屏顶端之间的高度差；In response to the closing instruction sent by the first controller, read a third height, where the third height is the height difference between the top of the first display and the top of the display;
    控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第三高度。The driving assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a third height.
  9. 根据权利要求2所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 2,
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，读取第三高度，所述第三高度为第一显示器的顶端与所述显示屏顶端之间的高度差；The second controller is further configured to: in response to receiving the shutdown command output by the user, read a third height, where the third height is a height difference between the top of the first display and the top of the display;
    控制所述驱动组件带动显示屏下降第三高度。The driving assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a third height.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 8 or 9,
    所述第一控制器被进一步配置为；The first controller is further configured to;
    响应于接收到用户输出的关机指令，控制第一显示器展示第一关机动画，所述第一关机动画的展示时间等于第二时间，所述第二时间不小于所述显示屏下降第三高度所需的时间。In response to receiving the shutdown instruction output by the user, the first display is controlled to display a first shutdown animation, and the display time of the first shutdown animation is equal to the second time, and the second time is not less than the third height of the display screen. required time.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的显示设备，The display device according to claim 10,
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为，响应于接收到关机指令或启动指定，控制显示屏展示第二关机动画，所述第二关机动画与所述第一关机动画联动。The second controller is further configured to, in response to receiving a shutdown instruction or a startup designation, control the display screen to display a second shutdown animation, and the second shutdown animation is linked with the first shutdown animation.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的显示设备，所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：The display device according to any one of claims 1-11, the second controller is further configured to:
    响应于接收到其他电器发送的提示信息，基于所述提示信息绘制提示信息，所述其他电器为与所述显示设备相互通信的电器；In response to receiving prompt information sent by other electrical appliances, drawing prompt information based on the prompt information, and the other electrical appliances are electrical appliances that communicate with the display device;
    控制所述显示屏展示所述提示信息。The display screen is controlled to display the prompt information.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的显示设备，The display device according to any one of claims 1-12,
    处于音箱模式时，所述第一显示器关闭，所述显示屏保持开启。When in speaker mode, the first display is turned off and the display screen remains on.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的显示设备，The display device of claim 13,
    如果开启音箱模式，所述显示屏被进一步配置为：If speaker mode is turned on, the display is further configured to:
    识别用户输入的语音指令；Recognize voice commands entered by users;
    当所述语音指令为电器控制指令，发送所述电器控制目标电器，以使得所述目标电器基于控制信号做出相应的动作，所述电器控制指令至少包括电器名称和控制信号，所述目标电器为所述电器名称对应的电器。When the voice instruction is an electrical appliance control instruction, send the electrical appliance to control the target electrical appliance, so that the target electrical appliance performs corresponding actions based on the control signal, the electrical appliance control instruction at least includes the electrical appliance name and the control signal, and the target electrical appliance is the electrical appliance corresponding to the electrical appliance name.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14任一项所述的显示设备，The display device according to any one of claims 1-14,
    所述第一控制器被进一步配置为：The first controller is further configured to:
    响应于当前播放节目的切换，发送所述当前播放节目的节目信息至所述第二控制器；In response to the switching of the currently playing program, sending program information of the currently playing program to the second controller;
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：The second controller is further configured to:
    基于所述节目信息绘制提示信息；Drawing prompt information based on the program information;
    控制所述显示屏展示所述提示信息。The display screen is controlled to display the prompt information.
  16. 根据权利要求1-14任一项所述的显示设备，The display device according to any one of claims 1-14,
    所述第一控制器被进一步配置为：The first controller is further configured to:
    每间隔第一预置时间，发送所述当前播放节目的节目信息至所述第二控制器；Sending program information of the currently playing program to the second controller every first preset time;
    所述第二控制器被进一步配置为：The second controller is further configured to:
    基于所述节目信息绘制提示信息；Drawing prompt information based on the program information;
    控制所述显示屏展示所述提示信息。The display screen is controlled to display the prompt information.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，所述第二显示器用于展示推荐界面，所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成的信息或其他设备推送的信息；所述控制器具体用于：The display device according to claim 1, wherein the second display is used to display a recommendation interface, the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information serves as a reminder to the user and can be further displayed on the first display The information on the device, including the information actively generated by the display device or the information pushed by other devices; the controller is specifically used for:
    接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；receiving a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display;
    如果所述第二显示器展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays a recommendation interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a first interface, where the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
    如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display the recommended interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第一关机动画；所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第二关机动画；所述第二显示器内嵌 于显示屏中，所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示器的顶端或底端；所述控制器具体用于：The display device according to claim 1, wherein the first display is used to play a first shutdown animation during shutdown; the second display is used to play a second shutdown animation during shutdown; the second The display is embedded in the display screen, and the display screen is arranged at the top or bottom of the first display; the controller is specifically used for:
    配置有第一线程和第二线程；Configured with a first thread and a second thread;
    所述第一线程被配置为，响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画，发送播放通知至第二线程，所述播放通知用于指示所述第二线程播放第二关机动画；The first thread is configured to, in response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification to the second thread, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation animation;
    所述第二线程被配置为，根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。The second thread is configured to, according to the instruction of the playing notification, control the second display to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；所述第二显示器内嵌于所述显示屏中，所述显示屏可升降式与所述第一显示器连接；所述驱动组件与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；所述控制器具体用于：The display device according to claim 1, wherein the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process; the second display is embedded in the display screen, and the display screen can be raised and lowered with the display screen. The first display is connected; the driving component is connected with the display screen, and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the driving component drives the display screen to move from the top of the first display descend to the back of the first display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display The second display is blocked by the first display; the controller is specifically used for:
    响应于关机指令，控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the second display to play a shutdown animation;
    读取所述关机动画的剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器的高度，所述剩余播放时间为到结束关机动画的播放所需的时间；Read the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the second display leaks from the first display, and the remaining playback time is the time required to end the playback of the shutdown animation;
    根据所述剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the remaining playing time and the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display;
    控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；所述第二显示器可升降式与所述第一显示器连接；所述驱动组件与所述第二显示器连接，用于带动所述第二显示器上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述第二显示器由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述第二显示器位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述第二显示器位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；所述控制器具体用于：The display device according to claim 1, wherein the first display is used to play a shutdown animation during shutdown; the second display can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner; the driving component is connected to the first display The two displays are connected to drive the second display to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the second display to descend from the top of the first display to the rear of the first display, When the second display is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the second display is located behind the first display, the second display is blocked by the first display The display is blocked; the controller is specifically used for:
    响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
    根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the second display leaks from the first display;
    控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述第二显示器下降，以使得所述关机动画结束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述第二显示器下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the second display to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation finishes playing, the driving component drives the second display to descend to the rear of the first display.
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备，所述显示屏可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上边或后边，且内嵌有用于影像采集的摄像头；所述驱动组件与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏升起或下降，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏上升至所述第一显示器的上边时，所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后边时，所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡；所述控制器具体用于：The display device according to claim 1, wherein the display screen can be raised and lowered on the upper side or the back side of the first display, and a camera for image acquisition is embedded; the driving component is connected to the display screen, It is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall. When the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to the top of the first display, the camera is higher than the first display. When the display screen is lowered to the back of the first display, the camera is blocked by the first display; the controller is specifically used for:
    响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
    如果所述摄像头可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the camera can be called, read the position of the camera;
    如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
    如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；控制所述摄像头采集影像。If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display; control the camera to capture images.
  22. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；a first display for displaying a playback interface;
    第二显示器，用于展示推荐界面，所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成 的信息或其他设备推送的信息；The second display is used to display a recommendation interface, the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, the recommendation information is the information that plays a prompting role for the user and can be further displayed on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or information pushed by other devices;
    控制器，被配置为：Controller, configured as:
    接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；receiving a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display;
    如果所述第二显示器展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays a recommendation interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a first interface, where the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
    如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐界面，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display the recommended interface, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 22, the controller further configured to:
    响应于开机指令，读取网络连接状态；In response to the power-on command, read the network connection status;
    如果所述网络连接状态为断开状态，控制所述第二显示器展示网络连接推荐界面；If the network connection state is a disconnected state, controlling the second display to display a network connection recommendation interface;
    响应于用户调用网络设置界面的操作，控制所述第一显示器展示网络设置界面。In response to the user's operation of invoking the network setting interface, the first display is controlled to present the network setting interface.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的显示设备，如果第一显示器展示网络设置界面，响应于用户调用网络设置界面的操作，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device according to claim 23, if the first display presents the network setting interface, in response to the user's operation of invoking the network setting interface, the controller is further configured to:
    截取所述第一显示器当前展示的界面。Capture the interface currently displayed by the first display.
  25. 根据权利要求22所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 22, the controller further configured to:
    响应于所述第一控制指令；in response to the first control instruction;
    读取第二显示器底端的高度；Read the height of the bottom of the second display;
    如果所述第二显示器底端的高度小于第一显示器顶端的高度，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面。If the height of the bottom of the second display is smaller than the height of the top of the first display, the first display is controlled to display the second interface.
  26. 根据权利要求22所述的显示设备，响应于所述第一控制指令，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 22, in response to the first control instruction, the controller is further configured to:
    统计第一时间，所述第一时间以所述控制器接收到所述第一控制指令为起点；Counting a first time, where the first time starts when the controller receives the first control instruction;
    如果所述第一时间等于第二预置时间，则控制所述第二显示器由所述推荐界面跳转为预置界面。If the first time is equal to the second preset time, the second display is controlled to jump from the recommended interface to the preset interface.
  27. 根据权利要求22所述的显示设备，如果在所述第二预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device according to claim 22, if the first control instruction is received again within the second preset time, the controller is further configured to:
    控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面。The first display is controlled to display a second interface.
  28. 根据权利要求22所述的显示设备，如果在所述第二预置时间内再次接收到第一控制指令，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device according to claim 22, if the first control instruction is received again within the second preset time, the controller is further configured to:
    不对所述第一控制指令做出响应。Do not respond to the first control instruction.
  29. 根据权利要求22-28任一项所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of any of claims 22-28, the controller is further configured to:
    响应于第二控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示的播放界面对所述第二控制指令做出响应，所述第二控制指令不同于所述第一控制指令。In response to a second control instruction, the playback interface displayed on the first display is controlled to respond to the second control instruction, and the second control instruction is different from the first control instruction.
  30. 根据权利要求22-28任一项所述的显示设备，所述推荐界面还包括提示信息，所述提示信息为用户操作的相关信息。The display device according to any one of claims 22-28, wherein the recommendation interface further includes prompt information, and the prompt information is related information of user operations.
  31. 一种显示方法，包括：A display method including:
    接收第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令为需要将推荐信息的相关内容展示在第一显示器上的情况下，用户输出的控制指令；所述推荐界面至少包括推荐信息，所述推荐信息为对用户起到提示作用，并能够进一步展示在第一显示器上的信息，包括显示设备主动生成的信息或其他设备推送的信息；Receive a first control instruction, where the first control instruction is a control instruction output by the user when the relevant content of the recommendation information needs to be displayed on the first display; the recommendation interface includes at least recommendation information, and the recommendation information is Play a prompting role for the user, and can further display the information on the first display, including the information actively generated by the display device or the information pushed by other devices;
    如果所述第二显示器展示推荐信息，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第一界面，所述第一界面展示的内容与所述推荐信息相关；If the second display displays the recommendation information, in response to the first control instruction, the first display is controlled to display a first interface, and the content displayed on the first interface is related to the recommendation information;
    如果所述第二显示器未展示推荐信息，响应于第一控制指令，控制所述第一显示器展示第二界面，所述第二界面展示的内容与播放内容相关，所述播放内容为所述控制器接收 到所述第一控制指令时，所述播放界面展示的内容。If the second display does not display recommended information, in response to the first control instruction, control the first display to display a second interface, the content displayed on the second interface is related to the playback content, and the playback content is the control when the player receives the first control instruction, the content displayed on the playback interface.
  32. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第一关机动画；a first display, where the first display is used to play a first shutdown animation during shutdown;
    显示屏，设置于所述第一显示器的顶端或底端，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放第二关机动画；a display screen, arranged at the top or bottom of the first display, with a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play the second shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
    控制器，配置有第一线程和第二线程；a controller, configured with a first thread and a second thread;
    所述第一线程被配置为，响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画，发送播放通知至第二线程，所述播放通知用于指示所述第二线程播放第二关机动画；The first thread is configured to, in response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification to the second thread, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second thread to play the second shutdown animation animation;
    所述第二线程被配置为，根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。The second thread is configured to, according to the instruction of the playing notification, control the second display to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的显示设备，当所述显示屏设置于所述第一显示的顶端时，所述显示设备还包括：The display device according to claim 32, when the display screen is arranged at the top of the first display, the display device further comprises:
    驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的顶端下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的顶端时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡。A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display the rear of the display, when the display screen is located at the top of the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is covered by the The first display is blocked.
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的显示设备，所述第一线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 32 or 33, the first thread is further configured to:
    响应于关机指令，发送第一通知至所述第二线程，以使得所述第二线程接收到第一通知时反馈第二通知；In response to the shutdown instruction, sending a first notification to the second thread, so that the second thread feeds back a second notification when receiving the first notification;
    当接收到所述第二通知时，根据发送第一通知的时间和接收第二通知的时间计算第一延时时间BST，发送第三通知至所述第二线程，以使得所述第二线程接收到所述第三通知时控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画；When the second notification is received, the first delay time BST is calculated according to the time of sending the first notification and the time of receiving the second notification, and a third notification is sent to the second thread, so that the second thread Controlling the second display to play a second shutdown animation when receiving the third notification;
    在所述第三通知发出的BST后，控制所述第一显示器播放第一关机动画。After the BST issued by the third notification, the first display is controlled to play a first shutdown animation.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的显示设备，所述第一线程采用OpenGL机制绘制第一关机动画的帧界面，所述第二线程采用图片加载的方式调取第二关机动画的帧界面。The display device according to claim 34, wherein the first thread uses an OpenGL mechanism to draw the frame interface of the first shutdown animation, and the second thread uses a picture loading method to call the frame interface of the second shutdown animation.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的显示设备，所述第二关机动画包括第一子动画和第二子动画，所述第一子动画包含的帧界面与所述第一关机动画包含的帧界面不相关，所述第二子动画包含的帧界面与所述第一关机动画包含的帧界面相关；所述第二线程被进一步配置为：The display device according to claim 35, wherein the second shutdown animation includes a first sub-animation and a second sub-animation, the frame interface included in the first sub-animation is not related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation , the frame interface included in the second sub-animation is related to the frame interface included in the first shutdown animation; the second thread is further configured as:
    当接收到第三通知时，控制所述第二显示器播放第一子动画，根据发送第二通知的时间和接收第三通知的时间计算第二延时时间SST；When receiving the third notification, control the second display to play the first sub-animation, and calculate the second delay time SST according to the time of sending the second notification and the time of receiving the third notification;
    在接收到第三通知之后的第三预置时间，发送第四通知至所述第一线程，以使得所述第一线程响应于所述第四通知进入OpenGL准备阶段，所述第三预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和小于或等于第一子动画的播放时间；At a third preset time after receiving the third notification, a fourth notification is sent to the first thread, so that the first thread enters the OpenGL preparation phase in response to the fourth notification, and the third preset The sum of time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation stage and the SST is less than or equal to the play time of the first sub-animation;
    当完成第一子动画的播放时，控制所述第二显示器播放第二子动画。When the playing of the first sub-animation is completed, the second display is controlled to play the second sub-animation.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的显示设备，如果所述第三预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和等于第一子动画的播放时间，所述第一线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 36, wherein the first thread is further configured if the sum of the third preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation phase, and the SST is equal to the playback time of the first sub-animation for:
    当完成OpenGL准备工作时，直接绘制所述第一关机动画的帧界面。When the OpenGL preparation work is completed, the frame interface of the first shutdown animation is directly drawn.
  38. 根据权利要求36所述的显示设备，如果所述第三预置时间、所述OpenGL准备阶段所用的时间及所述SST的和小于第一子动画的播放时间，所述第二线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 36, wherein the second thread is further configured if the sum of the third preset time, the time used in the OpenGL preparation phase, and the SST is less than the playback time of the first sub-animation for:
    在完成第一子动画播放之前的SST，发送第五通知至所述第一线程，以使得所述第一线程接收到第五通知时，绘制所述第一关机动画的帧界面。In the SST before the first sub-animation is played, a fifth notification is sent to the first thread, so that when the first thread receives the fifth notification, the frame interface of the first shutdown animation is drawn.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的显示设备，所述第一线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 37 or 38, the first thread is further configured to:
    当绘制完一帧所述第一关机动画的帧界面时，发送第六通知至所述第二线程，以使得 所述第二线程当接收到所述第六通知时，绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面并反馈第七通知；When a frame interface of the first shutdown animation is drawn, a sixth notification is sent to the second thread, so that the second thread draws the next frame of the second thread when receiving the sixth notification The frame interface of the sub-animation and feedback the seventh notification;
    如果在所述第六通知发出去的2*BST内接收到第七通知，则当接收到所述第七通知时，绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面；If the seventh notification is received within 2*BST sent by the sixth notification, then when the seventh notification is received, the frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation is drawn;
    如果在所述第六通知发出去的2*BST内未接收到第七通知，则在第六通知发出去之后的2*BST，绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面。If the seventh notification is not received within 2*BST when the sixth notification is sent, then 2*BST after the sixth notification is sent, a frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation is drawn.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的显示设备，所述第二线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 39, the second thread is further configured to:
    当绘制完一帧所述第二子动画的帧界面时，发送第八通知至所述第一线程，以使得所述第一线程当接收到所述第八通知时，绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面，反馈第九通知；When the frame interface of the second sub-animation is drawn for one frame, an eighth notification is sent to the first thread, so that the first thread draws the next frame of the first thread when receiving the eighth notification The frame interface of the shutdown animation, feedback the ninth notification;
    如果在第八通知发出去的2*SST内接收到第九通知，则当接收到所述第九通知时，绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面；If the ninth notification is received within 2*SST sent by the eighth notification, then when the ninth notification is received, the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation is drawn;
    如果在第八通知发出去的2*BST时间内未接收到第九通知，则在第八通知发出去的2*SST时间，绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面。If the ninth notification is not received within the 2*BST time when the eighth notification is sent, the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation is drawn within the 2*SST time when the eighth notification is sent.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的显示设备，所述第一线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 40, the first thread is further configured to:
    如果在所述第六通知发出去之前接收到第二线程发送的第八通知，则在接收到所述第八通知之后的BST，绘制下一帧第一关机动画的帧界面。If the eighth notification sent by the second thread is received before the sixth notification is sent, in the BST after the eighth notification is received, a frame interface of the next frame of the first shutdown animation is drawn.
  42. 根据权利要求40所述的显示设备，所述第二线程被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 40, the second thread is further configured to:
    如果在所述第八通知发出去之前接收到第一线程发送的第六通知，则在接收到所述第六通知之后的SST，绘制下一帧第二子动画的帧界面。If the sixth notification sent by the first thread is received before the eighth notification is sent, in the SST after the sixth notification is received, the frame interface of the next frame of the second sub-animation is drawn.
  43. 一种显示方法，包括：A display method including:
    响应于关机指令，控制第一显示器播放第一关机动画，发送播放通知，所述播放通知用于指示第二显示器播放第二关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, control the first display to play the first shutdown animation, and send a playback notification, where the playback notification is used to instruct the second display to play the second shutdown animation;
    根据所述播放通知的指示，控制所述第二显示器播放第二关机动画，以实现所述第一关机动画和所述第二关机动画的同步播放。According to the instruction of the playing notification, the second display is controlled to play a second shutdown animation, so as to realize synchronous playback of the first shutdown animation and the second shutdown animation.
  44. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器；the first display;
    显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；a display screen, which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, and the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process;
    驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡；A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display the rear of the display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the second display leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the second display is covered by the The first display is blocked;
    控制器，被配置为执行：A controller, configured to execute:
    响应于关机指令，控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the second display to play a shutdown animation;
    读取所述关机动画的剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出所述第一显示器的高度，所述剩余播放时间为到结束关机动画的播放所需的时间；Read the remaining playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the second display leaks from the first display, and the remaining playback time is the time required to end the playback of the shutdown animation;
    根据所述剩余播放时间和所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the remaining playing time and the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display;
    控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的显示设备，所述关机动画至少包括第一子动画，所述第一子动画包括至少一个第一帧界面，在所述第一子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第一帧界面的高度依次降低；在关机的过程中，所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度逐渐降低；The display device according to claim 44, wherein the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, the first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface, and during the playback of the first sub-animation, with the playback As the time prolongs, the height of the first frame interface decreases in turn; during the shutdown process, the height of the second display leaking from the first display gradually decreases;
    所述控制器，还被配置为执行：The controller is also configured to execute:
    当所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画时，控制驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，读取第一帧界面的高度和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度；When the second display plays the first sub-animation, the control driving component drives the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, and reads the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display leaking out of the first display;
    如果所述第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示展示所述第一帧界面；If the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display leaking out of the first display, controlling the second display to display the first frame interface;
    如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度。If the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface in the next frame and the height of the second display.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的显示设备，所述关机动画还包括第二子动画，所述第二子动画在所述第一子动画之前播放，所述第二子动画包括至少一个第二帧界面，在所述第二子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第二帧界面的高度不变。The display device of claim 45, the shutdown animation further comprising a second sub-animation, the second sub-animation being played before the first sub-animation, the second sub-animation comprising at least one second frame interface , during the playback of the second sub-animation, as the playback time prolongs, the height of the second frame interface remains unchanged.
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的显示设备，所述显示屏还内嵌有摄像头；The display device according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the display screen is further embedded with a camera;
    所述摄像头设置于所述第二显示器的下方。The camera is arranged below the second display.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 47, the controller further configured to:
    响应于关机指令，读取所述摄像头的位置；In response to the shutdown instruction, read the position of the camera;
    如果所述摄像头位于所述第一显示器的上方，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至预置位置，当所述显示屏下降至预置位置时，所述第二显示器位于所述第一显示器的上方，所述摄像头位于所述第一显示器的后方；所述摄像头由所述第一显示器的上边下降至所述第一显示器的后边所用的时间小于或等于第二子动画的播放时间。If the camera is located above the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to descend to a preset position, and when the display screen descends to a preset position, the second display is located at the preset position. Above the first display, the camera is located behind the first display; the time taken for the camera to descend from the top of the first display to the back of the first display is less than or equal to the playback of the second sub-animation time.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的显示设备，如果所述摄像头位于所述第一显示器的后边，在所述第二显示器播放第一子动画之前，所述驱动组件不带动和所述显示屏下降。According to the display device according to claim 48, if the camera is located behind the first display, before the second display plays the first sub-animation, the driving assembly is not driven and the display screen is lowered.
  50. 根据权利要求48所述的显示设备，响应于关机指令，控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画；The display device according to claim 48, in response to a shutdown instruction, controlling the second display to play a shutdown animation;
    所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画之后，每间隔预置时间计算一个实时降屏速度；After the second display plays the first sub-animation, a real-time screen drop speed is calculated every preset time;
    控制所述驱动组件按照所述实时降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the real-time screen descending speed.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的显示设备，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 50, the controller is further configured to:
    响应于关机指令，读取总帧数，所述总帧数为所述关机动画包含帧界面的数量，所述帧界面包括第一帧界面和第二帧界面；In response to the shutdown instruction, read the total number of frames, where the total number of frames is the number of frame interfaces included in the shutdown animation, and the frame interfaces include a first frame interface and a second frame interface;
    所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画之后，每间隔预置时间读取当前帧数，所述当前帧数，为所述第二显示器当前展示的帧界面对应的帧数；After the second display plays the first sub-animation, the current frame number is read every preset time, and the current frame number is the frame number corresponding to the frame interface currently displayed by the second display;
    用所述总帧数减去所述当前帧数，得到剩余帧数；Subtract the current number of frames from the total number of frames to obtain the remaining number of frames;
    根据所述剩余帧数和所述帧界面的展示时间计算剩余播放时间。Calculate the remaining playback time according to the remaining frame number and the display time of the frame interface.
  52. 根据权利要求50所述的显示设备，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 50, the controller is further configured to:
    响应于关机指令，读取所述关机动画的总播放时间；In response to the shutdown instruction, read the total playback time of the shutdown animation;
    所述第二显示器开始播放所述第一子动画，每间隔预置时间读取当前播放时间，所述当前播放时间以接收到所述关机指令的时间为起点；The second display starts to play the first sub-animation, reads the current play time every preset time, and the current play time takes the time when the shutdown instruction is received as a starting point;
    用所述总播放时间减去所述当前播放时间，得到剩余播放时间。The remaining playing time is obtained by subtracting the current playing time from the total playing time.
  53. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器；the first display;
    显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接，内嵌有第二显示器，所述第二显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画，所述关机动画至少包括第一子动画，所述第一子动画包括 至少一个第一帧界面，在所述第一子动画的播放过程中，随着播放时间的延长，第一帧界面的高度依次降低；A display screen, which is connected to the first display in a liftable manner, and has a second display embedded therein, the second display is used to play a shutdown animation during the shutdown process, and the shutdown animation includes at least a first sub-animation, and the The first sub-animation includes at least one first frame interface, and during the playback of the first sub-animation, the height of the first frame interface decreases sequentially with the extension of the playback time;
    驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述显示器的后方，第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度逐渐降低；A drive assembly is connected to the display screen and is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the lower part of the display At the rear, the height of the second display leaking out of the first display gradually decreases;
    控制器，被配置为执行：A controller, configured to execute:
    当所述第二显示器播放所述第一子动画时，控制驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降，读取第一帧界面的高度和第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度；When the second display plays the first sub-animation, the control driving component drives the display screen to descend, and reads the height of the first frame interface and the height of the second display leaking out of the first display;
    如果所述第一帧界面的高度小于或等于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示展示所述第一帧界面；If the height of the first frame interface is less than or equal to the height of the second display leaking out of the first display, controlling the second display to display the first frame interface;
    如果所述第一帧界面的高度大于所述第二显示器漏出第一显示器的高度，则控制所述第二显示不展示所述第一帧界面，并读取下一帧第一帧界面的高度和所述第二显示器的高度。If the height of the first frame interface is greater than the height at which the second display leaks out of the first display, control the second display not to display the first frame interface, and read the height of the first frame interface in the next frame and the height of the second display.
  54. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器，所述第一显示器用于在关机的过程中播放关机动画；a first display, which is used to play a shutdown animation during shutdown;
    显示屏，可升降式与所述第一显示器连接；a display screen, which can be connected to the first display in a liftable manner;
    驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏上升或下降；在关机的过程中，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏由所述第一显示器的上方下降至所述第一显示器的后方，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的上方时，所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器，当所述显示屏位于第一显示器的后方时，所述显示屏被所述第一显示器遮挡；A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall; during the shutdown process, the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend from the top of the first display to the first display Behind the display, when the display screen is located above the first display, the display screen leaks out of the first display, and when the display screen is located behind the first display, the display screen is blocked by the first display. Display occlusion;
    控制器，被配置为执行：A controller, configured to execute:
    响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
    根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display;
    控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 54, the controller further configured to:
    当所述关机动画播放至预置时间时，读取所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度，所述预置时间小于所述播放时间；When the shutdown animation is played to a preset time, read the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display, and the preset time is less than the play time;
    根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间，根据所述播放时间和所述预置时间计算二剩余时间；Calculate the first remaining time according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed, and calculate the second remaining time according to the playback time and the preset time;
    计算所述第一剩余时间和所述第二剩余的差值；calculating the difference between the first remaining time and the second remaining time;
    如果所述差值不在预置范围内，则根据所述第一剩余时间调整所述关机动画包含帧界面的展示时间。If the difference is not within the preset range, adjusting the display time of the shutdown animation including the frame interface according to the first remaining time.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的显示设备，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 55, the controller is further configured to:
    响应于关机指令，统计所述第一显示器当前展示帧界面的帧数；In response to the shutdown instruction, count the number of frames currently displayed by the first display frame interface;
    如果所述差值不在预置范围内，用所述关机动画包含帧界面的总帧数与所述当前展示帧界面的帧数做差得到剩余帧数；If the difference is not within the preset range, use the difference between the total number of frames of the shutdown animation including the frame interface and the frame number of the currently displayed frame interface to obtain the remaining number of frames;
    根据所述第一剩余时间和所述剩余帧数计算调整后的帧界面展示时间；Calculate the adjusted frame interface display time according to the first remaining time and the remaining number of frames;
    控制所述第一显示器按照调整后的帧界面展示时间继续播放关机动画。The first display is controlled to continue to play the shutdown animation according to the adjusted frame interface presentation time.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 56, the controller further configured to:
    如果所述当前展示帧界面为最后一帧帧界面，根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间；If the current display frame interface is the last frame frame interface, calculating the first remaining time according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed;
    如果所述第一剩余时间小于或等于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则控制所述第一显示器结束所述关机动画的播放；If the first remaining time is less than or equal to the adjusted frame interface display time, controlling the first display to end the playback of the shutdown animation;
    如果所述第一剩余时间大于调整后的所述帧界面展示时间，则控制所述第一显示器继续展示所述最后一帧帧界面，所述最后一帧帧界面的继续展示时间与所述第一剩余时间和调整后的所述帧界面展示时间相关。If the first remaining time is greater than the adjusted display time of the frame interface, the first display is controlled to continue to display the last frame interface, and the continuous display time of the last frame interface is the same as that of the first frame interface. A remaining time is related to the adjusted display time of the frame interface.
  58. 根据权利要求54-57任一项所述的显示设备，所述显示屏内嵌有用于提示信息展示的第二显示器；The display device according to any one of claims 54-57, wherein a second display for prompting information presentation is embedded in the display screen;
    响应于关机指令，所述控制器控制所述第二显示器播放关机动画，所述第一显示器播放的关机动画与所述第二显示器播放的关机动画联动。In response to the shutdown instruction, the controller controls the second display to play a shutdown animation, and the shutdown animation played by the first display is linked with the shutdown animation played by the second display.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的显示设备，所述显示屏还内嵌所述，用于影像采集的摄像头，所述摄像头设置于所述第二显示器的下方。The display device according to claim 58, wherein the display screen is further embedded with the camera for image acquisition, and the camera is arranged below the second display.
  60. 根据权利要求54所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 54, the controller further configured to:
    当所述关机动画播放至预置时间时，读取所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度，所述预置时间小于所述播放时间；When the shutdown animation is played to a preset time, read the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display, and the preset time is less than the play time;
    根据所述显示屏漏出所述第一显示器的高度和所述降屏速度计算第一剩余时间，根据所述播放时间和所述预置时间计算二剩余时间；Calculate the first remaining time according to the height at which the display screen leaks out of the first display and the screen falling speed, and calculate the second remaining time according to the playback time and the preset time;
    计算所述第一剩余时间和所述第二剩余的差值；calculating the difference between the first remaining time and the second remaining time;
    如果所述差值不在预置范围内，则根据所述第二剩余时间调整所述降屏速度。If the difference is not within a preset range, the screen drop speed is adjusted according to the second remaining time.
  61. 根据权利要求54-57任一项所述的显示设备，所述控制器包括：The display device of any of claims 54-57, the controller comprising:
    第一子控制器，用于控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画，a first sub-controller for controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation,
    第二子控制器，用于与所述进行通信，控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏上升或下降。The second sub-controller is configured to communicate with the said drive assembly to drive the display screen to rise or fall.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的显示设备，所述第一控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 61, the first controller is further configured to:
    响应于关机指令，发送携带有播放时间的消息至所述第二控制器，以使得所述第二控制器基于所述播放时间计算降屏速度；In response to the shutdown instruction, sending a message carrying the play time to the second controller, so that the second controller calculates the screen drop speed based on the play time;
    如果接收到所述第二控制器发送的反馈消息，则计算延时时间，所述延时时间等于消息传递时间的一半，所述消息传递时间以发送携带有播放时间的消息对应的时间为起点，以接收到反馈消息对应时间的为终点；If the feedback message sent by the second controller is received, the delay time is calculated, the delay time is equal to half of the message delivery time, and the message delivery time starts from the time corresponding to sending the message carrying the play time , with the corresponding time of receiving the feedback message as the end point;
    发送降屏指令至所述第二控制器，以使得所述第二控制器，响应于所述降屏指令，控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降；sending a screen-down instruction to the second controller, so that the second controller, in response to the screen-down instruction, controls the driving component to drive the display screen down according to the screen-down speed;
    在发送所述降屏指令之后延时时间，控制器所述第一显示器播放关机动画。After a delay time after sending the screen drop instruction, the controller plays a shutdown animation on the first display.
  63. 一种控制方法，所述方法适用于显示设备，所述显示设备包括第一显示器、显示屏及驱动组件，所述方法包括：A control method, the method is applicable to a display device, the display device includes a first display, a display screen and a driving component, the method includes:
    响应于关机指令，控制所述第一显示器播放关机动画；In response to the shutdown instruction, controlling the first display to play a shutdown animation;
    根据所述关机动画的播放时间和所述显示屏漏出第一显示器的高度计算降屏速度；Calculate the screen drop speed according to the playback time of the shutdown animation and the height at which the display screen leaks from the first display;
    控制所述驱动组件按照所述降屏速度带动所述显示屏下降，以使得所述关机动画束播放时，所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后方。The driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to descend according to the screen descending speed, so that when the shutdown animation bundle is played, the driving component drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display.
  64. 一种显示设备，包括：A display device comprising:
    第一显示器，用于展示播放界面；a first display for displaying a playback interface;
    显示屏，可升降式设置于所述第一显示器的上边或后边，内嵌有用于影像采集的摄像头；a display screen, which can be raised and lowered on the upper side or the back side of the first display, and has a built-in camera for image acquisition;
    驱动组件，与所述显示屏连接，用于带动所述显示屏升起或下降，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏上升至所述第一显示器的上边时，所述摄像头高出所述第一显示设备，当所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏下降至所述第一显示器的后边时，所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡；A drive assembly, connected with the display screen, is used to drive the display screen to rise or fall, and when the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to the upper side of the first display, the camera is higher than the a first display device, when the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the rear of the first display, the camera is blocked by the first display;
    控制器被配置为：The controller is configured as:
    响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
    如果所述摄像头可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the camera can be called, read the position of the camera;
    如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
    如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；控制所述摄像头采集影像。If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display; control the camera to capture images.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的显示设备，所述控制器还被配置为：The display device of claim 64, the controller further configured to:
    如果所述摄像头不可被调用，控制所述第一显示显示提示界面，所述提示界面用于提示用户所述摄像头的开启流程。If the camera cannot be called, the first display is controlled to display a prompt interface, where the prompt interface is used to prompt the user for the process of turning on the camera.
  66. 根据权利要求64或65所述的显示设备，所述显示屏还包括第二显示器，所述第二显示器设置于所述摄像头的顶端。The display device according to claim 64 or 65, wherein the display screen further comprises a second display, and the second display is arranged on the top of the camera.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的显示设备，如果所述运行状态为开启状态，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 66, wherein if the operating state is an on state, the controller is further configured to:
    读取所述显示设备的设置模式；read the setting mode of the display device;
    根据所述设置模式，确定所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起的高度。According to the setting mode, the height at which the driving assembly drives the display screen to rise is determined.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的显示设备，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 67, the controller is further configured to:
    如果设置模式为第一模式，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；所述第一模式为开机时驱动组件带动显示屏升起至第一高度不小于第二高度，关机时驱动组件带动显示屏下降至第三高度不高于第二高度对应的设置模式，所述第三高度为所述第二显示器的顶端高度。If the setting mode is the first mode, the camera is controlled to capture images; the first mode is that the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to a first height not less than the second height when the power is turned on, and the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the second height when the power is turned off. The third height is not higher than the setting mode corresponding to the second height, and the third height is the top height of the second display.
  69. 根据权利要求67所述的显示设备，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 67, the controller is further configured to:
    如果设置模式为第二模式，则读取所述摄像头的位置，所述第二模式为开机时驱动组件带动显示屏升起至第四高度等于第二高度，关机时驱动组件带动显示屏下降至第三高度不高于第二高度对应的设置模式，所述第三高度为所述第二显示器的顶端高度，所述第四高度为第二显示器的底端高度；If the setting mode is the second mode, the position of the camera is read. The second mode is that the drive assembly drives the display screen to rise to a fourth height equal to the second height when the power is turned on, and the drive assembly drives the display screen to descend to the second height when the power is turned off. The third height is not higher than the setting mode corresponding to the second height, the third height is the top height of the second display, and the fourth height is the bottom height of the second display;
    如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
    如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起。If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to rise.
  70. 根据权利要求67所述的显示设备，所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 67, the controller is further configured to:
    如果设置模式为第三模式，则读取所述第二显示器的位置，所述第三模式不同于所述第一模式和所述第二模式；If the setting mode is a third mode, reading the position of the second display, the third mode is different from the first mode and the second mode;
    如果所述第二显示器被所述第一显示器遮挡，制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起第五高度；If the second display is blocked by the first display, controlling the driving assembly to drive the display screen to rise to a fifth height;
    如果所述第二显示器的高出所述第一显示器，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the second display is higher than the first display, read the position of the camera;
    如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
    如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起第六高度，所述第五高度大于所述第六高度。If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to rise to a sixth height, and the fifth height is greater than the sixth height.
  71. 根据权利要求64所述的显示设备，如果所述运行状态为开启状态所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 64, wherein if the operating state is an on state, the controller is further configured to:
    读取所述第一高度；reading the first height;
    如果所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the first height is not less than the second height, controlling the camera to capture an image;
    如果所述第一高度小于所述第二高度，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起。If the first height is smaller than the second height, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display screen to rise.
  72. 根据权利要求64所述的显示设备，如果所述运行状态为开启状态所述控制器被进一步配置为：The display device of claim 64, wherein if the operating state is an on state, the controller is further configured to:
    读取所述摄像头升降开关的标识位；Read the identification bit of the camera lift switch;
    如果所述标识位为第一标识位，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the identification bit is the first identification bit, controlling the camera to collect images;
    如果所述标识位为第二标识位，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起。If the identification bit is the second identification bit, the driving component is controlled to drive the display screen to rise.
  73. 一种摄像头的控制方法，包括：A camera control method, comprising:
    响应于用户启动第一应用的操作，读取所述摄像头的调用权限，所述第一应用为在运行时需要摄像头采集影像的应用；In response to the user's operation of starting the first application, the calling permission of the camera is read, and the first application is an application that requires the camera to capture images during operation;
    如果所述调用权限为可被调用，则读取所述摄像头的位置；If the calling permission is callable, read the position of the camera;
    如果所述摄像头高出所述第一显示器，则控制所述摄像头采集影像；If the camera is higher than the first display, controlling the camera to capture images;
    如果所述摄像头被所述第一显示器遮挡，则控制所述驱动组件带动所述显示屏升起，以使得所述第一高度不小于所述第二高度，所述第一高度为摄像头底端的高度，所述第二高度为第一显示器顶端的高度；If the camera is blocked by the first display, the driving assembly is controlled to drive the display to rise, so that the first height is not less than the second height, and the first height is the bottom of the camera. height, the second height is the height of the top of the first display;
    控制所述摄像头采集影像。Control the camera to capture images.
PCT/CN2022/078873 2021-03-11 2022-03-02 Display device and display method WO2022188680A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110265405 2021-03-11
CN202110265405.8 2021-03-11
CN202110698063.9A CN114327326A (en) 2021-03-11 2021-06-23 Display device and display method
CN202110698063.9 2021-06-23
CN202110703589.1A CN114302083B (en) 2021-03-11 2021-06-24 Display equipment and camera control method
CN202110703589.1 2021-06-24
CN202110795236.9A CN114280968B (en) 2021-03-11 2021-07-14 Display equipment and control method
CN202110796325.5A CN114286030B (en) 2021-03-11 2021-07-14 Display device
CN202110794482.2 2021-07-14
CN202110794482.2A CN114286145B (en) 2021-03-11 2021-07-14 Display device
CN202110796325.5 2021-07-14
CN202110795236.9 2021-07-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022188680A1 true WO2022188680A1 (en) 2022-09-15

Family

ID=80868326

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/138831 WO2022188499A1 (en) 2021-03-11 2021-12-16 Display device
PCT/CN2022/078873 WO2022188680A1 (en) 2021-03-11 2022-03-02 Display device and display method

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/138831 WO2022188499A1 (en) 2021-03-11 2021-12-16 Display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (11) CN114296667A (en)
WO (2) WO2022188499A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112788375B (en) * 2019-11-04 2023-04-25 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device, display method and computing device
CN114296667A (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-04-08 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012125453A (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-07-05 Fujifilm Corp Display device
CN107909862A (en) * 2017-12-07 2018-04-13 温州中壹技术服务有限公司 A kind of Intelligent platform for application electric technology teaching
CN109067949A (en) * 2018-09-29 2018-12-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of electronic equipment and its control method
CN111526232A (en) * 2020-05-13 2020-08-11 青岛海信移动通信技术股份有限公司 Camera control method based on double-screen terminal and double-screen terminal
CN111641864A (en) * 2019-03-01 2020-09-08 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 Video information acquisition method, device and equipment
CN112399234A (en) * 2019-08-18 2021-02-23 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Interface display method and display equipment
CN114125518A (en) * 2020-06-29 2022-03-01 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device

Family Cites Families (84)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030103079A1 (en) * 1999-06-14 2003-06-05 Lycos, Inc., A Virginia Corporation Media resource manager/player
JP4731827B2 (en) * 2004-04-09 2011-07-27 三菱電機株式会社 Multi-screen video display device and multi-screen video display method
US7477254B2 (en) * 2005-07-13 2009-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Smooth transitions between animations
KR101392917B1 (en) * 2007-07-24 2014-05-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Portable terminal and its image transfer and screen display method
JP5123006B2 (en) * 2008-02-29 2013-01-16 パイオニア株式会社 Display device, display control method, display control program, and recording medium
CN201188661Y (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-01-28 魏昕 Intelligent television terminal
JP2012094091A (en) * 2010-10-29 2012-05-17 Nec Corp Display control device, display control method and program therefor
CN202120521U (en) * 2011-05-17 2012-01-18 山西百得科技开发有限公司 Displaying system capable of lifting
KR20140046902A (en) * 2012-10-11 2014-04-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Image display apparatus and method for operating the same
US9235321B2 (en) * 2012-11-14 2016-01-12 Facebook, Inc. Animation sequence associated with content item
US20140198016A1 (en) * 2013-01-15 2014-07-17 Sony Mobile Communications Ab Low-power mode for display
CN103391473B (en) * 2013-07-12 2022-04-08 小米科技有限责任公司 Method and device for providing and acquiring audio and video
KR102095702B1 (en) * 2013-09-27 2020-04-14 에스케이플래닛 주식회사 Method and apparatus for playing animation in mobile terminal
CN105676945A (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-06-15 许成钰 Intelligent eye care display
JP6410584B2 (en) * 2014-12-09 2018-10-24 キヤノン株式会社 Image processing apparatus, image processing apparatus control method, and program
CN105812933B (en) * 2014-12-30 2019-01-18 Tcl集团股份有限公司 The starting method and device of TV
CN105338425B (en) * 2015-10-29 2018-12-14 北京易视云科技有限公司 A kind of system and method for realizing video seamless switching between multi-screen
KR102439464B1 (en) * 2015-11-20 2022-09-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Digital device and method for controlling the same
JP2016093550A (en) * 2016-01-25 2016-05-26 株式会社ソフイア Game machine
CN105898502B (en) * 2016-04-11 2019-09-20 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 The method and device that audio-visual synchronization plays
CN105957411A (en) * 2016-06-25 2016-09-21 陕西科技大学 Wall-mounted type legal teaching electronic screen demonstration mechanism
CN206226635U (en) * 2016-10-13 2017-06-06 上海分众软件技术有限公司 Across screen interaction systems
CN106791074B (en) * 2016-12-15 2019-08-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Song information display methods, device and mobile terminal
US9894265B1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2018-02-13 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same for capturing digital images
CN106686438B (en) * 2016-12-29 2019-12-13 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 method, device and system for synchronously playing audio images across equipment
CN107554451B (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-05-28 安徽江淮汽车集团股份有限公司 A kind of full-color screen combined instrument starting up method and system
CN108008978A (en) * 2017-10-25 2018-05-08 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 A kind of closedown method, terminal and computer-readable medium
CN107943533B (en) * 2017-11-07 2020-12-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Image acquisition method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN108055589B (en) * 2017-12-20 2021-04-06 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Intelligent television
CN108153570A (en) * 2017-12-22 2018-06-12 联想(北京)有限公司 A kind of start-up picture display control method and device
CN110007844A (en) * 2018-01-05 2019-07-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method of screens switch and the terminal of double screen
CN108600453B (en) * 2018-04-27 2021-02-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic device
CN108632414A (en) * 2018-05-25 2018-10-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic device
US10788860B2 (en) * 2018-05-25 2020-09-29 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Display screen component and foldable device having same
CN108762640A (en) * 2018-05-28 2018-11-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of display methods and terminal of barrage information
KR102249123B1 (en) * 2018-06-19 2021-05-06 김종남 Eyelid detection device, Display device auto-off system for silver generation, and control method thereof
CN109062493A (en) * 2018-07-27 2018-12-21 努比亚技术有限公司 Information display method, mobile terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN109089146A (en) * 2018-08-30 2018-12-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of method and terminal device controlling video playing
CN109298844B (en) * 2018-10-19 2022-05-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Display module, electronic device, and control method of electronic device
CN109451342A (en) * 2018-11-09 2019-03-08 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 A kind of starting-up method and smart television
CN111198666A (en) * 2018-11-20 2020-05-26 中科创达软件股份有限公司 Multi-screen starting animation linkage method based on Hypervisor and related equipment
CN109543064B (en) * 2018-11-30 2020-12-18 北京微播视界科技有限公司 Lyric display processing method and device, electronic equipment and computer storage medium
CN109600659B (en) * 2018-12-17 2021-08-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Operation method, device and equipment for playing video and storage medium
CN109976629A (en) * 2019-02-28 2019-07-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 Image display method, terminal and mobile terminal
CN109947315B (en) * 2019-03-04 2024-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Split screen display method and device, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN109922289B (en) * 2019-03-25 2022-06-28 深圳创维－Rgb电子有限公司 Double-screen television
CN110134471B (en) * 2019-04-01 2022-09-06 徐州视达坦诚文化发展有限公司 Screen switching animation control method, terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN110069227B (en) * 2019-04-09 2023-01-31 阿波罗智联(北京)科技有限公司 Data interaction display method and device
CN111093046B (en) * 2019-04-22 2021-04-30 广东小天才科技有限公司 Display screen opening method based on image acquisition equipment and terminal equipment
CN110209369B (en) * 2019-04-24 2021-12-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Interface display method and terminal equipment
CN110134237B (en) * 2019-05-13 2022-10-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Interface control method and related equipment
CN111976479B (en) * 2019-05-24 2021-11-16 北京车和家信息技术有限公司 Display screen display control system
CN112073662A (en) * 2019-06-10 2020-12-11 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device
CN116366796A (en) * 2019-06-11 2023-06-30 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Video call method and display device
CN110362155B (en) * 2019-06-30 2023-08-18 联想(北京)有限公司 Electronic equipment and control method
CN110515684B (en) * 2019-07-30 2023-06-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for controlling display of display screen, display screen assembly, device and storage medium
CN110503915A (en) * 2019-08-09 2019-11-26 康佳集团股份有限公司 A kind of AIOT shows apparatus control method, device, terminal and storage medium
WO2021031608A1 (en) * 2019-08-18 2021-02-25 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Displaying method and device for locking state of camera physical switch
CN112445407B (en) * 2019-08-30 2023-03-31 华为技术有限公司 Display method and electronic device
CN110677712A (en) * 2019-09-29 2020-01-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 Barrage display method and mobile terminal
CN210600820U (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-05-22 深圳市中亿睿科技有限公司 Multimedia liquid crystal splicing screen
CN110740367A (en) * 2019-10-23 2020-01-31 海信电子科技(武汉)有限公司 Display device and voice instruction processing method
CN112788375B (en) * 2019-11-04 2023-04-25 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device, display method and computing device
CN112788387A (en) * 2019-11-04 2021-05-11 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display apparatus, method and storage medium
CN111510753B (en) * 2019-11-04 2022-10-21 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device
CN110989899B (en) * 2019-11-27 2022-02-22 维沃移动通信（杭州）有限公司 Control method and electronic equipment
CN111343489B (en) * 2020-03-12 2022-11-29 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device and method for playing music in terminal
CN111343490B (en) * 2020-03-31 2022-02-11 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Display device and content recommendation method
CN111414205B (en) * 2020-03-31 2022-05-17 惠州华阳通用电子有限公司 Multi-screen linkage boot animation display system and implementation method
CN111510788B (en) * 2020-04-07 2022-02-11 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display method and display device for double-screen double-system screen switching animation
CN111526415B (en) * 2020-04-15 2022-08-19 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Double-screen display equipment and HDMI switching method thereof
CN211606693U (en) * 2020-04-26 2020-09-29 江苏新安电器股份有限公司 Smart television with human body induction function
CN111526402A (en) * 2020-05-06 2020-08-11 海信电子科技(武汉)有限公司 Method for searching video resources through voice of multi-screen display equipment and display equipment
CN111629249B (en) * 2020-05-15 2022-02-22 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Method for playing startup picture and display device
CN111580566A (en) * 2020-05-25 2020-08-25 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device
CN111462637B (en) * 2020-05-29 2022-07-01 上海天马微电子有限公司 Display panel and display device
CN111753125A (en) * 2020-06-22 2020-10-09 腾讯音乐娱乐科技（深圳）有限公司 Song audio frequency display method and device
CN111757171A (en) * 2020-07-03 2020-10-09 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device and audio playing method
CN111818381B (en) * 2020-07-10 2022-09-13 深圳创维－Rgb电子有限公司 Display method, terminal, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
CN111866560A (en) * 2020-07-16 2020-10-30 深圳创维－Rgb电子有限公司 Terminal control method, terminal, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
CN111949238A (en) * 2020-08-12 2020-11-17 上海仙塔智能科技有限公司 Double-machine linkage system and method and computer readable storage medium
CN112004131A (en) * 2020-08-12 2020-11-27 海信电子科技(武汉)有限公司 Display system
CN112217960B (en) * 2020-10-14 2022-04-12 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Method for synchronously displaying multi-screen playing pictures
CN114296667A (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-04-08 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012125453A (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-07-05 Fujifilm Corp Display device
CN107909862A (en) * 2017-12-07 2018-04-13 温州中壹技术服务有限公司 A kind of Intelligent platform for application electric technology teaching
CN109067949A (en) * 2018-09-29 2018-12-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of electronic equipment and its control method
CN111641864A (en) * 2019-03-01 2020-09-08 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 Video information acquisition method, device and equipment
CN112399234A (en) * 2019-08-18 2021-02-23 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Interface display method and display equipment
CN111526232A (en) * 2020-05-13 2020-08-11 青岛海信移动通信技术股份有限公司 Camera control method based on double-screen terminal and double-screen terminal
CN114125518A (en) * 2020-06-29 2022-03-01 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114286030A (en) 2022-04-05
CN114302083A (en) 2022-04-08
CN114302083B (en) 2023-04-14
CN114339340B (en) 2024-03-01
CN114327326A (en) 2022-04-12
CN114296669A (en) 2022-04-08
CN114296666A (en) 2022-04-08
WO2022188499A1 (en) 2022-09-15
CN115086731A (en) 2022-09-20
CN114296668A (en) 2022-04-08
CN114280968B (en) 2024-05-28
CN114286145B (en) 2023-02-24
CN114296667A (en) 2022-04-08
CN114286145A (en) 2022-04-05
CN114286030B (en) 2023-02-17
CN114280968A (en) 2022-04-05
CN114339340A (en) 2022-04-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111741372B (en) Screen projection method for video call, display device and terminal device
WO2022188680A1 (en) Display device and display method
US20210314659A1 (en) Method For Switching Video Call Interface On Smart Television, And Smart Television
CN114302238B (en) Display method and display device for prompt information in sound box mode
CN114302201B (en) Method for automatically switching on and off screen in sound box mode, intelligent terminal and display device
WO2022105417A1 (en) Display device and device control method
CN113038210B (en) Double-screen synchronous playing method of video file and display equipment
WO2022028060A1 (en) Display device and display method
WO2024098974A1 (en) Display device and control method for external device
WO2021184575A1 (en) Display device and display method
CN113781957A (en) Method for preventing screen burn-in of display equipment and display equipment
WO2023030292A1 (en) Multimedia file playback method and apparatus
CN114095769A (en) Live broadcast low-delay processing method of application-level player and display equipment
WO2022170852A1 (en) Display device and control method therefor
CN114390332A (en) Display device and method for rapidly switching split-screen application
WO2021169125A1 (en) Display device and control method
CN114296679A (en) Method for rapidly starting playing in loudspeaker box mode and display equipment
CN113282362A (en) Application program management method, device, storage medium and terminal
CN112104950A (en) Volume control method and display device
WO2022205793A1 (en) Display device and device control method
CN113938634A (en) Multi-channel video call processing method and display device
CN114630163B (en) Display device and quick start method
WO2023130967A1 (en) Program data processing method and display device
US20240121482A1 (en) Display apparatus
WO2023138222A1 (en) Display device and live broadcasting method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22766206

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22766206

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1